Getting Started

Subtitles vs. closed captions

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Order subtitles

GoTranscript makes it straightforward to add subtitles to your videos—whether you need them in the original languageor a different language altogether. By following a few simple steps, you’ll get your file uploaded, specify your language, and receive professionally created subtitles that make your content accessible and engaging for a global audience.


1. Log In and Access the “Order Subtitles” Form

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and log in with your email and password.
  2. Place New Order
    • Locate the “Place new order” button (often on the left side of the dashboard).
    • Choose “Subtitles (or “Subtitling Services”) from the order options.

2. Upload Your Video File

  • File Selection
    • Upload your video file in a supported format (e.g., MP4, MOV, AVI) or paste a URL if it’s hosted on a platform like YouTube.
  • File Preview
    • Ensure the correct file is chosen—double-check the filename and duration.
  • Batch Uploads(Optional)
    • If you have multiple videos, you can batch upload them, saving time and streamlining the ordering process.

3. Fill Out the Subtitles Order Form

  1. Language From & Language To
    • Select the source language of the video (e.g., English).
    • Choose the target language for the subtitles (e.g., French).
    • If you’re just adding English subtitles to an English video, set the same language for both fields.
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose your preferred deadline (e.g., 1–2 days3–5 days, etc.).
    • Faster turnaround typically incurs additional fees.
  3. Open Captions
    • Yes: Subtitles become permanently burned into the video (cannot be turned off).
    • No: Subtitles are delivered as a separate file (e.g., SRT, VTT), and the viewer can toggle them on/off.
  4. Additional Review
    • Selecting Yes adds an extra layer of proofreading or specialized review—useful for technical or high-stakescontent.
  5. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate if the subtitles need an informalformaltechnical, or other style. This helps translators match the desired voice.
  6. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide helpful context, such as brand style, special terms, or the intended audience.
    • You can add references or URLs for additional guidance.

4. Review Pricing and Options

  1. Pricing Breakdown
    • You’ll see a per-minute rate and any additional costs (e.g., rush fees, extra review).
  2. Bulk Discounts(If Applicable)
    • Large orders may automatically qualify for a discount.
    • For enterprise-level projects or special requests, contact Support.

5. Complete Your Order and Payment

  1. Confirm Order Details
    • Double-check language selectionsturnaroundopen captions status, and instructions.
  2. Proceed to Payment
    • Use your credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
  3. Order Confirmation
    • You’ll receive an email confirming the order, and your transcript/subtitle status will be visible in the dashboard.

6. Receive and Download Your Subtitles

  1. Status Updates
    • You’ll be notified via email (or SMS if configured) when your subtitles are finished.
    • Check your dashboard to download them in your chosen format (e.g., SRTVTTSBV).
  2. Open Captions(If Selected)
    • If you opted for “Yes,” you’ll receive a video file with the subtitles permanently embedded.
  3. Review and Make Revisions(Optional)
    • If you spot any errors, contact Support or request a revision—free of charge until you’re satisfied.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I get subtitles in multiple languages for the same video?

Yes. Simply add multiple language pairs or place separate orders specifying different target languages.

What file format is best for subtitles?

SRT is the most widely used. However, you can choose VTTSBV, or even burned-in (open captions), depending on your needs and platform compatibility.

Do I need a transcript before ordering subtitles?

No. GoTranscript creates subtitles directly from your audio/video file. If you want a separate transcript file, you can order transcription and subtitles together.

Will the subtitles include sound effects or speaker labels?

Subtitles typically focus on dialogue or translations. If you need closed captions (including sound effects, music cues, and speaker IDs), check the appropriate option or specify it in the notes.

Getting Started

First proofreading order

Proofreading existing transcripts alongside the original audio ensures the final text is accurate, well-timed, and free from mistakes. With GoTranscript’s user-friendly order form, you can easily upload both files, adjust settings, and receive a polished, error-free result.


1. Upload Your Files

  1. Select “Proofreading”
    • In your dashboard, choose the proofreading service if available (or select the “Place new order” button and navigate to the proofreading option).
  2. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Click Upload audio for your MP3, WAV, or other audio file.
    • Then click Upload transcript for your existing text document (DOC, DOCX, PDF, or TXT).
    • You must provide both files to proceed, allowing our system to align them.

Tip: Ensure the audio file matches the transcript content in terms of speaker order, time references, and overall length.


2. Review Aligned Files

  1. File Preview
    • Once both files are uploaded, GoTranscript aligns your audio file with the transcript.
  2. Check Duration & Text
    • Confirm the duration (e.g., 32 minutes) matches your expectations, and verify that the transcript is complete.

Note: If you spot an incorrect or partial file, replace it before moving on.


3. Set Up General Settings

  1. Language & Text Format
    • Indicate the language (e.g., English) and select the text format—clean verbatim (lightly edited) or full verbatim (every utterance).
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose a speed (e.g., 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated cost.
  3. Optional Features
    • Captions: If you want closed captions included.
    • Timestamping: If you’d like time codes.
    • Additional Review: If you need a higher-level check for crucial or specialized content.

4. Place Your Order

  1. Finalize Payment
    • Select a payment method, such as credit card or PayPal.
  2. Order Confirmation
    • After submission, you’ll receive a confirmation email or see a “Finished” status in the dashboard once processed.

5. Automatic Alignment & Efficient Editing

  1. Audio-Text Synchronization
    • Our system automatically aligns your audio and transcript, so proofreaders see and hear exactly where corrections are needed.
  2. Faster, More Accurate Proofreading
    • This synchronization ensures minimal errors, quick turnarounds, and a high-quality final result.

Benefit: By matching the spoken audio to the written text, we eliminate guesswork—proofreaders can easily correct typos, misheard words, or missing segments in your existing transcript.


Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upload multiple transcripts for different audio files at once?

Yes. You can batch upload multiple pairs. Just ensure each transcript file matches the corresponding audio file.

Do I pay extra for the alignment process?

No. The alignment is part of the standard proofreading service, ensuring efficient editing and accurate results.

Can I request specific changes after placing my order?

Yes. Once proofreaders complete the job, you can add comments or reach out to Support for revisions if needed.

Understanding proofreading service

GoTranscript not only offers full transcription from raw audio or video but also provides a proofreading/editing service for customers who already have a draft transcript. This specialized option refines your existing text, ensuring accuracyin spelling, grammar, timestamps, and alignment with the source audio. Below is an overview of how this service works and why it benefits both casual and professional users.


1. What Is Transcription Proofreading/Editing?

  1. Reviewing an Existing Draft
    • Instead of creating a transcript from scratch, our editors listen to your audio (or watch your video) while reviewing the text you’ve provided.
  2. Correcting Mistakes
    • We fix typosmistranslations (if it’s bilingual content), unclear speaker tags, or missed words.
  3. Ensuring Consistency
    • If your transcript includes brand names, technical jargon, or repeated phrases, we keep those consistent throughout the file.

2. Why Is It Useful?

  1. Improved Accuracy
    • Even the best automated or rough transcriptions can contain errors—our human proofreaders address these at a detailed level.
  2. Save Time & Cost
    • If you already have a transcript (perhaps from an automated tool or from a team member), you only need editing rather than a full, start-to-finish transcription.
  3. Professional Polish
    • Published materials, such as podcast show notesconference proceedings, or academic researchtranscripts, require refined text. Proofreading by skilled linguists ensures it meets a professional standard.

3. How It Works

  1. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Provide both your audio (MP3, WAV, etc.) and the text file (DOCX, PDF, TXT) in our order form. This allows us to align the two files.
  2. Choose Settings
    • Select language, turnaround time, and whether you want timestamps or additional review.
  3. Alignment & Editing
    • Our system automatically matches your text to the audio timeline. Proofreaders can quickly identify mismatches, correct them, and confirm every speaker or segment is accurate.
  4. Final Delivery
    • Once the editor finishes, you’ll receive a polished transcript with fewer errors, consistent formatting, and correct speaker labels.

4. Key Benefits

  1. Human Verification
    • Automated or machine-generated transcripts often contain homophones or misheard phrases. A human ear + eye approach eliminates those inaccuracies.
  2. Contextual Awareness
    • Editors interpret context, tone, or brand references, ensuring the final text sounds coherent and appropriate for your audience.
  3. Flexible Turnaround
    • You can pick from 6–12 hours1 day3 days, or 5 days depending on urgency.
  4. Additional Review(Optional)
    • If your transcript is critical or specialized (e.g., legal depositions, medical research), you can request a secondary check by another editor.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a complete transcript?

Yes. For the proofreading service, we need an existing transcript plus the original audio to make corrections. If you lack a text draft, consider ordering a full transcription instead.

Can I request style preferences?

Certainly. You can specify Clean Verbatim (lightly edited to remove filler words) or Full Verbatim (capturing every utterance). Add notes for brand names, jargon, or unique formatting needs.

Will my transcript remain confidential?

Yes. We follow strict data protection measures, including NDAs for staff, secure uploads, and private user dashboards.

How do I handle multi-speaker or lengthy files?

You can upload multiple audio files (each with its matching transcript). Our system aligns them individually, ensuring each track is edited with care.

First proofreading order

Proofreading existing transcripts alongside the original audio ensures the final text is accurate, well-timed, and free from mistakes. With GoTranscript’s user-friendly order form, you can easily upload both files, adjust settings, and receive a polished, error-free result.


1. Upload Your Files

  1. Select “Proofreading”
    • In your dashboard, choose the proofreading service if available (or select the “Place new order” button and navigate to the proofreading option).
  2. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Click Upload audio for your MP3, WAV, or other audio file.
    • Then click Upload transcript for your existing text document (DOC, DOCX, PDF, or TXT).
    • You must provide both files to proceed, allowing our system to align them.

Tip: Ensure the audio file matches the transcript content in terms of speaker order, time references, and overall length.


2. Review Aligned Files

  1. File Preview
    • Once both files are uploaded, GoTranscript aligns your audio file with the transcript.
  2. Check Duration & Text
    • Confirm the duration (e.g., 32 minutes) matches your expectations, and verify that the transcript is complete.

Note: If you spot an incorrect or partial file, replace it before moving on.


3. Set Up General Settings

  1. Language & Text Format
    • Indicate the language (e.g., English) and select the text format—clean verbatim (lightly edited) or full verbatim (every utterance).
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose a speed (e.g., 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated cost.
  3. Optional Features
    • Captions: If you want closed captions included.
    • Timestamping: If you’d like time codes.
    • Additional Review: If you need a higher-level check for crucial or specialized content.

4. Place Your Order

  1. Finalize Payment
    • Select a payment method, such as credit card or PayPal.
  2. Order Confirmation
    • After submission, you’ll receive a confirmation email or see a “Finished” status in the dashboard once processed.

5. Automatic Alignment & Efficient Editing

  1. Audio-Text Synchronization
    • Our system automatically aligns your audio and transcript, so proofreaders see and hear exactly where corrections are needed.
  2. Faster, More Accurate Proofreading
    • This synchronization ensures minimal errors, quick turnarounds, and a high-quality final result.

Benefit: By matching the spoken audio to the written text, we eliminate guesswork—proofreaders can easily correct typos, misheard words, or missing segments in your existing transcript.


Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upload multiple transcripts for different audio files at once?

Yes. You can batch upload multiple pairs. Just ensure each transcript file matches the corresponding audio file.

Do I pay extra for the alignment process?

No. The alignment is part of the standard proofreading service, ensuring efficient editing and accurate results.

Can I request specific changes after placing my order?

Yes. Once proofreaders complete the job, you can add comments or reach out to Support for revisions if needed.

What Is GoTranscript

GoTranscript is a world-leading language solutions provider, built on dedicated teams of linguists, engineers, and project managers—all committed to delivering top-quality language services worldwide. From accurate transcriptions and captions to multilingual subtitles, AI transcription post-editing, and translation services, we strive to meet diverse needs across industries and time zones.


Who We Are

World-Leading Language Solutions Provider
GoTranscript is more than just a transcription company; we’re a global partner for businesses, researchers, academics, legal experts, and medical professionals seeking high-quality language solutions. Our team unites experts in linguistics, cutting-edge software engineers, and experienced project managers. This in-house synergy allows us to deliver services with exceptional accuracy, reliability, and affordability.


What We Do

  1. Human-Generated Transcriptions – We handle your audio or video files and convert them into precise, text-based documents. Our five-day turnaround rate starts at just $1.20 per minute, making us a competitive option for top-tier human-based transcription.
  2. Captions & Subtitles – GoTranscript offers captions and subtitles in multiple languages, catering to accessibility requirements and global audiences.
  3. AI Transcription Post-Editing – Our expert editors refine AI-generated transcripts, achieving the high accuracy your projects deserve, but at a lower cost.
  4. Translation Services – Expand your reach with professional translations. We provide localized content across a broad spectrum of languages.
  5. API Integration – For seamless scalability, our secure API lets you manage large volumes of files and track progress in real-time, ideal for businesses with frequent or bulk orders.

Who We Help

We proudly serve professionals, businesses, and individuals across an array of industries:

  • Academics & Researchers – Simplify data analysis by transcribing interviews, lectures, and focus groups.
  • Legal & Medical Teams – Comply with regulatory standards and ensure accuracy for sensitive or confidential files.
  • Media & Marketing – Elevate content with captions, subtitles, and transcripts that boost audience engagement and SEO visibility.
  • Corporate Clients – Streamline internal communication, training materials, and video content through high-quality transcripts.

Why Choose GoTranscript

  1. Quality & Reliability
    We provide 100% human-generated transcriptions, ensuring every transcript meets strict accuracy standards. Our in-house project management system, built from scratch, enables efficient workflows and transparent monitoring.
  2. Flexible Pricing & Turnaround
    With a five-day turnaround starting at $1.20 per minute—and faster options for an additional fee—GoTranscript offers some of the most affordable rates on the market. Discounts are available for bulk orders.
  3. User-Friendly Web Interface
    Our intuitive editing platform auto-saves changes, lets teams collaborate in real time, and offers advanced features like time-stamping and speaker identification. You can easily sign up for an account, upload files, and customize your order.
  4. Extensive Language Support
    We cater to a diverse array of languages and industries. Whether you need a single language or a multi-lingual project, we have the resources to handle it seamlessly.
  5. Collaborative Features & Mobile Apps
    While the GoTranscript mobile apps are streamlined for quick uploads, our desktop web interface powers advanced collaboration among team members. This dual approach provides flexibility for on-the-go recording and in-depth editing at your workstation.

Getting Started

First translation order

GoTranscript offers both text and audio translation services in an easy-to-use order form. Whether you need a written document translated from English to French or an audio file interpreted into Spanish, our platform allows you to customize and submit your project with just a few clicks.


1. Access the Translation Order Form

  1. Log In or Sign Up
    • If you’re new, create an account with your email and password. Returning users can simply log in to get started.
  2. Click “Place New Order”
    • Choose either Text Translation or Audio Translation under the translation category.

2. Select Your Language Pairs

  1. Language From
    • The original language of your document or audio (e.g., English).
  2. Language To
    • The target language for translation (e.g., French).
    • If you have multiple target languages, place separate orders or contact our Support Team for a custom setup.

3. Content Preferences

  1. Select Content Type
    • For text documents, choose generic contenttechnicalmedicallegal, etc.
    • For audio files, ensure the type matches your field to get a specialized translator if needed.
  2. Timestamping(For Audio)
    • If you want timestamps included in your translated transcript, select the “required” option.

4. Optional Review & Instructions

  1. Additional Review
    • Choose “Yes” if you’d like an extra layer of proofreading or specialized quality checks—helpful for high-stakes content.
  2. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate whether it’s informalformaltechnical, or creative. Translators can match the desired style.
  3. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide notes on brand voicecontextindustry terminology, or references.
    • Example: “Use a casual, friendly voice. Make sure to keep product names in English.”

5. Upload Files & Review Details

  1. Upload Documents or Audio
    • For text files: DOCX, PDF, TXT, etc.
    • For audio: MP3, WAV, etc.
  2. File Verification
    • Double-check filenames and language choices before proceeding.
  3. Automated Word Count or Duration
    • Our system calculates pricing based on word count (text) or audio length.

6. Finalize Payment & Submit

  1. Cost Estimate
    • The order form displays an instant quote based on language pairturnaround, and any additional services.
  2. Payment Method
    • Choose from credit cardPayPal, or purchase orders for enterprise clients.
  3. Place Order
    • After confirming your details, click Submit. You’ll receive an email confirmation summarizing your order.

7. Track Progress & Download

  1. Check “My & Team Orders”
    • Monitor the status (In Progress, Finished) for each translation project.
  2. Receive Notifications(Optional)
    • Enable email updates to know when your translated files are ready.
  3. Download Files
    • Once completed, retrieve your translated documents or audio transcripts in the My & Team Ordersdashboard.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order both text and audio translation simultaneously?

Absolutely. You can create separate orders for each type or contact our support if you need a bulk or combinedsolution.

How do I specify industry-specific terminology?

In the instructions for the translator section, list technical termsbrand names, or acronyms. This helps maintain consistency and accuracy.

Is additional review necessary for standard content?

For everyday or non-specialized materials, regular translation might suffice. Additional review is ideal for highly technical or formally published work.

Do I have to pay more for longer audio files?

Yes. Audio translation cost often depends on file length, just as text translation cost depends on word count. The system automatically calculates this during upload.

Supported translation file types

GoTranscript works with a wide range of file formats to accommodate both text and audio translation needs. Whether you’re dealing with a Word document, a PDF, or an MP3 file, here’s a quick overview of our supported formats.


1. Text File Formats

Below is a table of our most common text file types:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
Word.doc, .docxStandard Microsoft Word documents with formatting and track changes.
PDF.pdfPortable Document Format; often used for official or scanned content.
Plain Text.txtBasic text with no formatting; ideal for scripts or simple text.
Rich Text.rtfLimited formatting support; compatible with most word processors.
Other.odt, .xls/.xlsxOpenDocument Text, Excel spreadsheets, and more.

Note: For scanned PDFs or images containing text, we use OCR (Optical Character Recognition) to extract text for translation. If your file type isn’t listed, contact support for possible accommodations.


2. Audio File Formats

We support a variety of audio formats for transcription and translation. Here’s a handy reference table:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
MP3.mp3Compressed audio; widely used for interviews, podcasts, etc.
WAV.wavUncompressed high-quality audio; ideal when clarity is a priority.
AAC / M4A.aac, .m4aCommonly used on modern devices; offers smaller sizes than WAV.
FLAC.flacLossless compression preserving audio quality with reduced file size.
OGG / WMA.ogg, .wmaLess common but still supported; suitable for diverse recording sources.

Tip: For video files (MP4, MOV, AVI), we can extract the audio track and then proceed with both transcription and translation.


3. Text vs. Audio Translation

  1. Text Translation
    • We directly translate written documents such as Word or PDF files.
    • The system calculates cost based on word count.
  2. Audio Translation
    • First, we transcribe the spoken content into text. Then, we translate that text.
    • Pricing is determined by file duration (minutes of audio).

4. Additional Considerations

  • Large Files: For very large or long-format recordings, compress the file (if possible) or use a cloud sharing link.
  • Formatting & Layout: Complex document layouts (tables, graphics) may require some minor post-translation tweaks.
  • Clarity in Audio: Noisy or overlapping speech can extend turnaround time or incur extra costs if more editing is required.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a transcript for audio translation?

No. Our process includes transcription as the first step if you submit an audio file for translation.

Can I upload multiple files simultaneously?

Yes. Simply select them all at once, or drag and drop in batches. The system sums word counts or total audio duration for you.

Are scanned or image-based PDFs accepted for text translation?

We apply OCR to convert image text into editable form. However, if the document is unclear or handwritten, some manual review may be necessary.

How do I request audio translation for a video file?

Upload the video (e.g., .mp4), and we’ll extract the audio track. From there, we’ll transcribe and translate just as with audio-only files.

Receiving final translations

Once your GoTranscript translation order is complete, retrieving your finished files is quick and straightforward. Follow this guide to reviewdownload, and finalize your translated documents or audio transcripts.


1. Check Your Order Status

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website, click Log In, and enter your credentials.
  2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”
    • Locate the section showing all your recent orders.
  3. Look for a Checkmark
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates your translation is ready.

2. Open the Order Details

  1. Identify the Correct Order ID
    • Each order has a unique ID (e.g., S2T123456). Confirm it matches the project you expect to download.
  2. Show Details(Optional)
    • If you want to see a breakdown of the language pairturnaround time, or added services (e.g., extra proofreading).

3. Download Your Translations

  1. Hover Over the Download Icon
    • You’ll usually see a downward arrow or a tooltip such as “Download all transcriptions translations.”
  2. Select the Format
    • Click the download button to retrieve your translated file(s).
    • Documents are often in DOCXPDF, or TXT formats. For audio translations, you may receive transcribed text in a chosen format.
  3. Bulk Download(If Applicable)
    • If multiple files or translations are packaged, they may come in a single ZIP file for convenience.

4. Reviewing and Finalizing

  1. Open the File
    • Double-check spellingterminology, and formatting—especially if you provided reference materials.
  2. Provide Feedback(Optional)
    • If you spot any issues or need minor adjustments, click Add Comment under the order or reach out to our Support Team.
  3. Confirm Completion
    • Once you’re satisfied, your translated document or audio transcript is ready for publishingsharing, or further use.

5. Additional Tips

  • Version Control: If you requested multiple target languages, label each file clearly (e.g., FrenchSpanish).
  • Keep Communication Open: You can add comments anytime if you realize new instructions or clarifications are needed.
  • Track Large Projects: For enterprise or bulk orders, you might see multiple partial downloads. Ensure you collect all relevant files before finalizing.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I know my translation is finished?

An email notification often goes out, or you can log in to see a checkmark or “Finished” status next to your order ID.

Can I re-download the same file later if I need it again?

Yes. As long as it remains in My & Team Orders, you can access and download it any time.

What if there’s an error or mismatch in terminology?

We offer a revision policy. Leave a comment under the order or contact support to request changes.

Are translations automatically deleted from my account after some time?

GoTranscript typically retains files for a set period. For specific retention policies or extended storage, check our Terms of Service or contact support.

Audio translation process

Translating audio into another language involves more than just a direct interpretation of sound. GoTranscript uses a two-step approach—transcription followed by translation—to ensure maximum accuracy and consistency. Below is a detailed look at how the process unfolds.


1. Why Must Audio Be Transcribed First?

  1. Clarity & Reference
    • Spoken words can be fastaccented, or muffled. Converting them into a written transcript makes it easier to verify text accuracy before translation.
  2. Segmenting Content
    • A transcript enables clear segmentation of dialogues, speakers, and even background sounds—helpful when translating context-specific phrases or industry jargon.
  3. Quality Control
    • Having a text version allows us to apply proofreading steps and client feedback (e.g., correct names, technical terms) before moving to the translation phase.

2. The Two-Step Process

Step 1: Transcription

  1. Audio Upload
    • You provide an audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) or a video file (e.g., MP4), which we then extract audio from.
  2. Listening & Typing
    • Our skilled transcribers listen to the recording, capturing every spoken element accurately.
  3. Time Stamps(Optional)
    • If you request timestamps or speaker labels, we include them in the transcript.

Step 2: Translation

  1. Language Pair Selection
    • The final transcript is sent to a native-speaking translator of the target language (e.g., English → Spanish).
  2. Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    • Translators adapt idiomsphrases, or references so they sound natural to the target audience.
  3. Final Review
    • If needed, an additional review or quality check can be added for technical, medical, or legal content.

3. Timeline & Cost Factors

  1. Recording Length
    • Pricing for audio translation is typically based on minutes (or hours) of recording.
  2. Quality of Audio
    • Overlapping voices or heavy background noise can require more transcription time.
  3. Language Complexity
    • Some languages or regional dialects may have higher rates due to fewer available translators or specialized expertise.

4. Ensuring Accuracy & Consistency

  1. Client Glossaries(Optional)
    • If you have a list of technical termsproduct names, or brand references, provide them to maintain consistent usage throughout.
  2. Feedback & Revisions
    • Once the first translation draft is complete, you can request minor adjustments if something seems off.
  3. Dedicated QA(For Complex Projects)
    • Large-scale or enterprise-level projects may benefit from a dedicated project manager ensuring uniform style and terminology across multiple files.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Can I skip the transcription step?

No. Transcription is essential—translators need a text version of your audio to work on. Directly translating from raw audio is prone to errors.

Do I receive the transcript as well, or only the translated text?

You can usually download both the original transcript and the translated text, depending on your order instructions.

What if my audio includes multiple languages?

We handle multi-lingual content by splitting the transcript accordingly—each portion is then assigned to the right translator. For complex or heavily multi-lingual files, reach out to Support for a custom arrangement.

Can I get subtitles instead of a text file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video or you need timed on-screen text, we can produce subtitles (SRT, VTT, etc.) after transcription and translation.

AI usage for translations

GoTranscript adheres to a 100% human-based translation process—AI is not involved in any step. We believe that relying solely on machine translation can result in inaccuracies, lack of cultural nuance, and subpar overall quality. Below is an overview of how our human translators handle your projects to maintain exceptional standards.


1. Why We Don’t Use AI

  1. Context & Cultural Nuance
    • Automated tools often fail to capture idiomsslang, or region-specific cultural references. Human translators ensure each phrase sounds natural in the target language.
  2. Accuracy & Consistency
    • Machine outputs may mistranslate industry terms, brand names, or technical jargon. Our experts draw on subject-matter expertise to maintain consistency and clarity.
  3. Quality Control
    • We implement multiple review steps—such as proofreading or specialized checks—to guarantee correctness. AI-generated text can require heavy post-editing, which is less efficient.

2. Our Human-Based Approach

  1. Native-Speaking Translators
    • We assign each project to a translator fluent in both the source and target languages. This ensures authentic translations reflecting cultural norms and linguistic style.
  2. Industry Expertise
    • For specialized fields (e.g., medicallegaltechnical), we match your project with translators possessing relevant backgrounds or experience.
  3. Optional Additional Review
    • High-stakes documents or content in niche topics can undergo a second review by another expert, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

3. Process Overview

  1. File Upload & Analysis
    • When you submit a document or audio file, we evaluate the length, complexity, and subject matter.
  2. Translator Assignment
    • human translator—skilled in your language pair—is selected for the job.
  3. Final Review & Delivery
    • The text is proofread, formatted (if required), and then delivered to you through our dashboard.

4. Frequently Asked Questions

Are you planning to use AI in the future?

Our priority is delivering precise and culturally accurate translations. While we monitor emerging technologies, our commitment to human expertise remains firm.

Can I provide my own glossaries or reference materials?

Yes. Supplying glossariesbrand terms, or technical references helps our translators consistently apply your preferred language.

How does human translation affect turnaround time?

Human translation can be slightly longer than AI-based methods, but we offer rush services for urgent projects. Quality and reliability are always our top goals.

Do you use machine translation even as a starting point?

No. We avoid automated translation at every stage, ensuring that what you receive is 100% human-crafted.

Getting Started

What Is GoTranscript

GoTranscript is a world-leading language solutions provider, built on dedicated teams of linguists, engineers, and project managers—all committed to delivering top-quality language services worldwide. From accurate transcriptions and captions to multilingual subtitles, AI transcription post-editing, and translation services, we strive to meet diverse needs across industries and time zones.


Who We Are

World-Leading Language Solutions Provider
GoTranscript is more than just a transcription company; we’re a global partner for businesses, researchers, academics, legal experts, and medical professionals seeking high-quality language solutions. Our team unites experts in linguistics, cutting-edge software engineers, and experienced project managers. This in-house synergy allows us to deliver services with exceptional accuracy, reliability, and affordability.


What We Do

  1. Human-Generated Transcriptions – We handle your audio or video files and convert them into precise, text-based documents. Our five-day turnaround rate starts at just $1.20 per minute, making us a competitive option for top-tier human-based transcription.
  2. Captions & Subtitles – GoTranscript offers captions and subtitles in multiple languages, catering to accessibility requirements and global audiences.
  3. AI Transcription Post-Editing – Our expert editors refine AI-generated transcripts, achieving the high accuracy your projects deserve, but at a lower cost.
  4. Translation Services – Expand your reach with professional translations. We provide localized content across a broad spectrum of languages.
  5. API Integration – For seamless scalability, our secure API lets you manage large volumes of files and track progress in real-time, ideal for businesses with frequent or bulk orders.

Who We Help

We proudly serve professionals, businesses, and individuals across an array of industries:

  • Academics & Researchers – Simplify data analysis by transcribing interviews, lectures, and focus groups.
  • Legal & Medical Teams – Comply with regulatory standards and ensure accuracy for sensitive or confidential files.
  • Media & Marketing – Elevate content with captions, subtitles, and transcripts that boost audience engagement and SEO visibility.
  • Corporate Clients – Streamline internal communication, training materials, and video content through high-quality transcripts.

Why Choose GoTranscript

  1. Quality & Reliability
    We provide 100% human-generated transcriptions, ensuring every transcript meets strict accuracy standards. Our in-house project management system, built from scratch, enables efficient workflows and transparent monitoring.
  2. Flexible Pricing & Turnaround
    With a five-day turnaround starting at $1.20 per minute—and faster options for an additional fee—GoTranscript offers some of the most affordable rates on the market. Discounts are available for bulk orders.
  3. User-Friendly Web Interface
    Our intuitive editing platform auto-saves changes, lets teams collaborate in real time, and offers advanced features like time-stamping and speaker identification. You can easily sign up for an account, upload files, and customize your order.
  4. Extensive Language Support
    We cater to a diverse array of languages and industries. Whether you need a single language or a multi-lingual project, we have the resources to handle it seamlessly.
  5. Collaborative Features & Mobile Apps
    While the GoTranscript mobile apps are streamlined for quick uploads, our desktop web interface powers advanced collaboration among team members. This dual approach provides flexibility for on-the-go recording and in-depth editing at your workstation.

Order a transcription

Summary
Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your transcription options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

Content

  1. Access the Order Page
  2. Upload Your File or URL
    • Click Upload files to select audio/video from your computer, or drag and drop them into the uploader.
    • Click Paste URL to import content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.
  3. Configure Your Order
    • Text Format: Choose Clean verbatim (removes fillers) or Full verbatim (includes all words, fillers, false starts).
    • Turnaround Time: Pick your deadline (6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
    • Number of Speakers: Indicate if your audio has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more.
    • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent: Mark “Yes” if your audio has background noise or strong accents for specialized handling.
    • Timestamping: Select how often you want timestamps—Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.
  4. Language: Select the language of your recording.
  5. Review and Place Order
    • Check the Estimated Cost to see the total price (based on duration, turnaround, add-ons).
    • Click Submit to finalize your order and process payment.
  6. Receive Your Transcript
    • You’ll get an email notification once your transcript is ready.
    • Access your GoTranscript account to download or review the completed file.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files: Upload or link more than one file in a single order if needed.
  • Bulk Discounts: Large orders may qualify for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions: Request revisions if you need any corrections.
  • 24/7 Support: Contact the GoTranscript support team anytime for help or questions.

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript Transcription Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated transcripts. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), resulting in lower accuracy and potentially missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for businesses and individuals alike.

1. Human-Generated Transcripts vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained transcriptionists capture every word accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans catch context, dialects, and accents that AI often misses.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps ensure over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Error-free transcripts improve readability and credibility.
  • Legal & Medical Use: High accuracy is vital for legal documents and medical records.
  • Time Savings: Fewer revisions mean quicker turnaround and cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect your sensitive data.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards are followed.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  1. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to meet diverse needs.
  2. Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  3. 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  4. Multi-Language Support: Transcriptions in various languages and dialects.

Supported languages

GoTranscript Transcription Services cater to a global audience by offering one of the widest language selections in the industry. From English and French to Chinese and Arabic, GoTranscript ensures your content is transcribed accurately, no matter the language.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides faster turnaround options in most languages!

1. Comprehensive Language List

GoTranscript supports a diverse range of languages, making it a top choice for international transcription services. Below is the complete list:

  • Arabic
  • Bengali
  • Bosnian
  • Catalan
  • Chinese (Simplified)
  • Chinese (Traditional)
  • Croatian
  • Czech
  • Danish
  • Dutch
  • English
  • Filipino
  • Finnish
  • French
  • French (Canadian)
  • German
  • Greek
  • Hebrew
  • Hindi
  • Icelandic
  • Indonesian
  • Italian
  • Japanese
  • Korean
  • Lithuanian
  • Luxembourgish
  • Malay
  • Norwegian
  • Persian (Dari)
  • Persian (Farsi)
  • Polish
  • Portuguese
  • Portuguese (Brazil)
  • Romanian
  • Russian
  • Serbian
  • Slovak
  • Slovenian
  • Spanish
  • Spanish (Latin America)
  • Swahili
  • Swedish
  • Thai
  • Turkish
  • Ukrainian
  • Vietnamese

2. Why Choose GoTranscript for Multiple Languages?

  1. Expert Linguists: Skilled transcriptionists and editors who understand local dialects and nuances.
  2. High AccuracyHuman-generated transcripts reduce errors and preserve context.
  3. Secure & Confidential: Your files remain protected through advanced data security measures.
  4. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to fit various timelines and budgets.

3. How to Order a Transcription in Your Preferred Language

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Order Page.
  2. Upload your audio or video file (or paste a URL).
  3. Select your language from the dropdown menu.
  4. Choose turnaround time (standard or expedited).
  5. Review pricing and finalize your order.
  6. Receive your completed transcript via your dashboard.

Transcription delivery time

GoTranscript Transcription Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many transcripts are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler files.


1. Turnaround Time Options

  1. 6–12 hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  2. 1 day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive files
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  3. 3 days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic tasks
  4. 5 days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for files that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your transcripts sooner than these estimates, depending on file complexity and current workload.


2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  1. File Duration: Longer files naturally take more time to transcribe.
  2. Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often results in faster completion.
  3. Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review steps.
  4. Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language needs can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?

Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?

GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect the final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider contacting our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?

Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, transcripts are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?

Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out to us for a custom quote that matches your specific requirements.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

Order comments

When submitting audio or video files for transcription, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final transcript. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help transcriptionists deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.


1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your file includes multiple speakers, let us know their names and roles (e.g., John (CEO)Maria (Interviewer)).
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention different accents or dialects so the transcriber knows to listen carefully for nuances.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”), ensuring correct spelling.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your audio includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guessing errors.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide correct spellings for your company or product references to maintain consistency and professionalism.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments cut down on back-and-forth clarifications.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps transcribers work more efficiently, often leading to quicker delivery times.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be difficult for transcribers—especially if they’re from different backgrounds. Offer explanations to keep transcripts error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections have overlapping voices or background noise, notes can guide the transcriber in separating or focusing on key content.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to add comments for every file?

Only if you have crucial details or specialized content. For standard files with clear audio, it may not be necessary. However, any additional context you provide can boost accuracy.

Can I add comments after placing my order?

It depends. If the transcription process hasn’t started, you can usually edit the order or reach out to Support. Otherwise, it’s best to provide comments before the project begins.

Are comments private?

Yes. Only the transcribers and relevant GoTranscript staff see your comments, and our Security & NDA policies ensure confidentiality.

Will adding detailed comments slow down my order?

In most cases, no. Well-structured comments actually help transcribers work more efficiently by reducing uncertainties and guesswork.

The Best Transcription Services for 2025, March

As transcription technology continues to evolve in 2025, businesses and individuals have more choices than ever when converting audio to text. The primary distinction lies in human-made transcription versus AI-powered transcription. While AI-based services offer affordability and speed, human transcription ensures higher accuracy—especially for complex recordings, heavy accents, and multi-speaker dialogues.

This guide compares GoTranscript, Rev, Scribie, TranscribeMe, Sonix, Happy Scribe, Daily Transcription, and Trint based on pricing, accuracy, and turnaround times, so you can choose the best service to suit your needs.


Comparison Table: Transcription Services (2025)

ServicePricingAccuracyTurnaround Time
GoTranscript100% Human-made: from $1.02/min.99.4% (human, guaranteed)Human: 5-day standard (cheapest) to 6–12h
RevHuman: $1.99/min;
AI (Auto): $0.25/min
99% (human); ~95% (AI auto)Human: ~12 hours or less for standard files; AI: ~5 minutes or less
SonixPay-go: $10/hour~99% (AI, with clear audio)Automated: minutes per file (no human option)
Happy ScribeAutomatic: $12 per 60 min (~$0.20/min); Human: ~$2.00/minUp to 85% (automatic); 99% (human)Automatic: minutes (fast AI); Human: <24 hours (often ~4–24h)
Daily TranscriptionStandard: $1.00/min; Rush (same-day/overnight): $1.50/min99% (human, quality-assured)Standard: 1–2+ days (standard delivery); Rush: same-day or overnight (<24h)
TrintPay-go: $15/hour (~$0.25/min); Subscriptions from ~$40/mo (includes ~3 hours)“Up to 99%” (AI, ideal conditions)Automated: minutes per file (no human service)

Key Notes:

  • Pricing is per audio minute unless stated otherwise.
  • AI accuracy depends on audio quality, background noise, and speaker clarity.
  • Human transcription services typically have a guaranteed 99%+ accuracy due to professional proofreading.
  • Turnaround times for human transcription depend on selected service levels, with faster options available at an additional cost.

Human vs. AI Transcription: Key Differences in 2025

1. Accuracy Levels

  • Human transcription guarantees 99%+ accuracy, making it ideal for legal, academic, and media use where precision is crucial.
  • AI transcription continues to improve but typically offers 80–95% accuracy depending on audio clarity. AI can struggle with accents, crosstalk, and technical jargon.

2. Turnaround Speed

  • AI-based transcription is instant—providing near real-time results.
  • Human services require time, but many offer expedited options (e.g., 6–12 hours for Rev or GoTranscript).

3. Pricing & Affordability

  • AI transcription services range from $0.07 to $0.25 per minute, making them cost-effective for large volumes of content.
  • Human transcription starts at $0.80 to $2.00 per minute, but offers better quality assurance and context-aware edits.

4. Ideal Use Cases

  • Use AI transcription for quick drafts, internal meetings, or searchable content.
  • Use human transcription for official documents, legal recordings, podcasts, and client-facing materials.

  • AI transcription is becoming more sophisticated, integrating machine learning and natural language processing (NLP).
  • Many services now offer hybrid solutions—AI first-draft transcriptions with optional human proofreading for balance between cost and accuracy.

Conclusion: Choosing the Right Transcription Service in 2025

  • If accuracy is the top priorityGoTranscript, Rev, and Daily Transcription offer 99%+ human-made transcripts.
  • For cost-effective, fast turnaround solutionsAI transcription services like Sonix, Trint, and Rev’s AI tool provide near-instant results.
  • For hybrid solutionsHappy Scribe and TranscribeMe combine AI-generated transcripts with human proofreading.

As AI transcription continues to improve, human services remain the best choice for critical use cases where misinterpretation could lead to errors. However, AI-powered tools are closing the gap, offering impressive accuracy at a fraction of the cost.

Among all services, GoTranscript is the only provider offering 100% human-made transcription, making it the best option if you need the highest accuracy. It is also more affordable than Rev for human transcription, with pricing starting at $1.02 per minute compared to Rev’s $2.00 per minute. However, if you prefer AI transcription and don’t require perfect accuracyRev.com’s AI service offers one of the most advanced automated solutions at a lower price point.

Pricing & Payments

Subtitles cost & quotes

Subtitling your videos can make them globally accessible, engaging viewers across languages and platforms. At GoTranscript, we keep subtitles pricing transparent and straightforward, with options to match your budget and turnaround needs. Below is an overview of how subtitle costs work—and how you can estimate your project’s total in a few clicks.


1. Where to Calculate Your Subtitles Cost

For an instant estimate, simply visit the GoTranscript Subtitling Cost Estimate page. Input details such as:

  1. Video Duration: Enter hours and minutes to see how costs scale.
  2. Language From & Language To: Prices may differ based on the source and target languages.
  3. Turnaround Time: Choose the speed you need—faster delivery may incur a higher rate.
  4. Additional Services: Options like open captions (burned-in text) or extra review can add minor surcharges.

Tip: Once you input these parameters, the page instantly displays your estimated cost. Adjust fields as needed to compare rates.


2. Standard Subtitling Rates

  1. Per-Minute Pricing
    • You pay based on the length of your audio/video file—no hidden fees.
  2. Language Complexity
    • Subtitling in the original language (e.g., English video to English subtitles) might differ from translation subtitles (e.g., English to French).
  3. Turnaround Speed
    • 1–2 days3–5 days, or even 6–12 hour options may be available, each at varying price points.

3. Optional Add-Ons

  1. Open Captions
    • Permanently “burn” subtitles into the video so they can’t be turned off.
    • Flat Fee: For example, $10 per file (subject to change; check the estimate tool for current rates).
  2. Additional Review
    • A second round of checks for projects that demand high accuracy or specialized industry knowledge.
    • Usually a small add-on cost per minute or flat rate per project.
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If your total minutes are significant, you may qualify for a volume-based discount.
    • Contact Enterprise Support for custom solutions if you consistently handle large volumes.

4. Downloading an Official GoTranscript Quote

After you fill in the details on the Subtitling Cost Estimate page, you can usually download an official quote for your records or corporate approval. This PDF outlines:

  • Per-minute cost
  • Turnaround time
  • Optional services (open captions, extra review)
  • Total estimated price

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do rates differ for language translation vs. same-language subtitles?

Yes. Translation (English to French) typically costs more than same-language subtitles (English to English). Check the estimate page for an accurate breakdown.

What if I have a long video with poor audio quality?

We can still subtitle your video, though there may be additional surcharges if it requires more effort or specialized review. This will be reflected in your estimate.

Can I get open captions for any language?

Absolutely. Open captions can be applied to any language track. The system will add a flat fee per file if you select “Yes” for open captions.

Do I pay before or after seeing the final subtitles?

You’ll see the estimated total before paying. Once you place an order, you can track progress in your dashboard, and you only pay for the services you select.

Getting Started

Captions orders comments

When submitting your video files for captioning, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final captions. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help captioners deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.

1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your video features multiple speakers, include their names and roles (e.g., “John (CEO), Maria (Interviewer)”) in your comments. This ensures the correct names appear in the captions.
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention any distinct accents or dialects so the captioner knows to pay close attention for nuanced words or pronunciations.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging to caption accurately without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify any often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”) to ensure correct spelling and usage.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your video includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guesswork.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide the exact spellings of your company, products, or services so the captions remain consistent and professional.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments help avoid multiple rounds of edits by minimizing captioning errors.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps the captioner work more efficiently, often resulting in quickerdelivery of final captions.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be unclear—especially to captioners from different regions or backgrounds. Add brief explanations to keep captions error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections include overlapping voices or significant background noise, notes can guide the captioner in distinguishing or emphasizing key audio elements.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

Captioning turnaround time

GoTranscript Captioning Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many caption orders are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler projects.

1. Turnaround Time Options

  • 6–12 Hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  • 1 Day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive needs
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  • 3 Days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic videos
  • 5 Days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for videos that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your captions sooner than these estimates, depending on project complexity and current workload.

2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  • File Duration: Longer videos naturally take more time to caption.
  • Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often means faster completion.
  • Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review.
  • Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language captions can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?
Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate you, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?
GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider reaching out to our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?
Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, captions are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?
Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out for a custom quote tailored to your specific requirements.

Closed captions vs. subtitles

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript’s Captioning Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated captions. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), which can result in lower accuracy and missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for both businesses and individuals.

1. Human-Generated Captions vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained captioners capture every word and intent accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans perceive context, dialects, and accents that AI often overlooks.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps help maintain over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Well-crafted captions boost readability and credibility for your videos.
  • Compliance & Accessibility: High accuracy is vital for meeting legal and accessibility standards (e.g., ADA compliance).
  • Time Savings: Fewer edits and revisions mean a quicker turnaround and better cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect sensitive or proprietary media files.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: GoTranscript follows HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  • Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options fit various deadlines.
  • Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  • 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  • Multi-Language Support: Professional captioning for a variety of languages and dialects.

Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s 100% human-powered captioning delivers unmatched accuracy, security, and reliability. From tight deadlines to complex content, you can count on precise captions and outstanding service—every time.

Order captions

Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your captioning options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

1. Access the Order Page

2. Upload Your File or URL

  • Upload from Your Computer: Click Upload files and select one or more files to import.
  • Paste URL: Use Paste URL to bring in content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.

3. Configure Your Caption Order

  • Text Format:
    • Clean verbatim – Minimal fillers and false starts.
    • Full verbatim – Captions include every word, filler, and verbal tic.
  • Turnaround Time:
    • Choose from 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days. Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
  • Number of Speakers:
    • Indicate if your content has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more so captioners can accurately label them.
  • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent:
    • Choose Yes if your file has background noise or strong accents, ensuring specialized handling.
  • Timestamping:
    • Select how you want timestamps inserted (e.g., Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.).
  • Language:
    • Choose the primary language of your recording.
  • Open Captions (Optional):
    • Turn on if you want captions burned directly into the video.

4. Review and Place Order

  • Estimated Cost:
    • Review your total price based on audio duration, turnaround time, and any add-ons.
  • Submit:
    • Click Submit to confirm your order and proceed with payment.

5. Receive Your Captions

  • Completion Notification:
    • You’ll receive an email once your captions are ready.
  • Download/Review:
    • Log into your GoTranscript account to download the caption files or review them directly on the platform.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files:
    Upload or link more than one file in a single order.
  • Bulk Discounts:
    Large orders may be eligible for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions:
    Request free revisions if you need any corrections or adjustments to your captions.
  • 24/7 Support:
    Reach out to GoTranscript’s support team anytime for additional help or questions.

GoTranscript overview

GoTranscript is one of the world’s leading transcription services, known for converting audio and video content into accurate text quickly and affordably. Founded in 2005, GoTranscript has grown into one of the largest online transcription and translation agencies. The platform offers both human transcription and AI-powered transcription options, catering to different needs. In this article, we’ll provide a general overview of GoTranscript’s services, key benefits like accuracy and turnaround time, the industries it serves, how the service works, the customer experience, and why it stands out against competitors.

Introduction to GoTranscript and Its Services

GoTranscript is a professional transcription service that turns your audio or video recordings into written text. The company provides a range of services including standard transcription (human-performed), automated transcription (AI-generated), as well as related offerings like captions, subtitling, and translation. Users from all over the globe rely on GoTranscript for everything from transcribing interviews and meetings to generating subtitles for videos. The service is designed to handle projects of all sizes, whether you’re an individual student needing a class lecture transcribed or a large enterprise processing thousands of hours of content.

One of GoTranscript’s core principles is human-driven accuracy. Unlike fully automated speech-to-text tools, GoTranscript uses a network of skilled human transcribers for its primary transcription service, ensuring high accuracy and quality. (They do offer an AI transcription option for those who prioritize speed and cost, which we’ll discuss later.) With nearly two decades of experience in the industry, GoTranscript has established a reputation for reliable transcription work. The company claims an accuracy rate of around 99% for its human-transcribed documents (Transcription Cost Estimate), thanks to rigorous quality checks and experienced transcribers reviewing each project. This focus on quality means that even difficult audio – with multiple speakers, heavy accents, or background noise – is handled with care to produce a precise transcript.

In addition to transcription, GoTranscript’s platform supports captioning and subtitling for videos, translation services for converting transcripts into other languages, and even custom solutions via their API for businesses that need to integrate transcription into their workflows. This makes GoTranscript a one-stop shop for various audio/video conversion needs beyond basic transcripts.

Key Benefits of GoTranscript

GoTranscript offers several key benefits that make it a popular choice for transcription services. Below, we break down the major advantages:

High Accuracy Transcriptions

Accuracy is often the top priority when choosing a transcription service, and GoTranscript emphasizes quality in every transcript. For human transcription orders, the service touts an accuracy level of up to 99%, meaning the final text is virtually word-perfect. This high accuracy is achieved by employing skilled human transcribers (many with 5+ years of experience) and implementing a thorough proofreading and quality assurance process. Every transcript is reviewed for errors and consistency, so you receive a polished final document. This level of precision is crucial for use cases like legal transcripts, medical records, or academic research where even small mistakes can be problematic.

For example, if you have an interview with multiple speakers or a conference recording with technical jargon, GoTranscript’s team works to ensure names, terms, and details are correctly captured. The commitment to accuracy gives users confidence that they won’t have to spend extra time fixing the transcript. In short, GoTranscript’s human-driven approach helps avoid the misheard words and awkward errors that are common with purely automated transcription tools.

Affordable Pricing

Another standout benefit of GoTranscript is its affordability. GoTranscript is often praised as one of the most cost-effective transcription providers in the industry. The pricing structure is typically based on the length of your audio (per audio minute), and rates for standard service are around the $0.90–$1.00 per minute range for English audio. This flat per-minute rate is very competitive, especially considering the quality provided. There are no hidden fees – features like speaker identification, timestamps, or verbatim transcription are usually included or available at transparent rates, unlike some services that charge extra for each add-on.

GoTranscript also offers bulk discounts and loyalty programs for frequent users. For instance, customers who have large volumes of audio or video to transcribe can receive tiered discounts (5%, 10%, or more) as their cumulative minutes increase. This makes the service even more economical for businesses or researchers with ongoing transcription needs.

To put the pricing in perspective, many competing transcription services charge significantly more for human transcription. (Some well-known providers charge around $1.50–$2.00 per minute for similar accuracy.) In a comparison of GoTranscript vs. other major transcription companies, GoTranscript’s rate of roughly $0.99 per minute was nearly half the price while delivering comparable quality). That value is a big reason budget-conscious users choose GoTranscript over competitors.

Fast Turnaround Time

Speed is another important factor, and GoTranscript provides a range of turnaround options to meet different deadlines. For standard transcription orders, the typical turnaround is fast – often within 24 hours for shorter files, and only a few days for longer projects. If you have a tight deadline, GoTranscript offers expedited same-day transcription services as well. With the rush option, transcripts can be delivered in as little as 6 to 12 hours for urgent needs. In fact, GoTranscript advertises the ability to return transcripts in under a day, sometimes even within six hours for time-sensitive projects.

The flexibility in turnaround times means you can choose a slower delivery for cost savings or pay a bit more to get your text back sooner. For example, a non-urgent recording might be sent on an economy 3-5 day plan to save money, whereas a business meeting needed for a next-day report can be transcribed overnight. Even with the faster service, GoTranscript still maintains high accuracy by allocating work to their top transcribers and using quality checks, so you rarely have to wait long to get a usable transcript.

It’s worth noting that GoTranscript’s automated AI transcription service (if you opt for it) can turn around transcripts almost instantly – often in a few minutes – since it’s machine-generated. However, the trade-off is lower accuracy. Many users start with an AI-generated draft for speed and then either edit it themselves or use GoTranscript’s human proofreading service to refine the transcript. Overall, whether you choose the fully human route or the AI-assisted route, GoTranscript gives you options to balance speed and accuracy according to your project requirements.

Human Transcription vs. AI Transcription

GoTranscript gives clients the choice between human transcription and AI transcription, combining the best of both worlds. The human transcription service is performed entirely by people and is the recommended option when accuracy and nuance are critical. Human transcribers can understand context, handle strong accents or poor audio quality, and accurately capture industry-specific terminology (for example, medical or legal terms) that an automated tool might mishear. If your content demands near-perfect accuracy or you require the transcript for official purposes, the human service is ideal. As mentioned, human-transcribed results from GoTranscript come with roughly 99% accuracy in most cases.

On the other hand, GoTranscript’s AI transcription is a faster, lower-cost alternative. This automated speech-to-text service can transcribe audio in a matter of minutes. It’s a great option for when you need a rough transcript quickly or have a tight budget. For instance, content creators or students might use the AI service to get a quick draft of a podcast or lecture and then manually clean it up. The AI transcripts won’t be as polished – typically, automatic transcription might achieve around 80–90% accuracy depending on audio clarity – but they are improving constantly. GoTranscript’s platform even allows you to edit the AI-generated text using an online editor while listening to the audio, so you can correct any mistakes on the fly.

Importantly, GoTranscript ensures that even its AI service benefits from their expertise: you can optionally request an AI transcript + human proofreading upgrade, where a professional transcriber will review and correct the machine transcript for a fraction of the full transcription price. This hybrid approach can save time and money while still producing an accurate result.

In summary, GoTranscript’s dual offerings mean you have flexibility. Use the human service for high-stakes projects or difficult audio, and consider the AI service for quick, informal needs. Either way, your content is handled securely and confidentially, and you retain full control over which method suits each project.

Industries Served by GoTranscript

GoTranscript serves a wide range of industries and use cases, making it a versatile transcription provider. Because of its accuracy and reliability, the service is trusted by clients in fields where precision is paramount. Some of the key industries and user groups that frequently use GoTranscript include:

  • Legal Transcription: Law firms and court reporters use GoTranscript to transcribe depositions, court hearings, client interviews, and other legal proceedings. The transcripts are formatted to be court-ready and can include timestamps or speaker labels as needed. Confidentiality is crucial for legal work, and GoTranscript maintains strict data security (including NDAs and encryption) to protect sensitive information. Their legal transcription services aim to capture every word accurately, which is vital for legal records.
  • Medical Transcription: Hospitals, clinics, and healthcare professionals turn to GoTranscript for transcribing doctor’s dictated notes, patient interviews, medical conferences, and research interviews. GoTranscript’s team includes transcribers familiar with medical terminology, ensuring that complex drug names or procedures are correctly transcribed. They also advertise HIPAA-compliant processes, highlighting their commitment to patient privacy and data security in the medical field.
  • Academic and Research Transcription: Students, professors, and researchers often need transcriptions of lectures, interviews, and focus group recordings. GoTranscript helps the academic community by transcribing research interviews, dissertations, thesis recordings, and seminars. Having written transcripts of these materials can greatly aid in analysis and in quoting sources. GoTranscript even offers special discounts for educational institutions or students, making it a budget-friendly choice for academia.
  • Media and Journalism: Reporters, media producers, and video editors use GoTranscript to get transcripts of interviews, news footage, podcasts, and documentaries. In media, speed is often of the essence – a journalist might need a transcript of a press conference within a few hours to meet a news deadline. With GoTranscript’s fast turnaround options, media professionals can quickly search text for quotes or create subtitles for video content. The high accuracy is essential here too, as quoting someone incorrectly due to a transcription error can be a serious issue.
  • Business and Corporate: Companies use GoTranscript for transcribing meetings, earnings calls, training sessions, webinars, and more. In the corporate world, having transcripts of key meetings or conference calls can improve accessibility and record-keeping. For example, a marketing team might transcribe focus group recordings to extract consumer insights, or an HR department might need transcripts of staff training videos. GoTranscript’s enterprise solutions and API allow larger organizations to integrate transcription into their workflows securely. Many Fortune 500 and even Fortune 50 companies trust GoTranscript for large-scale transcription projects.
  • Entertainment and Video Production: Content creators on YouTube, filmmakers, and TV producers use GoTranscript to get transcripts and captions. Adding accurate subtitles or closed captions to videos is not only important for accessibility but also can boost SEO on platforms like YouTube. GoTranscript can produce caption files (like SRT or VTT) alongside the text transcript, which saves video producers time. The transcription team can handle transcribing dialogue from reality shows, interviews for documentaries, or scripts from audio recordings.

These are just a few examples, but GoTranscript’s service is broad. From finance (transcribing investor calls) to technology (transcribing software webinars) to market research (transcribing focus groups), the platform has experience across many domains. Its ability to support transcripts in multiple languages also means it serves international businesses and multilingual needs. In all these industries, the combination of accuracy, confidentiality, and reasonable pricing makes GoTranscript an attractive partner for transcription.

How the GoTranscript Service Works

Using GoTranscript is designed to be a straightforward process. Here’s a step-by-step overview of how the service typically works from the user’s perspective:

  1. Create an Account or Log In: To begin, visit the GoTranscript website (or use their mobile-friendly interface) and create a free account. This gives you access to an online dashboard where you can manage your transcription projects. New users can easily sign up with just an email address and password.
  2. Upload Your Files: Once logged in, you can upload the audio or video files that you need transcribed. GoTranscript supports a wide range of file formats – common audio types like MP3, WAV, M4A, and video formats like MP4, MOV, AVI, etc. You can upload files from your computer or paste a URL if your audio/video is hosted online. The platform even allows adding links from YouTube or other sources directly for transcription.
  3. Choose Options and Settings: After uploading, select your transcription options. Choose the language of the audio (GoTranscript supports many languages), specify if you want Full Verbatim (with all “ums,” false starts, and fillers) or Clean Verbatim (cleaned-up speech), and decide whether you need timestamps in the transcript. You’ll also pick the turnaround time – for example, standard delivery or a rush delivery for faster results. If your audio has any special requirements (like heavy accents or poor audio quality), you can indicate that too, so they assign the most experienced transcribers as needed.
  4. Get an Instant Quote: GoTranscript’s system will calculate the cost of your order based on the length of your files, chosen turnaround, and any add-ons. You’ll see a price quote upfront. The pricing is transparent: for instance, a 30-minute file at a $1.00/min rate would show a $30 cost. Any bulk discounts or promo codes are applied at this stage as well. This way, you know exactly what the service will cost before confirming the order.
  5. Place Your Order and Pay: After reviewing the details, place the order by proceeding to payment. You can pay securely online via credit card or PayPal (and enterprise clients may arrange invoicing). Once payment is processed, the transcription work begins. You’ll receive an order confirmation and an estimated completion time.
  6. Transcription in Progress: GoTranscript’s team (or the AI engine, if you chose the automated service) starts transcribing your files. If human transcription is selected, your audio is assigned to one or more professional transcribers who will listen carefully and type out the content. They follow GoTranscript’s strict style guidelines, and often a second transcriber or quality reviewer will proofread the text for accuracy. During this phase, you can log into your account to see the status of your job (e.g., “In Progress” or a percentage completed). For lengthy files, the work might be split among multiple transcribers then merged and reviewed.
  7. Receive the Transcript: Once completed, you’ll be notified (usually by email) that your transcript is ready. You can then download the transcript file from your GoTranscript dashboard. Transcripts are typically provided in text or Word document formats, and you may also request PDF format if needed. If you ordered captions or subtitles, those files (like .srt or .vtt) will be available too.
  8. Review and Use the Transcript: Now you have the written text of your content. It’s a good idea to quickly review the transcript, especially if it’s for official use. In the unlikely event you spot an error or need a tweak, GoTranscript allows you to request a revision – they want to ensure you’re satisfied. In most cases, however, the transcript will be ready to use immediately. You can copy or export the text into reports, articles, or keep it for your records. The final transcript is yours to use as needed.

Throughout this process, GoTranscript’s interface is user-friendly and guides you at each step. There is also support available at every stage if you have questions – for example, if a file isn’t uploading or you’re unsure about which options to select, you can reach out to their team for help.

Customer Support and User Experience

GoTranscript places a strong emphasis on customer support and making sure the user experience is smooth. They offer 24/7 customer support, meaning you can get help at any time, regardless of your time zone. Whether you’re a first-time user with basic questions or a long-term client with a complex project, GoTranscript’s support team is available to assist. You can contact them through multiple channels: via email or support ticket, by phone, or through the website’s contact forms. Enterprise clients even have the option to book meetings or talk directly with a sales representative for large-scale needs.

Users often report that the GoTranscript website interface is intuitive and easy to navigate. The process of uploading files and placing orders is straightforward, with clear instructions and tooltips to help you along. For example, if you’re unsure about what “clean verbatim” means or whether to select the “heavy accent” option, the platform provides guidance so you can make the right choice. The order dashboard lets you track the progress of your transcription in real time, so you know when a file is being worked on and when it’s finished.

Once your transcript is delivered, GoTranscript also makes it easy to review the text. There’s an online editor tool that allows you to play your audio alongside the transcript, so you can follow along or make any minor edits or highlights for your own reference. This feature is particularly useful if you want to verify certain sections or extract specific quotes. The transcript files themselves are delivered in common formats (.txt, .docx) that open in any text editor or word processor, making them convenient to use.

Another aspect of user experience is data security and confidentiality. Many users have sensitive content (like legal or medical files), and GoTranscript’s platform is built with security in mind. All transcriptionists working for GoTranscript must sign confidentiality agreements, and the company gives clients the option to have completed transcripts deleted from their servers upon request. The website uses encryption to protect file transfers and stored data as well. These practices give peace of mind that your information stays private. In industries like legal and healthcare, this level of security and discretion is an essential part of a good user experience.

GoTranscript has also introduced collaboration features for business users. Teams can share projects or access transcripts within a single account, making it easier to work together on large projects or across departments. While GoTranscript does not have a dedicated mobile app (as of this writing), its website is mobile-responsive. This means you can upload files or check order statuses conveniently from a smartphone or tablet. The mobile experience is optimized, so you’re not required to be at a desktop computer to use the service.

Overall, from sign-up to transcript delivery, GoTranscript strives to keep the process hassle-free. If any issues arise, the round-the-clock support and the detailed FAQs/Help resources on their site are there to assist you. Many user reviews highlight GoTranscript’s helpful customer service and the ease of getting projects done, which speaks to the company’s commitment to a positive user experience.

Why Choose GoTranscript Over Competitors?

In a marketplace with many transcription providers, GoTranscript distinguishes itself in a few key ways. Here are some compelling reasons why users choose GoTranscript over other transcription services:

  • Competitive Pricing for Human Quality: GoTranscript offers human transcription at a price that is often significantly lower than other top providers for the same level of quality. This means you don’t have to pay a premium to get accurate transcripts. Budget-conscious customers appreciate that they can transcribe more content for their money with GoTranscript. The bulk discounts and loyalty program further enhance this cost advantage over time. Essentially, you’re getting nearly identical accuracy and service as more expensive options, but at a fraction of the cost.
  • High Accuracy and Quality Control: While some competitors also claim high accuracy, GoTranscript’s commitment to multi-step quality assurance (transcription + review + proofreading) is a strong selling point. Each transcript goes through rigorous checks, reducing the chance of errors. The company’s long track record and large base of satisfied clients attest to its quality. GoTranscript consistently achieves the ~99% accuracy on human transcripts that businesses and professionals require for reliable documentation.
  • Flexible Service Options (Human and AI): Not all transcription companies offer both a human and an AI option under one roof. GoTranscript gives you flexibility. If you prefer everything done by humans, that’s their specialty. If you want a quick machine-generated transcript or a hybrid workflow, they provide that too. Some competitors might excel in one area but not offer the other (for example, a purely AI transcription service won’t manually fix errors, while a strictly human-only service might be slower or pricier for large volumes). With GoTranscript, you can mix and match to suit each project without needing to switch platforms.
  • Support for Multiple Languages: GoTranscript supports transcription in a wide array of languages beyond just English. If you have international content – say a Spanish interview, a French video, or a multilingual conference – GoTranscript can handle it. They have native-speaking transcribers for dozens of languages. Many competing services primarily focus on English or charge much higher rates for non-English transcriptions, whereas GoTranscript has built a global team to serve multilingual needs affordably. This is a big plus for researchers or businesses working in diverse markets.
  • Industry Expertise and Security: GoTranscript has experience with specialized fields like legal and medical transcription, which not every competitor can claim. They are familiar with industry-specific formats (e.g., legal transcript formatting) and terminology. The service also adheres to security and confidentiality requirements — for instance, it is HIPAA-compliant for handling medical information and follows strict NDA policies for corporate and government clients. If you work in an industry with specific standards or privacy requirements, GoTranscript is equipped to meet them.
  • User-Friendly Experience: GoTranscript’s platform is easy to use and its customer support is very responsive, which isn’t always the case with other services. Some providers might have lower prices but lack live support or have a clunky interface. With GoTranscript, you get both affordability and a professional, accessible support team. The ability to reach a human representative 24/7 gives GoTranscript an edge for customers who value reliable support.
  • Proven Track Record: With over 122,000 clients served worldwide and consistently high customer ratings (around 4.9 out of 5 stars), GoTranscript has built a strong reputation. The company’s client list even includes top media outlets, universities, and Fortune 500 companies – a sign that they consistently deliver on their promises. This kind of trust and social proof can give new users confidence that they’re choosing a provider with a history of success.
  • One-Stop Shop for Language Services: Beyond transcription, GoTranscript offers a suite of related services (like translations, captions, and subtitles) under one roof. This means if your project involves multiple needs – say transcribing a video and then translating it into another language – you can handle it all through GoTranscript. Many competitors specialize in just one area, so having this one-stop convenience can save time and simplify workflows.

Conclusion

GoTranscript has established itself as a reliable and user-friendly transcription service that caters to a broad audience. With its roots dating back to 2005, the company combines years of experience with modern technology to deliver transcripts that are both accurate and delivered on time. Users benefit from GoTranscript’s commitment to quality – from the 99% accuracy of its human transcripts to the robust support for multiple languages and specialized industries. At the same time, its pricing remains accessible, offering great value compared to many competitors.

Whether you need a single interview transcribed or have ongoing transcription projects for your business, GoTranscript provides a smooth experience from start to finish. The process of uploading files and receiving transcripts is hassle-free, and help is always available if you need it. By choosing GoTranscript, customers are opting for a service that doesn’t force a trade-off between accuracy, speed, and cost – you get all three.

In an era where content is king and information needs to be accessible, having a dependable transcription partner is invaluable. GoTranscript’s blend of human expertise and smart technology makes it a go-to choice for transcription services. The next time you require a transcript, consider GoTranscript for an accurate, affordable, and efficient solution that has been tried and trusted by thousands of clients worldwide.

Captions orders comments

When submitting your video files for captioning, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final captions. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help captioners deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.

1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your video features multiple speakers, include their names and roles (e.g., “John (CEO), Maria (Interviewer)”) in your comments. This ensures the correct names appear in the captions.
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention any distinct accents or dialects so the captioner knows to pay close attention for nuanced words or pronunciations.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging to caption accurately without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify any often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”) to ensure correct spelling and usage.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your video includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guesswork.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide the exact spellings of your company, products, or services so the captions remain consistent and professional.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments help avoid multiple rounds of edits by minimizing captioning errors.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps the captioner work more efficiently, often resulting in quickerdelivery of final captions.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be unclear—especially to captioners from different regions or backgrounds. Add brief explanations to keep captions error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections include overlapping voices or significant background noise, notes can guide the captioner in distinguishing or emphasizing key audio elements.

Transcription

Getting Started

What Is GoTranscript

GoTranscript is a world-leading language solutions provider, built on dedicated teams of linguists, engineers, and project managers—all committed to delivering top-quality language services worldwide. From accurate transcriptions and captions to multilingual subtitles, AI transcription post-editing, and translation services, we strive to meet diverse needs across industries and time zones.


Who We Are

World-Leading Language Solutions Provider
GoTranscript is more than just a transcription company; we’re a global partner for businesses, researchers, academics, legal experts, and medical professionals seeking high-quality language solutions. Our team unites experts in linguistics, cutting-edge software engineers, and experienced project managers. This in-house synergy allows us to deliver services with exceptional accuracy, reliability, and affordability.


What We Do

  1. Human-Generated Transcriptions – We handle your audio or video files and convert them into precise, text-based documents. Our five-day turnaround rate starts at just $1.20 per minute, making us a competitive option for top-tier human-based transcription.
  2. Captions & Subtitles – GoTranscript offers captions and subtitles in multiple languages, catering to accessibility requirements and global audiences.
  3. AI Transcription Post-Editing – Our expert editors refine AI-generated transcripts, achieving the high accuracy your projects deserve, but at a lower cost.
  4. Translation Services – Expand your reach with professional translations. We provide localized content across a broad spectrum of languages.
  5. API Integration – For seamless scalability, our secure API lets you manage large volumes of files and track progress in real-time, ideal for businesses with frequent or bulk orders.

Who We Help

We proudly serve professionals, businesses, and individuals across an array of industries:

  • Academics & Researchers – Simplify data analysis by transcribing interviews, lectures, and focus groups.
  • Legal & Medical Teams – Comply with regulatory standards and ensure accuracy for sensitive or confidential files.
  • Media & Marketing – Elevate content with captions, subtitles, and transcripts that boost audience engagement and SEO visibility.
  • Corporate Clients – Streamline internal communication, training materials, and video content through high-quality transcripts.

Why Choose GoTranscript

  1. Quality & Reliability
    We provide 100% human-generated transcriptions, ensuring every transcript meets strict accuracy standards. Our in-house project management system, built from scratch, enables efficient workflows and transparent monitoring.
  2. Flexible Pricing & Turnaround
    With a five-day turnaround starting at $1.20 per minute—and faster options for an additional fee—GoTranscript offers some of the most affordable rates on the market. Discounts are available for bulk orders.
  3. User-Friendly Web Interface
    Our intuitive editing platform auto-saves changes, lets teams collaborate in real time, and offers advanced features like time-stamping and speaker identification. You can easily sign up for an account, upload files, and customize your order.
  4. Extensive Language Support
    We cater to a diverse array of languages and industries. Whether you need a single language or a multi-lingual project, we have the resources to handle it seamlessly.
  5. Collaborative Features & Mobile Apps
    While the GoTranscript mobile apps are streamlined for quick uploads, our desktop web interface powers advanced collaboration among team members. This dual approach provides flexibility for on-the-go recording and in-depth editing at your workstation.

Order a transcription

Summary
Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your transcription options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

Content

  1. Access the Order Page
  2. Upload Your File or URL
    • Click Upload files to select audio/video from your computer, or drag and drop them into the uploader.
    • Click Paste URL to import content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.
  3. Configure Your Order
    • Text Format: Choose Clean verbatim (removes fillers) or Full verbatim (includes all words, fillers, false starts).
    • Turnaround Time: Pick your deadline (6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
    • Number of Speakers: Indicate if your audio has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more.
    • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent: Mark “Yes” if your audio has background noise or strong accents for specialized handling.
    • Timestamping: Select how often you want timestamps—Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.
  4. Language: Select the language of your recording.
  5. Review and Place Order
    • Check the Estimated Cost to see the total price (based on duration, turnaround, add-ons).
    • Click Submit to finalize your order and process payment.
  6. Receive Your Transcript
    • You’ll get an email notification once your transcript is ready.
    • Access your GoTranscript account to download or review the completed file.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files: Upload or link more than one file in a single order if needed.
  • Bulk Discounts: Large orders may qualify for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions: Request revisions if you need any corrections.
  • 24/7 Support: Contact the GoTranscript support team anytime for help or questions.

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript Transcription Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated transcripts. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), resulting in lower accuracy and potentially missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for businesses and individuals alike.

1. Human-Generated Transcripts vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained transcriptionists capture every word accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans catch context, dialects, and accents that AI often misses.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps ensure over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Error-free transcripts improve readability and credibility.
  • Legal & Medical Use: High accuracy is vital for legal documents and medical records.
  • Time Savings: Fewer revisions mean quicker turnaround and cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect your sensitive data.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards are followed.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  1. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to meet diverse needs.
  2. Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  3. 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  4. Multi-Language Support: Transcriptions in various languages and dialects.

Supported languages

GoTranscript Transcription Services cater to a global audience by offering one of the widest language selections in the industry. From English and French to Chinese and Arabic, GoTranscript ensures your content is transcribed accurately, no matter the language.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides faster turnaround options in most languages!

1. Comprehensive Language List

GoTranscript supports a diverse range of languages, making it a top choice for international transcription services. Below is the complete list:

  • Arabic
  • Bengali
  • Bosnian
  • Catalan
  • Chinese (Simplified)
  • Chinese (Traditional)
  • Croatian
  • Czech
  • Danish
  • Dutch
  • English
  • Filipino
  • Finnish
  • French
  • French (Canadian)
  • German
  • Greek
  • Hebrew
  • Hindi
  • Icelandic
  • Indonesian
  • Italian
  • Japanese
  • Korean
  • Lithuanian
  • Luxembourgish
  • Malay
  • Norwegian
  • Persian (Dari)
  • Persian (Farsi)
  • Polish
  • Portuguese
  • Portuguese (Brazil)
  • Romanian
  • Russian
  • Serbian
  • Slovak
  • Slovenian
  • Spanish
  • Spanish (Latin America)
  • Swahili
  • Swedish
  • Thai
  • Turkish
  • Ukrainian
  • Vietnamese

2. Why Choose GoTranscript for Multiple Languages?

  1. Expert Linguists: Skilled transcriptionists and editors who understand local dialects and nuances.
  2. High AccuracyHuman-generated transcripts reduce errors and preserve context.
  3. Secure & Confidential: Your files remain protected through advanced data security measures.
  4. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to fit various timelines and budgets.

3. How to Order a Transcription in Your Preferred Language

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Order Page.
  2. Upload your audio or video file (or paste a URL).
  3. Select your language from the dropdown menu.
  4. Choose turnaround time (standard or expedited).
  5. Review pricing and finalize your order.
  6. Receive your completed transcript via your dashboard.

Transcription delivery time

GoTranscript Transcription Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many transcripts are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler files.


1. Turnaround Time Options

  1. 6–12 hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  2. 1 day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive files
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  3. 3 days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic tasks
  4. 5 days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for files that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your transcripts sooner than these estimates, depending on file complexity and current workload.


2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  1. File Duration: Longer files naturally take more time to transcribe.
  2. Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often results in faster completion.
  3. Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review steps.
  4. Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language needs can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?

Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?

GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect the final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider contacting our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?

Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, transcripts are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?

Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out to us for a custom quote that matches your specific requirements.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

Order comments

When submitting audio or video files for transcription, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final transcript. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help transcriptionists deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.


1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your file includes multiple speakers, let us know their names and roles (e.g., John (CEO)Maria (Interviewer)).
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention different accents or dialects so the transcriber knows to listen carefully for nuances.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”), ensuring correct spelling.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your audio includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guessing errors.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide correct spellings for your company or product references to maintain consistency and professionalism.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments cut down on back-and-forth clarifications.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps transcribers work more efficiently, often leading to quicker delivery times.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be difficult for transcribers—especially if they’re from different backgrounds. Offer explanations to keep transcripts error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections have overlapping voices or background noise, notes can guide the transcriber in separating or focusing on key content.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to add comments for every file?

Only if you have crucial details or specialized content. For standard files with clear audio, it may not be necessary. However, any additional context you provide can boost accuracy.

Can I add comments after placing my order?

It depends. If the transcription process hasn’t started, you can usually edit the order or reach out to Support. Otherwise, it’s best to provide comments before the project begins.

Are comments private?

Yes. Only the transcribers and relevant GoTranscript staff see your comments, and our Security & NDA policies ensure confidentiality.

Will adding detailed comments slow down my order?

In most cases, no. Well-structured comments actually help transcribers work more efficiently by reducing uncertainties and guesswork.

The Best Transcription Services for 2025, March

As transcription technology continues to evolve in 2025, businesses and individuals have more choices than ever when converting audio to text. The primary distinction lies in human-made transcription versus AI-powered transcription. While AI-based services offer affordability and speed, human transcription ensures higher accuracy—especially for complex recordings, heavy accents, and multi-speaker dialogues.

This guide compares GoTranscript, Rev, Scribie, TranscribeMe, Sonix, Happy Scribe, Daily Transcription, and Trint based on pricing, accuracy, and turnaround times, so you can choose the best service to suit your needs.


Comparison Table: Transcription Services (2025)

ServicePricingAccuracyTurnaround Time
GoTranscript100% Human-made: from $1.02/min.99.4% (human, guaranteed)Human: 5-day standard (cheapest) to 6–12h
RevHuman: $1.99/min;
AI (Auto): $0.25/min
99% (human); ~95% (AI auto)Human: ~12 hours or less for standard files; AI: ~5 minutes or less
SonixPay-go: $10/hour~99% (AI, with clear audio)Automated: minutes per file (no human option)
Happy ScribeAutomatic: $12 per 60 min (~$0.20/min); Human: ~$2.00/minUp to 85% (automatic); 99% (human)Automatic: minutes (fast AI); Human: <24 hours (often ~4–24h)
Daily TranscriptionStandard: $1.00/min; Rush (same-day/overnight): $1.50/min99% (human, quality-assured)Standard: 1–2+ days (standard delivery); Rush: same-day or overnight (<24h)
TrintPay-go: $15/hour (~$0.25/min); Subscriptions from ~$40/mo (includes ~3 hours)“Up to 99%” (AI, ideal conditions)Automated: minutes per file (no human service)

Key Notes:

  • Pricing is per audio minute unless stated otherwise.
  • AI accuracy depends on audio quality, background noise, and speaker clarity.
  • Human transcription services typically have a guaranteed 99%+ accuracy due to professional proofreading.
  • Turnaround times for human transcription depend on selected service levels, with faster options available at an additional cost.

Human vs. AI Transcription: Key Differences in 2025

1. Accuracy Levels

  • Human transcription guarantees 99%+ accuracy, making it ideal for legal, academic, and media use where precision is crucial.
  • AI transcription continues to improve but typically offers 80–95% accuracy depending on audio clarity. AI can struggle with accents, crosstalk, and technical jargon.

2. Turnaround Speed

  • AI-based transcription is instant—providing near real-time results.
  • Human services require time, but many offer expedited options (e.g., 6–12 hours for Rev or GoTranscript).

3. Pricing & Affordability

  • AI transcription services range from $0.07 to $0.25 per minute, making them cost-effective for large volumes of content.
  • Human transcription starts at $0.80 to $2.00 per minute, but offers better quality assurance and context-aware edits.

4. Ideal Use Cases

  • Use AI transcription for quick drafts, internal meetings, or searchable content.
  • Use human transcription for official documents, legal recordings, podcasts, and client-facing materials.

  • AI transcription is becoming more sophisticated, integrating machine learning and natural language processing (NLP).
  • Many services now offer hybrid solutions—AI first-draft transcriptions with optional human proofreading for balance between cost and accuracy.

Conclusion: Choosing the Right Transcription Service in 2025

  • If accuracy is the top priorityGoTranscript, Rev, and Daily Transcription offer 99%+ human-made transcripts.
  • For cost-effective, fast turnaround solutionsAI transcription services like Sonix, Trint, and Rev’s AI tool provide near-instant results.
  • For hybrid solutionsHappy Scribe and TranscribeMe combine AI-generated transcripts with human proofreading.

As AI transcription continues to improve, human services remain the best choice for critical use cases where misinterpretation could lead to errors. However, AI-powered tools are closing the gap, offering impressive accuracy at a fraction of the cost.

Among all services, GoTranscript is the only provider offering 100% human-made transcription, making it the best option if you need the highest accuracy. It is also more affordable than Rev for human transcription, with pricing starting at $1.02 per minute compared to Rev’s $2.00 per minute. However, if you prefer AI transcription and don’t require perfect accuracyRev.com’s AI service offers one of the most advanced automated solutions at a lower price point.

Pricing & Payments

Transcription cost & quotes

GoTranscript Transcription Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short audio clip or a longer video project, getting a quote is simple and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  1. Per-Minute Rate: Pay only for the length of your audio or video file.
  2. Turnaround Options: Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
  3. Add-Ons: Optional services like timestampingspeaker identification, or verbatim style add a small surcharge.
  4. Bulk Discounts: Large volumes often qualify for reduced rates.

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quote directly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

1. Check Our Rates

2. Calculate the Cost

3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote

  • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
  • This PDF details pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods: Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure methods.
  • No Hidden Fees: You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing: Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Transcription Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

  1. Credit Cards
    • Major credit cards (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover) are accepted.
    • Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Transcription page.
  2. PayPal
    • A secure option for online payments.
    • Log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.
  3. Purchase Orders (PO)

2. Payment Terms & Billing

  1. Instant Payment
    • For one-time orders, you pay upon checkout using your preferred method.
    • This ensures your project begins immediately.
  2. 30-Day Billing
    • Available for businesses or large-volume clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.
  3. Invoices & Receipts
    • Automated receipts are generated for all paid orders.
    • Monthly or custom invoicing can be arranged for bulk or recurring projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?

Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.

Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?

GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.

How do I submit a purchase order?

Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.

Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?

Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Invoices & receipts

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Uploads & Security

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Accuracy & Quality

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript Transcription Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists who use an in-house transcription system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Professional linguists handle the initial pass. Their background in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools may miss.
  2. Secondary Review
    • second team member reviews each transcript, checking for accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.
  3. Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)
    • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.

Tip: If you have special formatting or jargon needs, reach out to Enterprise Support to learn more about our customized review process.


2. In-House Transcription System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that helps transcribers and editors work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can quickly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: No external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your transcript, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard audio files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced transcription techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for improved precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Highly skilled transcribers with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.
  2. Quality Check
    • A dedicated editor reviews each transcript for consistency and correctness.
  3. Optional Extra Review
    • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping combat unclear audio or thick accents.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits: Additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations.
  • Reduced Errors: Ideal for files with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality: Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?

Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The extra fee covers additional quality checks needed for challenging recordings.

Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?

GoTranscript does its best to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.

Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?

Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every transcript. If you spot issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.

Does this extra cost apply to all files?

No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the extra charge does not apply.

API & Enterprise

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized transcription solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  1. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency audio or video content.
  2. Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
  3. Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  4. Flexible Payment Options

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for custom setups.
    • Discuss your volumefile types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate transcription requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order transcripts in bulk?

Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.

Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?

Absolutely. The GoTranscript Transcription API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed transcripts automatically.

What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?

GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.

Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?

Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use transcription API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Transcription Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Transcript Delivery
    • Once complete, transcripts are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive transcription projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. We can crowdsource tasks among professional linguists to ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network: Our pool of seasoned transcribers spans different time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent: We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized content.
  • Scalability: Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of audio/video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  1. Distributed Task Allocation
    • Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple transcribers in parallel.
  2. Consistent Quality Assurance
    • A combination of automated checks and human review ensures consistency across all sections of the final transcript.
  3. Flexible Turnaround Options
    • Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management
    • Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire transcription process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools
    • Transcribers and editors collaborate in real-time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure
    • The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?

Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.

What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?

We have specialized transcribers experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.

Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?

GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.

How do you maintain consistency across multiple transcribers?

We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

API key & order status

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

Editing & Order Management

Transcript download formats

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.

Download transcript

GoTranscript offers multiple file format options so you can download and use your transcripts in the way that best fits your needs. After your transcription order is completed, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  1. .docx (Microsoft Word)
    • Ideal for modern word processors
    • Maintains styling and formatting consistency
  2. .doc (Legacy Microsoft Word)
    • Compatible with older versions of Microsoft Word
    • Ensures broad accessibility across platforms
  3. .pdf (Portable Document Format)
    • Preserves layout for easy sharing and printing
    • Universal readability on most devices
  4. .txt (Plain Text)
    • Lightweight format for simple editing and quick reference
    • Great for code snippets or integration into software tools
  5. .html (HyperText Markup Language)
    • Suitable for web-based display and easy embedding
    • Retains basic formatting when viewed in browsers
  6. .json (JavaScript Object Notation)
    • Machine-readable format for API integrations
    • Useful for developers who need structured data output

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Transcripts

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Visit the GoTranscript website and sign in with your account credentials.
  2. Navigate to My Orders or Team Orders
    • Find the completed file you wish to download.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .docx.doc.pdf.txt.html, or .json.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I change the format after I’ve already downloaded my transcript?

Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same transcript.

Will the text formatting be preserved in all file types?

Most formatting (headings, paragraphs, etc.) is preserved in .docx.doc, and .pdf. Plain-text (.txt) and JSON (.json) are more minimal, focusing on raw text and data structure.

Which format is best for sharing with others?

.pdf is usually the most universally accepted for easy sharing and viewing. However, .docx is also common if you expect collaborators to edit the document.

Do I need special software to open .json files?

To view or edit .json files, you can use any text editor or IDE that supports JSON. This format is particularly useful for developers looking to integrate transcripts into applications.

Editing transcriptions

GoTranscript provides an advanced interactive editor that makes transcription editing and review fast, accurate, and intuitive. From word-to-audio synchronization to built-in AI analysis, our editor is designed to streamline your workflow—whether you’re polishing a single transcript or managing a large project with multiple speakers.

View demo


1. Real-Time Audio-Text Synchronization

  1. Highlight & Play
    • Each word in the transcript is timed to the exact corresponding spot in the audio.
    • Click on any word, and the audio playback will jump directly to that point.
  2. Efficient Navigation
    • Easily locate and correct misheard words or phrases by listening to specific segments.
    • No more fumbling through entire recordings to make small edits.

2. Speaker Identification & Customization

  1. Change Speakers On the Fly
    • Within the editor, you can assign or modify speaker labels (e.g., Speaker 1, John, Dr. Smith).
    • This is especially helpful for interviews, focus groups, or multi-speaker conferences.
  2. Consistent Speaker Formatting
    • Maintain a clear dialogue structure by labeling each speaker turn.
    • Make transcripts more readable and professional for presentationsreports, or publishing.

3. Built-In AI Analysis

GoTranscript’s in-editor AI tools offer more than just transcription. You can quickly generate:

  1. Auto-Generated Summary
    • Get a concise overview of your transcript’s main points.
    • Perfect for executive summaries, meeting notes, or quick references.
  2. Suggested Title
    • The editor can propose a relevant, succinct title based on the content of your transcript.
  3. Keywords Extraction
    • Identify crucial words or phrases for SEOindexing, or topic clustering.
    • Save time on manual curation of tags or key concepts.
  4. Sentiment Analysis
    • Quickly gauge the emotional tone (positive, negative, neutral) of the discussion.
    • Ideal for market research, customer feedback, or social media content.
  5. Custom Queries
    • Enter your own search queries to reveal specific insights—like recurring themes, product mentions, or action items.

4. Easy Collaboration & Export Options

  1. Team Editing
    • Share transcripts with colleagues or team members and collaborate in real time.
    • Maintain version control and unify the editing process.
  2. Multiple Download Formats
    • Once finalized, export your transcript in .docx.pdf.txt.html.json, and more.
    • Match your workflow needs, from further editing in Word to storing data for development projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need any special software to use the interactive editor?

No. The editor is browser-based, so you can access it from any desktop or laptop without installing extra software or plugins.

Can I still use the AI analysis if I don’t want it to affect my transcript?

Absolutely. The AI features run in the background and produce separate summaries, titles, or keyword suggestions. You decide whether to include or ignore them.

Is my audio synced automatically if I make major edits?

Yes. The editor continuously updates the time stamps and synchronizes them to the corrected text. You won’t lose your place, even with substantial revisions.

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Subtitles vs. closed captions

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Subtitles cost & quotes

Subtitling your videos can make them globally accessible, engaging viewers across languages and platforms. At GoTranscript, we keep subtitles pricing transparent and straightforward, with options to match your budget and turnaround needs. Below is an overview of how subtitle costs work—and how you can estimate your project’s total in a few clicks.


1. Where to Calculate Your Subtitles Cost

For an instant estimate, simply visit the GoTranscript Subtitling Cost Estimate page. Input details such as:

  1. Video Duration: Enter hours and minutes to see how costs scale.
  2. Language From & Language To: Prices may differ based on the source and target languages.
  3. Turnaround Time: Choose the speed you need—faster delivery may incur a higher rate.
  4. Additional Services: Options like open captions (burned-in text) or extra review can add minor surcharges.

Tip: Once you input these parameters, the page instantly displays your estimated cost. Adjust fields as needed to compare rates.


2. Standard Subtitling Rates

  1. Per-Minute Pricing
    • You pay based on the length of your audio/video file—no hidden fees.
  2. Language Complexity
    • Subtitling in the original language (e.g., English video to English subtitles) might differ from translation subtitles (e.g., English to French).
  3. Turnaround Speed
    • 1–2 days3–5 days, or even 6–12 hour options may be available, each at varying price points.

3. Optional Add-Ons

  1. Open Captions
    • Permanently “burn” subtitles into the video so they can’t be turned off.
    • Flat Fee: For example, $10 per file (subject to change; check the estimate tool for current rates).
  2. Additional Review
    • A second round of checks for projects that demand high accuracy or specialized industry knowledge.
    • Usually a small add-on cost per minute or flat rate per project.
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If your total minutes are significant, you may qualify for a volume-based discount.
    • Contact Enterprise Support for custom solutions if you consistently handle large volumes.

4. Downloading an Official GoTranscript Quote

After you fill in the details on the Subtitling Cost Estimate page, you can usually download an official quote for your records or corporate approval. This PDF outlines:

  • Per-minute cost
  • Turnaround time
  • Optional services (open captions, extra review)
  • Total estimated price

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do rates differ for language translation vs. same-language subtitles?

Yes. Translation (English to French) typically costs more than same-language subtitles (English to English). Check the estimate page for an accurate breakdown.

What if I have a long video with poor audio quality?

We can still subtitle your video, though there may be additional surcharges if it requires more effort or specialized review. This will be reflected in your estimate.

Can I get open captions for any language?

Absolutely. Open captions can be applied to any language track. The system will add a flat fee per file if you select “Yes” for open captions.

Do I pay before or after seeing the final subtitles?

You’ll see the estimated total before paying. Once you place an order, you can track progress in your dashboard, and you only pay for the services you select.

Supported subtitle languages

GoTranscript offers subtitles in a wide range of languages, ensuring your video content resonates with audiences all over the globe. From mainstream options like English, Spanish, and French to specialized or regional dialects, our service covers most common needs—and we frequently expand our list to accommodate custom requests.


Languages We Support

Below is a concise table of our most commonly supported languages and dialects for subtitles:

Supported Languages
English (U.S., U.K., Australian variants)
Spanish (European, Latin American)
French (European, Canadian)
German
Italian
Portuguese (Brazilian, European)
Russian
Japanese
Korean
Chinese (Simplified, Traditional)
Arabic
Hindi
Polish
Dutch
Swedish
Norwegian
Danish
Czech
Finnish
Turkish
Indonesian
Thai

Tip: If your project involves regional accents or industry-specific jargon, mention these in your order instructions to help our subtitlers maintain accuracy.


Not Seeing Your Preferred Language?

If you require subtitles in a language not listed above, don’t hesitate to contact our Support Team. We regularly update our language offerings and may be able to accommodate more specialized requests or dialects.


Same-Language vs. Translation Subtitles

  1. Same-Language Subtitles
    • Perfect for clarity and accessibility (e.g., English video with English subtitles).
  2. Translation Subtitles
    • For reaching new audiences when your source and target languages differ (e.g., English video with Spanish subtitles).

How to Order Subtitles

  1. Upload Your Video to the Subtitling Order Page.
  2. Select Your Language from the dropdown options— choose both the source and the target languages.
  3. Pick a Turnaround Time that matches your schedule.
  4. Specify Any Special Requirements, such as open captions or industry-specific terminology.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order subtitles in multiple languages for one video?

Yes. Place separate orders for each language track, or let our support team know if you need multiple subtitle files in different languages.

Do you offer open captions for these languages?

Absolutely. We can burn subtitles directly into the video (open captions) or supply them as separate files (closed captions).

How do I ensure accuracy for technical or brand-specific terms?

Provide detailed instructions or reference materials during checkout. This helps our subtitlers maintain consistency and proper terminology.

Is pricing the same for all languages?

Costs can vary by language complexity and subtitler availability. Use our Subtitling Cost Estimate tool for an accurate quote.

ADA compliance for subtitles

Subtitles play a vital role in creating an accessible online experience for people with hearing disabilities—and thus are an important tool for meeting ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) requirements. By making your videos readable as well as watchable, you ensure that Deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals can fully engage with the content you produce.


1. Understanding ADA Requirements for Video Content

  1. Equal Access
    • The ADA mandates that individuals with disabilities must have access to the same information as those without disabilities.
    • Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) can limit the video’s usability for Deaf or hard-of-hearing viewers.
  2. Applicability
    • While ADA requirements primarily concern public accommodations (schools, businesses, government entities), there’s been increasing scrutiny of online video accessibility—especially for businesses and educational institutions.

2. How Subtitles Aid ADA Compliance

  1. Improved Accessibility
    • Subtitles convey dialoguespeaker identification, and essential cues (e.g., laughter or music) to bridge the gap for those who can’t hear the audio.
  2. Legal Protection
    • Providing accurate subtitles helps protect you from possible complaints or legal action alleging discrimination under the ADA.
  3. Wider Audience Reach
    • Not only do Deaf/hard-of-hearing viewers benefit, but people who watch videos in sound-sensitive environments—like offices or public spaces—also appreciate subtitles.

3. Best Practices for Subtitles Under the ADA

  1. Accuracy & Completeness
    • Subtitles should match the spoken words precisely, including important background sounds or speaker labels.
  2. Timely Synchronization
    • The text must appear in sync with the audio, allowing viewers to read comfortably while following the speaker.
  3. Adequate Text Display
    • Ensure subtitles remain on screen long enough to be read, typically following industry guidelines on reading speed.
  4. No Missing Segments
    • All audible content, including namestechnical jargon, or brand terms, should be reflected to guarantee no information is lost.

4. Steps to Implement ADA-Compliant Subtitles

  1. Transcribe or Translate
    • First, create an accurate transcript. For foreign-language content, also provide translations.
  2. Choose Subtitle Format
    • Decide between closed captions (viewers can turn them on/off) or open captions (always visible).
  3. Use Professional Services
    • To ensure high quality and consistency, consider partnering with a reputable subtitling or captioning provider.
  4. Continuous Testing & Feedback
    • Monitor user feedback, update subtitles if content changes, and maintain a consistent style for clarity.

5. Additional Accessibility Considerations

  1. Audio Descriptions
    • Some ADA guidelines also recommend describing key visual elements for blind or low-vision viewers.
  2. WCAG Standards
    • Following the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) can further strengthen your efforts to create an inclusive digital environment.
  3. Platform-Specific Requirements
    • Each video platform (e.g., YouTube, Vimeo, social media) may have different methods for uploading subtitle files or enabling closed captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need both subtitles and closed captions?

Subtitles are typically sufficient for ADA compliance if they include non-speech cues and speaker IDs—in other words, if they effectively function like closed captions. If you only display dialogue without indicating sound effects, you may not meet full accessibility standards.

Can automated captions meet ADA requirements?

Auto-generated captions often fall short in accuracy and completeness, leading to misunderstandings. For ADA compliance, it’s best to review or edit auto-captions or use professional services.

Does the ADA apply to all online videos?

In many cases, yes. The ADA’s scope has been interpreted to include online businesses and public-facing educational websites. If your content is intended for the general public, providing subtitles can help meet accessibility obligations.

Where do I start if my organization needs subtitles for existing videos?

Begin by auditing your existing media and prioritizing videos that get the most traffic or serve critical functions (e.g., educational, marketing, or training videos). Then, engage a subtitling provider to address these pieces first.

Download subtitles

GoTranscript makes it easy to download your completed subtitle files in formats like SRT, along with any associated transcriptions or translations. Below is a step-by-step guide to retrieving your files directly from your My & team orders dashboard.


1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Website
    • Click Log In (top-right corner) and enter your email and password.
  2. Access Your Dashboard
    • After logging in, you’ll land on the main dashboard or see a menu to navigate.

2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”

  1. Find the Orders Section
  2. Filter Your Results(Optional)
    • If you only want to see subtitle orders, use the dropdown to filter by Subtitles.
    • You can also search by date range or order type to narrow down results.

3. Locate Your Subtitle Order

  1. Order ID
    • Each order is assigned a unique Order ID (e.g., S2T8621994).
  2. Check Order Status
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates that the subtitles are ready to download.
  3. View or Add Comments
    • If you need to provide feedback or request revisions, click Add Comment before downloading.

  1. Hover Over the Download Button
    • You’ll typically see an icon (downward arrow) or a tooltip labeled “Download all transcriptions translations”.
  2. Click to Open Options
    • Choose SRT or other available subtitle formats (e.g., VTT, SBV), depending on your needs.
    • If transcription or translation files are included, they can also be selected or downloaded in bulk.

Tip: Some orders may include additional languages or Open Captions files. Check the format list to ensure you pick the correct one.


5. Handling Transcription & Translation Files

  1. Transcription Documents
    • Often delivered in .docx.pdf, or .txt formats.
  2. Translation Files
    • If you requested subtitles in multiple languages, you might see separate SRT files (e.g., VideoName_EN.srtVideoName_ES.srt).
  3. Bulk Download
    • Clicking Download all transcriptions translations may bundle multiple files into a single ZIP folder for convenience.

6. Frequently Asked Questions

What if my order isn’t showing as finished?

In-progress orders can’t be downloaded yet. Wait for the transcript or subtitles to be completed (you’ll usually get an email notification), then refresh or revisit the My & team orders page.

Can I download open captions as a separate file?

No. Open captions are typically burned into the video, so there isn’t a separate file to download. You’ll receive a video file containing permanent subtitles.

Are these files compatible with common video players?

Yes. SRTVTT, and SBV formats work with major platforms (YouTube, Vimeo, etc.) and media players (VLC, QuickTime). Check your platform’s guidelines to ensure correct syncing.

Can teammates also access these downloads?

Team members with the appropriate role (Manager or Owner) can log in and download the files. Viewers or Users may have more limited permissions.

First translation order

GoTranscript offers both text and audio translation services in an easy-to-use order form. Whether you need a written document translated from English to French or an audio file interpreted into Spanish, our platform allows you to customize and submit your project with just a few clicks.


1. Access the Translation Order Form

  1. Log In or Sign Up
    • If you’re new, create an account with your email and password. Returning users can simply log in to get started.
  2. Click “Place New Order”
    • Choose either Text Translation or Audio Translation under the translation category.

2. Select Your Language Pairs

  1. Language From
    • The original language of your document or audio (e.g., English).
  2. Language To
    • The target language for translation (e.g., French).
    • If you have multiple target languages, place separate orders or contact our Support Team for a custom setup.

3. Content Preferences

  1. Select Content Type
    • For text documents, choose generic contenttechnicalmedicallegal, etc.
    • For audio files, ensure the type matches your field to get a specialized translator if needed.
  2. Timestamping(For Audio)
    • If you want timestamps included in your translated transcript, select the “required” option.

4. Optional Review & Instructions

  1. Additional Review
    • Choose “Yes” if you’d like an extra layer of proofreading or specialized quality checks—helpful for high-stakes content.
  2. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate whether it’s informalformaltechnical, or creative. Translators can match the desired style.
  3. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide notes on brand voicecontextindustry terminology, or references.
    • Example: “Use a casual, friendly voice. Make sure to keep product names in English.”

5. Upload Files & Review Details

  1. Upload Documents or Audio
    • For text files: DOCX, PDF, TXT, etc.
    • For audio: MP3, WAV, etc.
  2. File Verification
    • Double-check filenames and language choices before proceeding.
  3. Automated Word Count or Duration
    • Our system calculates pricing based on word count (text) or audio length.

6. Finalize Payment & Submit

  1. Cost Estimate
    • The order form displays an instant quote based on language pairturnaround, and any additional services.
  2. Payment Method
    • Choose from credit cardPayPal, or purchase orders for enterprise clients.
  3. Place Order
    • After confirming your details, click Submit. You’ll receive an email confirmation summarizing your order.

7. Track Progress & Download

  1. Check “My & Team Orders”
    • Monitor the status (In Progress, Finished) for each translation project.
  2. Receive Notifications(Optional)
    • Enable email updates to know when your translated files are ready.
  3. Download Files
    • Once completed, retrieve your translated documents or audio transcripts in the My & Team Ordersdashboard.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order both text and audio translation simultaneously?

Absolutely. You can create separate orders for each type or contact our support if you need a bulk or combinedsolution.

How do I specify industry-specific terminology?

In the instructions for the translator section, list technical termsbrand names, or acronyms. This helps maintain consistency and accuracy.

Is additional review necessary for standard content?

For everyday or non-specialized materials, regular translation might suffice. Additional review is ideal for highly technical or formally published work.

Do I have to pay more for longer audio files?

Yes. Audio translation cost often depends on file length, just as text translation cost depends on word count. The system automatically calculates this during upload.

Text translation cost

GoTranscript offers per-word pricing for text translation services, which is straightforward and transparent. If you’re translating from English to another language—or to English from that language—you can find the price per word in the table below. If your language pair does not include English (e.g., French to Spanish), please use our Translation Cost Estimate tool to get an accurate quote.


1. Translation Prices (English ↔ Other Language)

Below is a table of common languages supported by GoTranscript when English is either the source or target language. The cost is per word of the source text.

LanguagePrice per Word (USD)
Albanian$0.16
Arabic$0.09
Armenian$0.13
Azerbaijani$0.19
Bengali$0.12
Bosnian$0.12
Bulgarian$0.12
Catalan$0.18
Chinese (simplified)$0.13
Chinese (traditional)$0.13
Croatian$0.16
Czech$0.09
Danish$0.13
Dutch$0.11
Estonian$0.16
Filipino$0.14
Finnish$0.15
French$0.14
French (Canadian)$0.11
Georgian$0.14
German$0.16
Greek$0.13
Hebrew$0.13
Hungarian$0.13
Icelandic$0.11
Indian (Gujarati)$0.11
Indian (Hindi)$0.11
Indian (Tamil)$0.11
Indonesian$0.13
Italian$0.13
Japanese$0.15
Korean$0.15
Kurdish$0.22
Kyrgyz$0.20
Latvian$0.13
Lithuanian$0.13
Luxembourgish$0.20
Macedonian$0.15
Malay$0.13
Maltese$0.20
Nepali$0.20
Norwegian$0.15
Pashto$0.20
Persian (Farsi)$0.12
Polish$0.13
Portuguese$0.13
Portuguese (Brazil)$0.13
Portuguese (Portugal)$0.13
Romanian$0.13
Russian$0.13
Serbian$0.11
Slovak$0.16
Slovenian$0.13
Somali$0.20
Spanish (Latin America)$0.07
Spanish (Spain)$0.13
Swahili$0.11
Swedish$0.13
Thai$0.13
Turkish$0.11
Ukrainian$0.11
Urdu$0.11
Vietnamese$0.11

Note: If you need a language pair that does not involve English (e.g., Spanish to French), pricing may differ. Use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or contact support for a customized quote.


2. How Pricing Works

  1. Per-Word Calculation
    • Multiply the word count of your document by the price per word shown in the table.
  2. Minimum Charges
    • Small documents may incur a minimum fee, depending on the project scope.
  3. Additional Services(Optional)
    • Extra proofreadingformatting, or rush delivery could add to the total cost.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I calculate the word count?

Most text editors (e.g., Microsoft WordGoogle Docs) have a built-in word counter. If you’re unsure, simply uploadyour file when placing an order, and our system will automatically detect the word count.

Is there a discount for large volumes?

Yes. For high-volume projects or recurring needs, you may qualify for bulk discounts. Reach out to Enterprise Supportfor special rates.

Do these rates apply to both directions (English → Language and Language → English)?

Yes, the per-word prices in the table apply when translating from or to English for the listed language. For language pairs excluding English, please refer to our cost estimate tool or contact support.

Can I see an instant quote before paying?

Absolutely. Use our Translation Cost Estimate page, select the price per word option, and input your details for a quick estimate.

Security

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Supported translation languages

GoTranscript offers professional translation services in a wide range of languages. Whether you need to translate from English to another language or vice versa, our team of native-speaking linguists can handle projects across multiple industries—including legal, medical, technical, and creative fields.


1. Supported Languages Overview

Below is a table listing many of the languages GoTranscript regularly supports. If you don’t see your target language or require a specific dialect, feel free to contact us for a custom inquiry.

Language
Albanian
Arabic
Armenian
Azerbaijani
Bengali
Bosnian
Bulgarian
Catalan
Chinese (simplified)
Chinese (traditional)
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Estonian
Filipino
Finnish
French
French (Canadian)
Georgian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Indian (Gujarati)
Indian (Hindi)
Indian (Tamil)
Indonesian
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Kurdish
Kyrgyz
Latvian
Lithuanian
Luxembourgish
Macedonian
Malay
Maltese
Nepali
Norwegian
Pashto
Persian (Farsi)
Polish
Portuguese
Portuguese (Brazil)
Portuguese (Portugal)
Romanian
Russian
Serbian
Slovak
Slovenian
Somali
Spanish (Latin America)
Spanish (Spain)
Swahili
Swedish
Thai
Turkish
Ukrainian
Urdu
Vietnamese

Note: We can handle translations both to and from English for these languages. For language pairs not involving English (e.g., Spanish to French), we also offer custom solutions—just use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or reach out to our Support Team.


2. Specialized Fields & Native Translators

  1. Industry Expertise
    • Whether it’s medical, legal, technical, or marketing content, we match your project with translators who have subject-matter knowledge.
  2. Native Speakers
    • Our linguists are native in the target language, ensuring culturally and contextually correct phrasing.
  3. Added Review(Optional)
    • For critical texts, you can opt for an additional reviewer to double-check style, terminology, and consistency.

3. Getting an Instant Quote

  1. Select Your Language Pair
  2. Input File Details
    • For text translation, enter the word count or upload your file.
    • For audio translation, specify the recording length.
  3. Automatic Calculation
    • The tool will display an estimated price based on your chosen turnaround time and service options.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do you handle language pairs not in this list?

Yes. We frequently expand our offerings. If you need a language or dialect not shown, contact support for a custom inquiry.

Can you translate from one non-English language directly to another?

We do provide language-to-language services that don’t involve English, though pricing and availability may differ. Use our cost estimate tool or talk to support for a tailored quote.

Is there a minimum order size for rare languages?

Some less common languages may have a minimum fee or extended turnaround times. We’ll inform you upon submission or in your instant quote.

How long does it take to receive a translation in my chosen language?

Turnaround depends on file lengthcomplexity, and language pair. You can select from standard or rush options at checkout to suit your timeframe.

Understanding proofreading service

GoTranscript not only offers full transcription from raw audio or video but also provides a proofreading/editing service for customers who already have a draft transcript. This specialized option refines your existing text, ensuring accuracyin spelling, grammar, timestamps, and alignment with the source audio. Below is an overview of how this service works and why it benefits both casual and professional users.


1. What Is Transcription Proofreading/Editing?

  1. Reviewing an Existing Draft
    • Instead of creating a transcript from scratch, our editors listen to your audio (or watch your video) while reviewing the text you’ve provided.
  2. Correcting Mistakes
    • We fix typosmistranslations (if it’s bilingual content), unclear speaker tags, or missed words.
  3. Ensuring Consistency
    • If your transcript includes brand names, technical jargon, or repeated phrases, we keep those consistent throughout the file.

2. Why Is It Useful?

  1. Improved Accuracy
    • Even the best automated or rough transcriptions can contain errors—our human proofreaders address these at a detailed level.
  2. Save Time & Cost
    • If you already have a transcript (perhaps from an automated tool or from a team member), you only need editing rather than a full, start-to-finish transcription.
  3. Professional Polish
    • Published materials, such as podcast show notesconference proceedings, or academic researchtranscripts, require refined text. Proofreading by skilled linguists ensures it meets a professional standard.

3. How It Works

  1. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Provide both your audio (MP3, WAV, etc.) and the text file (DOCX, PDF, TXT) in our order form. This allows us to align the two files.
  2. Choose Settings
    • Select language, turnaround time, and whether you want timestamps or additional review.
  3. Alignment & Editing
    • Our system automatically matches your text to the audio timeline. Proofreaders can quickly identify mismatches, correct them, and confirm every speaker or segment is accurate.
  4. Final Delivery
    • Once the editor finishes, you’ll receive a polished transcript with fewer errors, consistent formatting, and correct speaker labels.

4. Key Benefits

  1. Human Verification
    • Automated or machine-generated transcripts often contain homophones or misheard phrases. A human ear + eye approach eliminates those inaccuracies.
  2. Contextual Awareness
    • Editors interpret context, tone, or brand references, ensuring the final text sounds coherent and appropriate for your audience.
  3. Flexible Turnaround
    • You can pick from 6–12 hours1 day3 days, or 5 days depending on urgency.
  4. Additional Review(Optional)
    • If your transcript is critical or specialized (e.g., legal depositions, medical research), you can request a secondary check by another editor.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a complete transcript?

Yes. For the proofreading service, we need an existing transcript plus the original audio to make corrections. If you lack a text draft, consider ordering a full transcription instead.

Can I request style preferences?

Certainly. You can specify Clean Verbatim (lightly edited to remove filler words) or Full Verbatim (capturing every utterance). Add notes for brand names, jargon, or unique formatting needs.

Will my transcript remain confidential?

Yes. We follow strict data protection measures, including NDAs for staff, secure uploads, and private user dashboards.

How do I handle multi-speaker or lengthy files?

You can upload multiple audio files (each with its matching transcript). Our system aligns them individually, ensuring each track is edited with care.

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services deliver high-quality results by employing a double-layer quality control approach. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, we rely on professional editors and a proprietary in-house platform to refine your existing transcripts—eliminating errors and preserving context without relying on external, third-party tools.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Proofreading

  • Professional Editors: Skilled proofreaders (often with backgrounds in linguistics or related fields) handle the first pass, listening to your audio and comparing it with the provided transcript.
  • Context & Nuance: Their familiarity with different accents, dialects, and terminologies allows them to catch subtle misinterpretations that automated tools typically miss.

Secondary Review

  • Double Check for Accuracy: A second editor reviews the updated transcript for any remaining mistakes—correcting grammar, verifying speaker labels, and ensuring consistent formatting.
  • Grammar & Style: This pass also standardizes the transcript according to your chosen style (clean verbatim, full verbatim, or other guidelines).

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Additional Review: Enterprise clients or users with specialized needs (e.g., legal, medical) can opt for a third quality check, offering an extra layer of precision.

Tip: If your project involves specialized formatting, industry jargon, or brand-specific terms, reach out to Enterprise Support for a tailored solution.


2. In-House Proofreading Platform

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary system that streamlines the entire proofreading workflow. Unlike many companies that rely on external software, our in-house platform:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built tools minimize typos and help editors maintain consistent speaker labels.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can flag and correct inconsistencies faster, ensuring quicker turnarounds.
  • Protects Data: Because we avoid external integrations, there’s a lower risk of security breaches for your sensitive content.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

Client Feedback Loop

  • Revisions on Request: After receiving your proofread transcript, you can still request revisions if you spot any issues or need a minor style adjustment.

Ongoing Skill Development

  • Training for Editors: We regularly update our team on new industry termsbrand preferences, and evolving language standards, ensuring we deliver top-notch accuracy every time.

By applying this systematic approach—two (or three) layers of editorial review, a powerful in-house platform, and continuous feedback—GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services guarantee a polished, precise final document that aligns perfectly with your audio and specific requirements.

Proofreading API

Looking to automate your proofreading process and seamlessly integrate it into your existing platform—be it a web appmobile app, or proprietary software? The GoTranscript Proofreading API is here to help. By connecting directly to our services, you can upload your audio/transcript pairs, handle large volumes of files, and receive correctedhigh-quality documents without ever logging into the GoTranscript dashboard.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript Proofreading API?

  1. Automation
    • Eliminate repetitive tasks by having your files automatically submitted for proofreading and returned once finalized.
  2. Scalability
    • Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve proofread transcripts on demand, perfect for growing businesses or content-heavy platforms.
  3. Customization
    • Adapt the proofreading workflow to match your unique projectindustry requirements, or custom formatting needs.

2. How It Works

Enable API Access

  1. Sign Up or Log In
  2. Obtain API Credentials
    • Our developers offer free setup assistance, helping you secure and configure your account for a smooth launch.
    • Check out the API Documentation for technical details.

Send Audio & Transcript Files

  1. Automatic Submission
    • Your system sends audio/video and corresponding draft transcripts to GoTranscript via the API.
  2. No Manual Upload
    • There’s no need to log into the dashboard; everything happens under the hood.

Behind-the-Scenes Editing

  1. Professional Editors
    • Human proofreaders align your transcript with the audio, correcting grammar, formatting, and any misheard segments.
  2. Optional Services
    • If needed, add timestamps, speaker identification, or specialized review (e.g., legal/medical formatting).

Seamless Return of Proofread Documents

  1. Direct Delivery
    • Once finished, your proofed transcript is sent back to your system via the API.
  2. Fully Automated
    • Download, store, or display the completed text without leaving your own platform.

Tip: For step-by-step integration guidance, check the API Documentation. Need extra help? Our developers are on hand free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  1. Initial Setup
    • We’ll walk you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account for automated proofreading.
  2. Integration Support
    • If you run into issues at any step, just reach out. We’ll help you connect your application to our servers.
  3. Troubleshooting
    • Our dedicated support team can diagnose errors or unexpected results, offering personalized fixes to keep you on track.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, making the integration process smooth and stress-free.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all business, technical, and bulk project needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute or per-project pricing when dealing with high volumes.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Choose monthly/quarterly invoicing, purchase orders (PO), or 30-day payments for easy budget management.

Related Link: Learn more about Bulk Discounts and Enterprise Rates for custom solutions.


Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers handle the heavy lifting—free of charge.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. If you have high-volume or complex proofreading needs, consider our Enterprise Support for bulk discounts and additional features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve issues or queries.


By leveraging the GoTranscript Proofreading API, you can seamlessly automate the editing of your transcripts—integrating directly into your platform and cutting down on manual tasks. For high-volume workflows or specialized needs, explore our Enterprise Support to unlock bulk discounts, dedicated account management, and flexible billing.

Refining third-party AI transcripts

When using automated (AI) transcription tools, you can quickly generate a rough draft of your audio or video content. However, machine-generated results often contain inaccuracies—especially with unusual termsaccents, or speaker overlaps. GoTranscript’s proofreading/editing service polishes these AI-based transcripts, ensuring professional-quality text without the hassle of starting from scratch.


1. Common Challenges with AI Transcripts

  1. Misheard Words
    • Machine learning models can struggle with homophones or domain-specific terminology, leading to incorrect phrases or confusing brand references.
  2. Poor Speaker Identification
    • Automated systems often fail to differentiate multiple speakers, labeling them inconsistently or missing them altogether.
  3. Punctuation & Formatting Gaps
    • AI might drop essential punctuation or handle paragraph breaks poorly, making the text harder to read.

2. How GoTranscript’s Editing Service Helps

  1. Audio Alignment
    • Our proofreaders listen to your original audio while reviewing the AI-generated text, correcting any words or segments that don’t match.
  2. Speaker Labels
    • We properly assign speaker tags (e.g., Speaker 1, Interviewer), ensuring a clear, well-organized transcript—especially important for interviews or panel discussions.
  3. Grammar & Style Consistency
    • Editors refine punctuationcapitalization, and sentence structure, creating a polished, easy-to-read final document.

3. Benefits of Human Proofreading Over Machine-Only

  1. Contextual Understanding
    • Humans grasp cultural referencessarcasm, or specialized jargon—something AI may misinterpret.
  2. Accuracy & Readability
    • The final transcript will maintain a coherent narrative, reflecting natural speech flow and correct usage of technical terms.
  3. Flexible Formatting
    • Whether you need timestampsfull verbatim detail, or a cleaner read, our editors adapt to your style preferences.

4. Ideal Scenarios

  1. Quick AI Drafts
    • You used a third-party AI tool for speed, but now you need it reliable enough for publishing or official use.
  2. Tight Timelines
    • A machine-based first pass helps you meet initial deadlines, while our editors add the final finishing touches.
  3. Complex Content
    • Topics with specialized vocabulary (medical, legal, technical) are prone to AI mistakes—human proofreading ensures correct terms and consistent usage.

Pricing & Payments

Transcription cost & quotes

GoTranscript Transcription Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short audio clip or a longer video project, getting a quote is simple and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  1. Per-Minute Rate: Pay only for the length of your audio or video file.
  2. Turnaround Options: Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
  3. Add-Ons: Optional services like timestampingspeaker identification, or verbatim style add a small surcharge.
  4. Bulk Discounts: Large volumes often qualify for reduced rates.

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quote directly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

1. Check Our Rates

2. Calculate the Cost

3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote

  • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
  • This PDF details pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods: Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure methods.
  • No Hidden Fees: You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing: Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Transcription Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

  1. Credit Cards
    • Major credit cards (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover) are accepted.
    • Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Transcription page.
  2. PayPal
    • A secure option for online payments.
    • Log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.
  3. Purchase Orders (PO)

2. Payment Terms & Billing

  1. Instant Payment
    • For one-time orders, you pay upon checkout using your preferred method.
    • This ensures your project begins immediately.
  2. 30-Day Billing
    • Available for businesses or large-volume clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.
  3. Invoices & Receipts
    • Automated receipts are generated for all paid orders.
    • Monthly or custom invoicing can be arranged for bulk or recurring projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?

Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.

Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?

GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.

How do I submit a purchase order?

Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.

Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?

Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Invoices & receipts

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Order a transcription

Summary
Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your transcription options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

Content

  1. Access the Order Page
  2. Upload Your File or URL
    • Click Upload files to select audio/video from your computer, or drag and drop them into the uploader.
    • Click Paste URL to import content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.
  3. Configure Your Order
    • Text Format: Choose Clean verbatim (removes fillers) or Full verbatim (includes all words, fillers, false starts).
    • Turnaround Time: Pick your deadline (6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
    • Number of Speakers: Indicate if your audio has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more.
    • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent: Mark “Yes” if your audio has background noise or strong accents for specialized handling.
    • Timestamping: Select how often you want timestamps—Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.
  4. Language: Select the language of your recording.
  5. Review and Place Order
    • Check the Estimated Cost to see the total price (based on duration, turnaround, add-ons).
    • Click Submit to finalize your order and process payment.
  6. Receive Your Transcript
    • You’ll get an email notification once your transcript is ready.
    • Access your GoTranscript account to download or review the completed file.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files: Upload or link more than one file in a single order if needed.
  • Bulk Discounts: Large orders may qualify for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions: Request revisions if you need any corrections.
  • 24/7 Support: Contact the GoTranscript support team anytime for help or questions.

Pricing & Payments

Text translation cost

GoTranscript offers per-word pricing for text translation services, which is straightforward and transparent. If you’re translating from English to another language—or to English from that language—you can find the price per word in the table below. If your language pair does not include English (e.g., French to Spanish), please use our Translation Cost Estimate tool to get an accurate quote.


1. Translation Prices (English ↔ Other Language)

Below is a table of common languages supported by GoTranscript when English is either the source or target language. The cost is per word of the source text.

LanguagePrice per Word (USD)
Albanian$0.16
Arabic$0.09
Armenian$0.13
Azerbaijani$0.19
Bengali$0.12
Bosnian$0.12
Bulgarian$0.12
Catalan$0.18
Chinese (simplified)$0.13
Chinese (traditional)$0.13
Croatian$0.16
Czech$0.09
Danish$0.13
Dutch$0.11
Estonian$0.16
Filipino$0.14
Finnish$0.15
French$0.14
French (Canadian)$0.11
Georgian$0.14
German$0.16
Greek$0.13
Hebrew$0.13
Hungarian$0.13
Icelandic$0.11
Indian (Gujarati)$0.11
Indian (Hindi)$0.11
Indian (Tamil)$0.11
Indonesian$0.13
Italian$0.13
Japanese$0.15
Korean$0.15
Kurdish$0.22
Kyrgyz$0.20
Latvian$0.13
Lithuanian$0.13
Luxembourgish$0.20
Macedonian$0.15
Malay$0.13
Maltese$0.20
Nepali$0.20
Norwegian$0.15
Pashto$0.20
Persian (Farsi)$0.12
Polish$0.13
Portuguese$0.13
Portuguese (Brazil)$0.13
Portuguese (Portugal)$0.13
Romanian$0.13
Russian$0.13
Serbian$0.11
Slovak$0.16
Slovenian$0.13
Somali$0.20
Spanish (Latin America)$0.07
Spanish (Spain)$0.13
Swahili$0.11
Swedish$0.13
Thai$0.13
Turkish$0.11
Ukrainian$0.11
Urdu$0.11
Vietnamese$0.11

Note: If you need a language pair that does not involve English (e.g., Spanish to French), pricing may differ. Use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or contact support for a customized quote.


2. How Pricing Works

  1. Per-Word Calculation
    • Multiply the word count of your document by the price per word shown in the table.
  2. Minimum Charges
    • Small documents may incur a minimum fee, depending on the project scope.
  3. Additional Services(Optional)
    • Extra proofreadingformatting, or rush delivery could add to the total cost.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I calculate the word count?

Most text editors (e.g., Microsoft WordGoogle Docs) have a built-in word counter. If you’re unsure, simply uploadyour file when placing an order, and our system will automatically detect the word count.

Is there a discount for large volumes?

Yes. For high-volume projects or recurring needs, you may qualify for bulk discounts. Reach out to Enterprise Supportfor special rates.

Do these rates apply to both directions (English → Language and Language → English)?

Yes, the per-word prices in the table apply when translating from or to English for the listed language. For language pairs excluding English, please refer to our cost estimate tool or contact support.

Can I see an instant quote before paying?

Absolutely. Use our Translation Cost Estimate page, select the price per word option, and input your details for a quick estimate.

Audio translation cost

When you need audio translation, GoTranscript’s pricing model is based on the recording length of your file. This means you’ll pay for the total number of minutes (or hours) that require transcription and subsequent translation. Below is a straightforward guide to estimating and calculating these costs using our online cost calculator.


1. Why We Calculate by Recording Length

  1. Transcription First, Then Translation
    • Audio translation involves transcribing the spoken content before rendering it into another language.
    • The time it takes to transcribe and translate typically scales with file duration.
  2. Accurate Pricing
    • Per-minute (or per-hour) billing ensures you only pay for the length of the audio that requires processing.
    • Complexities like technical terminology or multiple speakers can still factor in, but duration is the main driver of cost.

2. Using the GoTranscript Cost Estimate Tool

Visit our Translation Cost Estimate page to get an instant quote. Follow these steps:

  1. Select “Recording Length”
    • In the calculator, pick the option that measures time rather than word count (this is crucial for audio files).
  2. Input Audio Duration
    • Enter the hours and minutes of your recording (e.g., 0 hours, 15 minutes).
  3. Choose Source and Target Languages
    • Language From: The language in which your audio is recorded.
    • Language To: The language you want to receive as a translated transcript.
  4. Pick Turnaround Time
    • Faster speeds may have additional fees.
    • Standard turnaround is typically 3–5 days, but you can select 1–2 days24 hours, or other rush options if available.
  5. Instant Price Calculation
    • The tool automatically estimates your project cost based on these inputs.

3. Additional Features & Options

  1. Timestamping
    • If you need timestamps in your translated transcript, select “Yes”. This may add a small surcharge.
  2. Additional Review
    • For high-stakes or specialized content, you can add an extra layer of proofreading (or specialized reviewer).
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If you have large volumes of audio content, reach out to our Enterprise Support team for potential discounted rates.

4. Final Steps: Place Your Order

  1. Confirm Price & Upload File
    • Once satisfied with the estimate, upload your audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) via our Place new order process.
  2. Review Payment & Submit
    • Pay using a credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
    • You’ll receive an order confirmation and estimated delivery time.
  3. Receive Translated File
    • We’ll notify you by email once the job is complete. You can then download your translated transcript from the My & team orders page.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a transcript beforehand?

No. Our service includes transcription of the audio as the first step. We then translate the transcribed text.

Can I get subtitles from my audio file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video, you can order subtitles instead of or in addition to a text translation. We transcribe, translate, and format them as subtitle files (e.g., SRT, VTT).

Does noisy audio cost more?

Our base rate primarily depends on duration, but extremely poor-quality or heavily overlapped speech might require extra editing time, potentially affecting the final cost.

What if I have multiple languages in one audio file?

You can specify the dominant source language, or if it’s truly multi-lingual, contact our Support for a custom quote.

Pricing & Payments

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Receipts & invoices

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Captioning Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated (March 2025): GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

Credit Cards

  • Major Credit Cards: Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover
  • How to Pay: Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Captioning page.

PayPal

  • Secure Online Payments: Easily log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.

Purchase Orders (PO)

  • For Businesses & Institutions:
    • Contact our Support Team to set up a PO arrangement for your captioning orders.

2. Payment Terms & Billing

Instant Payment

  • One-Time Orders:
    • Pay upon checkout using your preferred method to ensure captioning begins immediately.

30-Day Billing

  • For Large-Volume or Ongoing Clients:
    • Available to businesses or clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.

Invoices & Receipts

  • Automated Receipts:
    • Generated for all paid orders.
  • Monthly or Custom Invoicing:
    • Perfect for bulk or recurring captioning projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?
Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.


Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?
GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.


How do I submit a purchase order?
Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.


Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?
Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Caption cost & quotes

GoTranscript Captioning Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short video clip or a full-length project, getting a quote is straightforward and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  • Per-Minute Rate:
    • Pay only for the length of your video or audio file.
  • Turnaround Options:
    • Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
    • Optional services like timestampsspeaker identification, or verbatim captions come with a small surcharge.
  • Bulk Discounts:

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quotedirectly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

  1. Check Our Rates
  2. Calculate the Cost
    • Go to our Captioning Cost Estimate Tool.
    • Upload your file or enter file details.
    • Select languageturnaround, and any add-ons you need (timestamps, open captions, etc.).
  3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote
    • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
    • The PDF will include pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods:
    • Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure options.
  • No Hidden Fees:
    • You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing:
    • Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s clear per-minute pricing, you’ll know your exact cost before placing a caption order. Whether you have tight deadlines or prefer a more relaxed turnaround, our transparent quotes, various add-ons, and flexible billing options make professional captioning both simple and budget-friendly.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

Language Coverage & Specializations

Supported subtitle languages

GoTranscript offers subtitles in a wide range of languages, ensuring your video content resonates with audiences all over the globe. From mainstream options like English, Spanish, and French to specialized or regional dialects, our service covers most common needs—and we frequently expand our list to accommodate custom requests.


Languages We Support

Below is a concise table of our most commonly supported languages and dialects for subtitles:

Supported Languages
English (U.S., U.K., Australian variants)
Spanish (European, Latin American)
French (European, Canadian)
German
Italian
Portuguese (Brazilian, European)
Russian
Japanese
Korean
Chinese (Simplified, Traditional)
Arabic
Hindi
Polish
Dutch
Swedish
Norwegian
Danish
Czech
Finnish
Turkish
Indonesian
Thai

Tip: If your project involves regional accents or industry-specific jargon, mention these in your order instructions to help our subtitlers maintain accuracy.


Not Seeing Your Preferred Language?

If you require subtitles in a language not listed above, don’t hesitate to contact our Support Team. We regularly update our language offerings and may be able to accommodate more specialized requests or dialects.


Same-Language vs. Translation Subtitles

  1. Same-Language Subtitles
    • Perfect for clarity and accessibility (e.g., English video with English subtitles).
  2. Translation Subtitles
    • For reaching new audiences when your source and target languages differ (e.g., English video with Spanish subtitles).

How to Order Subtitles

  1. Upload Your Video to the Subtitling Order Page.
  2. Select Your Language from the dropdown options— choose both the source and the target languages.
  3. Pick a Turnaround Time that matches your schedule.
  4. Specify Any Special Requirements, such as open captions or industry-specific terminology.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order subtitles in multiple languages for one video?

Yes. Place separate orders for each language track, or let our support team know if you need multiple subtitle files in different languages.

Do you offer open captions for these languages?

Absolutely. We can burn subtitles directly into the video (open captions) or supply them as separate files (closed captions).

How do I ensure accuracy for technical or brand-specific terms?

Provide detailed instructions or reference materials during checkout. This helps our subtitlers maintain consistency and proper terminology.

Is pricing the same for all languages?

Costs can vary by language complexity and subtitler availability. Use our Subtitling Cost Estimate tool for an accurate quote.

Native translator expertise

GoTranscript stands apart by providing high-quality subtitles delivered by native translators who specialize in a broad range of industries. From medical and legal fields to marketingtechnology, and beyond, our linguistic experts ensure your video content speaks authentically to its intended audience—no matter the language or cultural context.


1. Native Translators for True Linguistic Precision

  • Mother-Tongue Expertise
    Each translator subtitling your video is a native speaker of the target language. This eliminates awkward phrasing or misinterpretations often seen in automated translations.
  • Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    Being deeply rooted in the target culture, our translators capture idiomsslang, and regional expressions that enrich your subtitles with authentic flair.

2. Specialized Knowledge in Various Industries

  • Medical & Healthcare
    Translators with a medical background handle complex terminology (e.g., pharmaceutical jargon or hospital protocols) to ensure precise and legally compliant subtitles.
  • Legal & Financial
    For court proceedings, contracts, or corporate disclosures, we assign specialized translators who understand legal frameworks and industry-specific vocabulary.
  • Technology & IT
    From software demos to product launch videos, translators with tech expertise deliver accurate, up-to-date terms in fields like SaaS, AI, and cybersecurity.
  • Marketing & Creative Fields
    Convey the right tone and branding by working with translators who excel at persuasive and localized messaging.

3. Rigorous Quality Control & Collaboration

  1. Human-Centric Review
    • No machine translation can match the skill of real humans. Your subtitles are reviewed by editors who finalize language style, consistency, and timing.
  2. Feedback Loop
    • We invite you to share brand glossaries or project briefs, ensuring the final output aligns perfectly with your corporate identity or creative vision.

4. Adherence to Subtitling Best Practices

  • Timing & Synchronization
    Translators follow strict guidelines for line length, reading speed, and on-screen duration so viewers can easily follow the text.
  • Character Limits
    By adhering to industry standards (e.g., 42 characters per line), our subtitles remain readable and non-intrusive.
  • Contextual Clarity
    Where needed, we add short speaker identifiers or brief clarifications to help viewers fully grasp the content.

5. Benefits of Native, Specialized Translators

  1. Accurate Localization
    • Subtleties in humor, cultural references, or idiomatic expressions come through naturally, building deeper connections with your global audience.
  2. Professional Tone & Style
    • Whether you need formaltechnical language or a casualcreative vibe, our industry-specialized linguists deliver the right voice every time.
  3. Confidence in Quality
    • By entrusting subtitling to field experts, you reduce the risk of mistranslations that could harm credibility or even lead to legal complications.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do you ensure the translator has the right industry knowledge?

We maintain a diverse pool of vetted translators, each with subject matter expertise. When your order arrives, we matchit to the most qualified linguist on our team.

Is there an extra fee for specialized translators?

Prices vary based on language pair and complexity. View an instant quote at our Subtitling Cost Estimate page, or contact us for enterprise rates.

Can I request revisions or clarifications if needed?

Absolutely. We offer a revision loop, so you can fine-tune subtitles until they align perfectly with your brand messaging or technical standards.

Do you only offer translation, or can you do same-language subtitles as well?

We offer both. Our same-language subtitles are handled by dedicated transcriptionists and editors, while translations require native translators skilled in your target language.

Order subtitles

GoTranscript makes it straightforward to add subtitles to your videos—whether you need them in the original languageor a different language altogether. By following a few simple steps, you’ll get your file uploaded, specify your language, and receive professionally created subtitles that make your content accessible and engaging for a global audience.


1. Log In and Access the “Order Subtitles” Form

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and log in with your email and password.
  2. Place New Order
    • Locate the “Place new order” button (often on the left side of the dashboard).
    • Choose “Subtitles (or “Subtitling Services”) from the order options.

2. Upload Your Video File

  • File Selection
    • Upload your video file in a supported format (e.g., MP4, MOV, AVI) or paste a URL if it’s hosted on a platform like YouTube.
  • File Preview
    • Ensure the correct file is chosen—double-check the filename and duration.
  • Batch Uploads(Optional)
    • If you have multiple videos, you can batch upload them, saving time and streamlining the ordering process.

3. Fill Out the Subtitles Order Form

  1. Language From & Language To
    • Select the source language of the video (e.g., English).
    • Choose the target language for the subtitles (e.g., French).
    • If you’re just adding English subtitles to an English video, set the same language for both fields.
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose your preferred deadline (e.g., 1–2 days3–5 days, etc.).
    • Faster turnaround typically incurs additional fees.
  3. Open Captions
    • Yes: Subtitles become permanently burned into the video (cannot be turned off).
    • No: Subtitles are delivered as a separate file (e.g., SRT, VTT), and the viewer can toggle them on/off.
  4. Additional Review
    • Selecting Yes adds an extra layer of proofreading or specialized review—useful for technical or high-stakescontent.
  5. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate if the subtitles need an informalformaltechnical, or other style. This helps translators match the desired voice.
  6. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide helpful context, such as brand style, special terms, or the intended audience.
    • You can add references or URLs for additional guidance.

4. Review Pricing and Options

  1. Pricing Breakdown
    • You’ll see a per-minute rate and any additional costs (e.g., rush fees, extra review).
  2. Bulk Discounts(If Applicable)
    • Large orders may automatically qualify for a discount.
    • For enterprise-level projects or special requests, contact Support.

5. Complete Your Order and Payment

  1. Confirm Order Details
    • Double-check language selectionsturnaroundopen captions status, and instructions.
  2. Proceed to Payment
    • Use your credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
  3. Order Confirmation
    • You’ll receive an email confirming the order, and your transcript/subtitle status will be visible in the dashboard.

6. Receive and Download Your Subtitles

  1. Status Updates
    • You’ll be notified via email (or SMS if configured) when your subtitles are finished.
    • Check your dashboard to download them in your chosen format (e.g., SRTVTTSBV).
  2. Open Captions(If Selected)
    • If you opted for “Yes,” you’ll receive a video file with the subtitles permanently embedded.
  3. Review and Make Revisions(Optional)
    • If you spot any errors, contact Support or request a revision—free of charge until you’re satisfied.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I get subtitles in multiple languages for the same video?

Yes. Simply add multiple language pairs or place separate orders specifying different target languages.

What file format is best for subtitles?

SRT is the most widely used. However, you can choose VTTSBV, or even burned-in (open captions), depending on your needs and platform compatibility.

Do I need a transcript before ordering subtitles?

No. GoTranscript creates subtitles directly from your audio/video file. If you want a separate transcript file, you can order transcription and subtitles together.

Will the subtitles include sound effects or speaker labels?

Subtitles typically focus on dialogue or translations. If you need closed captions (including sound effects, music cues, and speaker IDs), check the appropriate option or specify it in the notes.

Native translator expertise

GoTranscript stands apart by providing high-quality subtitles delivered by native translators who specialize in a broad range of industries. From medical and legal fields to marketingtechnology, and beyond, our linguistic experts ensure your video content speaks authentically to its intended audience—no matter the language or cultural context.


1. Native Translators for True Linguistic Precision

  • Mother-Tongue Expertise
    Each translator subtitling your video is a native speaker of the target language. This eliminates awkward phrasing or misinterpretations often seen in automated translations.
  • Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    Being deeply rooted in the target culture, our translators capture idiomsslang, and regional expressions that enrich your subtitles with authentic flair.

2. Specialized Knowledge in Various Industries

  • Medical & Healthcare
    Translators with a medical background handle complex terminology (e.g., pharmaceutical jargon or hospital protocols) to ensure precise and legally compliant subtitles.
  • Legal & Financial
    For court proceedings, contracts, or corporate disclosures, we assign specialized translators who understand legal frameworks and industry-specific vocabulary.
  • Technology & IT
    From software demos to product launch videos, translators with tech expertise deliver accurate, up-to-date terms in fields like SaaS, AI, and cybersecurity.
  • Marketing & Creative Fields
    Convey the right tone and branding by working with translators who excel at persuasive and localized messaging.

3. Rigorous Quality Control & Collaboration

  1. Human-Centric Review
    • No machine translation can match the skill of real humans. Your subtitles are reviewed by editors who finalize language style, consistency, and timing.
  2. Feedback Loop
    • We invite you to share brand glossaries or project briefs, ensuring the final output aligns perfectly with your corporate identity or creative vision.

4. Adherence to Subtitling Best Practices

  • Timing & Synchronization
    Translators follow strict guidelines for line length, reading speed, and on-screen duration so viewers can easily follow the text.
  • Character Limits
    By adhering to industry standards (e.g., 42 characters per line), our subtitles remain readable and non-intrusive.
  • Contextual Clarity
    Where needed, we add short speaker identifiers or brief clarifications to help viewers fully grasp the content.

5. Benefits of Native, Specialized Translators

  1. Accurate Localization
    • Subtleties in humor, cultural references, or idiomatic expressions come through naturally, building deeper connections with your global audience.
  2. Professional Tone & Style
    • Whether you need formaltechnical language or a casualcreative vibe, our industry-specialized linguists deliver the right voice every time.
  3. Confidence in Quality
    • By entrusting subtitling to field experts, you reduce the risk of mistranslations that could harm credibility or even lead to legal complications.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do you ensure the translator has the right industry knowledge?

We maintain a diverse pool of vetted translators, each with subject matter expertise. When your order arrives, we matchit to the most qualified linguist on our team.

Is there an extra fee for specialized translators?

Prices vary based on language pair and complexity. View an instant quote at our Subtitling Cost Estimate page, or contact us for enterprise rates.

Can I request revisions or clarifications if needed?

Absolutely. We offer a revision loop, so you can fine-tune subtitles until they align perfectly with your brand messaging or technical standards.

Do you only offer translation, or can you do same-language subtitles as well?

We offer both. Our same-language subtitles are handled by dedicated transcriptionists and editors, while translations require native translators skilled in your target language.

Supported translation file types

GoTranscript works with a wide range of file formats to accommodate both text and audio translation needs. Whether you’re dealing with a Word document, a PDF, or an MP3 file, here’s a quick overview of our supported formats.


1. Text File Formats

Below is a table of our most common text file types:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
Word.doc, .docxStandard Microsoft Word documents with formatting and track changes.
PDF.pdfPortable Document Format; often used for official or scanned content.
Plain Text.txtBasic text with no formatting; ideal for scripts or simple text.
Rich Text.rtfLimited formatting support; compatible with most word processors.
Other.odt, .xls/.xlsxOpenDocument Text, Excel spreadsheets, and more.

Note: For scanned PDFs or images containing text, we use OCR (Optical Character Recognition) to extract text for translation. If your file type isn’t listed, contact support for possible accommodations.


2. Audio File Formats

We support a variety of audio formats for transcription and translation. Here’s a handy reference table:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
MP3.mp3Compressed audio; widely used for interviews, podcasts, etc.
WAV.wavUncompressed high-quality audio; ideal when clarity is a priority.
AAC / M4A.aac, .m4aCommonly used on modern devices; offers smaller sizes than WAV.
FLAC.flacLossless compression preserving audio quality with reduced file size.
OGG / WMA.ogg, .wmaLess common but still supported; suitable for diverse recording sources.

Tip: For video files (MP4, MOV, AVI), we can extract the audio track and then proceed with both transcription and translation.


3. Text vs. Audio Translation

  1. Text Translation
    • We directly translate written documents such as Word or PDF files.
    • The system calculates cost based on word count.
  2. Audio Translation
    • First, we transcribe the spoken content into text. Then, we translate that text.
    • Pricing is determined by file duration (minutes of audio).

4. Additional Considerations

  • Large Files: For very large or long-format recordings, compress the file (if possible) or use a cloud sharing link.
  • Formatting & Layout: Complex document layouts (tables, graphics) may require some minor post-translation tweaks.
  • Clarity in Audio: Noisy or overlapping speech can extend turnaround time or incur extra costs if more editing is required.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a transcript for audio translation?

No. Our process includes transcription as the first step if you submit an audio file for translation.

Can I upload multiple files simultaneously?

Yes. Simply select them all at once, or drag and drop in batches. The system sums word counts or total audio duration for you.

Are scanned or image-based PDFs accepted for text translation?

We apply OCR to convert image text into editable form. However, if the document is unclear or handwritten, some manual review may be necessary.

How do I request audio translation for a video file?

Upload the video (e.g., .mp4), and we’ll extract the audio track. From there, we’ll transcribe and translate just as with audio-only files.

Audio translation cost

When you need audio translation, GoTranscript’s pricing model is based on the recording length of your file. This means you’ll pay for the total number of minutes (or hours) that require transcription and subsequent translation. Below is a straightforward guide to estimating and calculating these costs using our online cost calculator.


1. Why We Calculate by Recording Length

  1. Transcription First, Then Translation
    • Audio translation involves transcribing the spoken content before rendering it into another language.
    • The time it takes to transcribe and translate typically scales with file duration.
  2. Accurate Pricing
    • Per-minute (or per-hour) billing ensures you only pay for the length of the audio that requires processing.
    • Complexities like technical terminology or multiple speakers can still factor in, but duration is the main driver of cost.

2. Using the GoTranscript Cost Estimate Tool

Visit our Translation Cost Estimate page to get an instant quote. Follow these steps:

  1. Select “Recording Length”
    • In the calculator, pick the option that measures time rather than word count (this is crucial for audio files).
  2. Input Audio Duration
    • Enter the hours and minutes of your recording (e.g., 0 hours, 15 minutes).
  3. Choose Source and Target Languages
    • Language From: The language in which your audio is recorded.
    • Language To: The language you want to receive as a translated transcript.
  4. Pick Turnaround Time
    • Faster speeds may have additional fees.
    • Standard turnaround is typically 3–5 days, but you can select 1–2 days24 hours, or other rush options if available.
  5. Instant Price Calculation
    • The tool automatically estimates your project cost based on these inputs.

3. Additional Features & Options

  1. Timestamping
    • If you need timestamps in your translated transcript, select “Yes”. This may add a small surcharge.
  2. Additional Review
    • For high-stakes or specialized content, you can add an extra layer of proofreading (or specialized reviewer).
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If you have large volumes of audio content, reach out to our Enterprise Support team for potential discounted rates.

4. Final Steps: Place Your Order

  1. Confirm Price & Upload File
    • Once satisfied with the estimate, upload your audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) via our Place new order process.
  2. Review Payment & Submit
    • Pay using a credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
    • You’ll receive an order confirmation and estimated delivery time.
  3. Receive Translated File
    • We’ll notify you by email once the job is complete. You can then download your translated transcript from the My & team orders page.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a transcript beforehand?

No. Our service includes transcription of the audio as the first step. We then translate the transcribed text.

Can I get subtitles from my audio file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video, you can order subtitles instead of or in addition to a text translation. We transcribe, translate, and format them as subtitle files (e.g., SRT, VTT).

Does noisy audio cost more?

Our base rate primarily depends on duration, but extremely poor-quality or heavily overlapped speech might require extra editing time, potentially affecting the final cost.

What if I have multiple languages in one audio file?

You can specify the dominant source language, or if it’s truly multi-lingual, contact our Support for a custom quote.

Industry-specific expertise

GoTranscript understands that word-for-word translations aren’t always enough—certain industries require in-depth knowledge of specialized terminology and regulatory standards. From medical records to legal agreements to technical manuals, our team ensures accurate, context-aware translations that maintain precision and clarity.


1. Medical Translations

  1. Professional Accuracy
    • Medical documents can include pharmaceutical termspatient records, and clinical trial data. Our translators have a medical background or relevant expertise to handle this complex vocabulary.
  2. Patient Safety & Confidentiality
    • Precise translations ensure safe treatment instructions and guidelines. We adhere to confidentialityprinciples, keeping sensitive patient information private.
  3. Common Medical Materials
    • Case reportslab resultsdischarge instructionsmedical device manualsclinical research papers.

  1. Terminology Consistency
    • Legal documents often include binding clausesreferences to laws, and formal language. Our legal translators preserve the original document’s intent and enforceability.
  2. No Room for Ambiguity
    • A single mistranslated term can alter the meaning of contractscourt documents, or patent filings. Human-reviewed text ensures clarity and legality.
  3. Types of Legal Content
    • Contractswillslitigation materialscompany bylawsintellectual property documents.

3. Technical Translations

  1. Subject-Matter Experts
    • From engineering specs to IT documentation, our translators are well-versed in the jargon and industry standards required to avoid confusion.
  2. Clarity & Consistency
    • Technical content often involves abbreviationsdiagrams, or coding references. We maintain formatting and references accurately for end-users or team members.
  3. Common Technical Documents
    • User manualsspec sheetssoftware documentationengineering reportsdata sheetsSaaS descriptions.

4. How We Match Experts to Projects

  1. Translator Pool
    • We have a diverse network of linguists with specialized backgrounds—medical professionals, lawyers, engineers, and more.
  2. Project Review
    • Upon receiving your file, we evaluate the complexity and required industry knowledge.
  3. Tailored Assignments
    • Your translation is matched with a translator experienced in the relevant field, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do you have native translators for each industry?

Yes. Our network includes professionals with subject-matter expertise who are native speakers of the target language.

Is my confidential information secure?

Absolutely. We follow strict security protocols and NDAs, particularly for medical and legal files.

Can I provide references or glossaries for specialized content?

Yes. Providing brand-specific or technical glossaries helps maintain consistency and ensures correct terminology.

What if I need an additional review by a second specialist?

We offer additional review services. Let us know your requirements, and we’ll schedule a second check by another expert translator.

Proofreading cost & quotes

At GoTranscript, proofreading/editing prices are based on the length of your audio/video file in minutes—plus any additional services (like timestamps or extra review). This ensures you’re only paying for the actual duration that needs to be reviewed, rather than a flat or hidden fee.

Below is a sample pricing table that outlines the cost per minute for proofreading, based on different turnaround times:

Language5 days (/min.)3 days (/min.)1 day (/min.)12 hours (/min.)
Arabic$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bengali$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bosnian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Catalan$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Chinese (simplified)$1.60$1.82$1.95$2.60
Chinese (traditional)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Croatian$1.65$1.98$2.30$2.48
Czech$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Danish$3.75$4.50$5.25$5.63
Dutch$2.00$2.00$2.80$3.00
English$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Filipino$1.13$1.35$1.58$1.70
Finnish$3.00$3.60$4.20$4.50
French$1.25$1.25$1.50$1.88
French (Canadian)$1.25$1.50$1.75$1.88
German$1.50$1.50$2.10$2.25
Greek$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Hebrew$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Hindi$1.50$1.80$2.10$2.25
Icelandic$1.88$2.08$2.30$2.50
Indonesian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Italian$1.88$1.88$2.25$2.83
Japanese$2.75$3.30$3.85$4.13
Korean$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Lithuanian$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Luxembourgish$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50
Malay$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Norwegian$4.13$4.95$5.78$6.20
Persian (Dari)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Persian (Farsi)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Polish$1.33$1.58$1.85$1.98
Portuguese$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Portuguese (Brazil)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Romanian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Russian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Serbian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Slovak$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Slovenian$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Spanish$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Spanish (Latin America)$0.58$0.63$0.68$1.18
Swahili$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Swedish$3.38$4.05$4.73$5.08
Thai$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Turkish$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

GoTranscript's AI + Editing

If you have clear, high-quality audio—minimal background noise, no overlapping speakers, and clear diction—GoTranscript’s AI-generated transcript plus human editing can be a cost-effective way to achieve high-accuracyfinal text. This hybrid approach capitalizes on quick AI turnaround and the fine-tuning expertise of human proofreaders.


1. How AI + Editing Saves You Money

  1. Speed of AI
    • Automated transcription offers rapid draft generation, especially beneficial for short turnarounds or large batches.
  2. Lower Initial Cost
    • AI-based transcripts are generally less expensive than a fully human-created transcript.
  3. Human Expertise
    • After AI processing, our skilled editors review every word, correcting grammar, speaker labels, and technical terms for a polished final product.

2. Is Your Audio Suitable for AI?

  1. Audio Checklist
    • Clear Speech: Minimal slurring, distinct words.
    • Low Background Noise: No music, machinery, or crowd chatter overshadowing voices.
    • One Speaker at a Time: Overlaps drastically reduce AI accuracy.
  2. Recording Setup
    • Consider using a good microphone, a quiet room, and encouraging speakers to maintain consistent distance from the mic.

Note: If your recording doesn’t meet these criteria, AI error rates might increase, negating cost benefits. A fully human transcription may be more reliable in such cases.

If you need custom billingbulk discounts, or additional specialized services for proofreading, our Enterprise Support team is here to help. From high-volume needs to tailored project workflows, we’ll collaborate to design a seamless, cost-effective solution that fits your organization’s goals.

Contact Enterprise Support

Captions

Getting Started

Captions orders comments

When submitting your video files for captioning, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final captions. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help captioners deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.

1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your video features multiple speakers, include their names and roles (e.g., “John (CEO), Maria (Interviewer)”) in your comments. This ensures the correct names appear in the captions.
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention any distinct accents or dialects so the captioner knows to pay close attention for nuanced words or pronunciations.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging to caption accurately without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify any often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”) to ensure correct spelling and usage.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your video includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guesswork.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide the exact spellings of your company, products, or services so the captions remain consistent and professional.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments help avoid multiple rounds of edits by minimizing captioning errors.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps the captioner work more efficiently, often resulting in quickerdelivery of final captions.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be unclear—especially to captioners from different regions or backgrounds. Add brief explanations to keep captions error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections include overlapping voices or significant background noise, notes can guide the captioner in distinguishing or emphasizing key audio elements.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

Captioning turnaround time

GoTranscript Captioning Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many caption orders are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler projects.

1. Turnaround Time Options

  • 6–12 Hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  • 1 Day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive needs
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  • 3 Days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic videos
  • 5 Days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for videos that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your captions sooner than these estimates, depending on project complexity and current workload.

2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  • File Duration: Longer videos naturally take more time to caption.
  • Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often means faster completion.
  • Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review.
  • Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language captions can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?
Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate you, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?
GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider reaching out to our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?
Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, captions are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?
Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out for a custom quote tailored to your specific requirements.

Closed captions vs. subtitles

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript’s Captioning Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated captions. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), which can result in lower accuracy and missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for both businesses and individuals.

1. Human-Generated Captions vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained captioners capture every word and intent accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans perceive context, dialects, and accents that AI often overlooks.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps help maintain over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Well-crafted captions boost readability and credibility for your videos.
  • Compliance & Accessibility: High accuracy is vital for meeting legal and accessibility standards (e.g., ADA compliance).
  • Time Savings: Fewer edits and revisions mean a quicker turnaround and better cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect sensitive or proprietary media files.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: GoTranscript follows HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  • Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options fit various deadlines.
  • Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  • 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  • Multi-Language Support: Professional captioning for a variety of languages and dialects.

Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s 100% human-powered captioning delivers unmatched accuracy, security, and reliability. From tight deadlines to complex content, you can count on precise captions and outstanding service—every time.

Order captions

Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your captioning options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

1. Access the Order Page

2. Upload Your File or URL

  • Upload from Your Computer: Click Upload files and select one or more files to import.
  • Paste URL: Use Paste URL to bring in content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.

3. Configure Your Caption Order

  • Text Format:
    • Clean verbatim – Minimal fillers and false starts.
    • Full verbatim – Captions include every word, filler, and verbal tic.
  • Turnaround Time:
    • Choose from 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days. Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
  • Number of Speakers:
    • Indicate if your content has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more so captioners can accurately label them.
  • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent:
    • Choose Yes if your file has background noise or strong accents, ensuring specialized handling.
  • Timestamping:
    • Select how you want timestamps inserted (e.g., Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.).
  • Language:
    • Choose the primary language of your recording.
  • Open Captions (Optional):
    • Turn on if you want captions burned directly into the video.

4. Review and Place Order

  • Estimated Cost:
    • Review your total price based on audio duration, turnaround time, and any add-ons.
  • Submit:
    • Click Submit to confirm your order and proceed with payment.

5. Receive Your Captions

  • Completion Notification:
    • You’ll receive an email once your captions are ready.
  • Download/Review:
    • Log into your GoTranscript account to download the caption files or review them directly on the platform.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files:
    Upload or link more than one file in a single order.
  • Bulk Discounts:
    Large orders may be eligible for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions:
    Request free revisions if you need any corrections or adjustments to your captions.
  • 24/7 Support:
    Reach out to GoTranscript’s support team anytime for additional help or questions.

GoTranscript overview

GoTranscript is one of the world’s leading transcription services, known for converting audio and video content into accurate text quickly and affordably. Founded in 2005, GoTranscript has grown into one of the largest online transcription and translation agencies. The platform offers both human transcription and AI-powered transcription options, catering to different needs. In this article, we’ll provide a general overview of GoTranscript’s services, key benefits like accuracy and turnaround time, the industries it serves, how the service works, the customer experience, and why it stands out against competitors.

Introduction to GoTranscript and Its Services

GoTranscript is a professional transcription service that turns your audio or video recordings into written text. The company provides a range of services including standard transcription (human-performed), automated transcription (AI-generated), as well as related offerings like captions, subtitling, and translation. Users from all over the globe rely on GoTranscript for everything from transcribing interviews and meetings to generating subtitles for videos. The service is designed to handle projects of all sizes, whether you’re an individual student needing a class lecture transcribed or a large enterprise processing thousands of hours of content.

One of GoTranscript’s core principles is human-driven accuracy. Unlike fully automated speech-to-text tools, GoTranscript uses a network of skilled human transcribers for its primary transcription service, ensuring high accuracy and quality. (They do offer an AI transcription option for those who prioritize speed and cost, which we’ll discuss later.) With nearly two decades of experience in the industry, GoTranscript has established a reputation for reliable transcription work. The company claims an accuracy rate of around 99% for its human-transcribed documents (Transcription Cost Estimate), thanks to rigorous quality checks and experienced transcribers reviewing each project. This focus on quality means that even difficult audio – with multiple speakers, heavy accents, or background noise – is handled with care to produce a precise transcript.

In addition to transcription, GoTranscript’s platform supports captioning and subtitling for videos, translation services for converting transcripts into other languages, and even custom solutions via their API for businesses that need to integrate transcription into their workflows. This makes GoTranscript a one-stop shop for various audio/video conversion needs beyond basic transcripts.

Key Benefits of GoTranscript

GoTranscript offers several key benefits that make it a popular choice for transcription services. Below, we break down the major advantages:

High Accuracy Transcriptions

Accuracy is often the top priority when choosing a transcription service, and GoTranscript emphasizes quality in every transcript. For human transcription orders, the service touts an accuracy level of up to 99%, meaning the final text is virtually word-perfect. This high accuracy is achieved by employing skilled human transcribers (many with 5+ years of experience) and implementing a thorough proofreading and quality assurance process. Every transcript is reviewed for errors and consistency, so you receive a polished final document. This level of precision is crucial for use cases like legal transcripts, medical records, or academic research where even small mistakes can be problematic.

For example, if you have an interview with multiple speakers or a conference recording with technical jargon, GoTranscript’s team works to ensure names, terms, and details are correctly captured. The commitment to accuracy gives users confidence that they won’t have to spend extra time fixing the transcript. In short, GoTranscript’s human-driven approach helps avoid the misheard words and awkward errors that are common with purely automated transcription tools.

Affordable Pricing

Another standout benefit of GoTranscript is its affordability. GoTranscript is often praised as one of the most cost-effective transcription providers in the industry. The pricing structure is typically based on the length of your audio (per audio minute), and rates for standard service are around the $0.90–$1.00 per minute range for English audio. This flat per-minute rate is very competitive, especially considering the quality provided. There are no hidden fees – features like speaker identification, timestamps, or verbatim transcription are usually included or available at transparent rates, unlike some services that charge extra for each add-on.

GoTranscript also offers bulk discounts and loyalty programs for frequent users. For instance, customers who have large volumes of audio or video to transcribe can receive tiered discounts (5%, 10%, or more) as their cumulative minutes increase. This makes the service even more economical for businesses or researchers with ongoing transcription needs.

To put the pricing in perspective, many competing transcription services charge significantly more for human transcription. (Some well-known providers charge around $1.50–$2.00 per minute for similar accuracy.) In a comparison of GoTranscript vs. other major transcription companies, GoTranscript’s rate of roughly $0.99 per minute was nearly half the price while delivering comparable quality). That value is a big reason budget-conscious users choose GoTranscript over competitors.

Fast Turnaround Time

Speed is another important factor, and GoTranscript provides a range of turnaround options to meet different deadlines. For standard transcription orders, the typical turnaround is fast – often within 24 hours for shorter files, and only a few days for longer projects. If you have a tight deadline, GoTranscript offers expedited same-day transcription services as well. With the rush option, transcripts can be delivered in as little as 6 to 12 hours for urgent needs. In fact, GoTranscript advertises the ability to return transcripts in under a day, sometimes even within six hours for time-sensitive projects.

The flexibility in turnaround times means you can choose a slower delivery for cost savings or pay a bit more to get your text back sooner. For example, a non-urgent recording might be sent on an economy 3-5 day plan to save money, whereas a business meeting needed for a next-day report can be transcribed overnight. Even with the faster service, GoTranscript still maintains high accuracy by allocating work to their top transcribers and using quality checks, so you rarely have to wait long to get a usable transcript.

It’s worth noting that GoTranscript’s automated AI transcription service (if you opt for it) can turn around transcripts almost instantly – often in a few minutes – since it’s machine-generated. However, the trade-off is lower accuracy. Many users start with an AI-generated draft for speed and then either edit it themselves or use GoTranscript’s human proofreading service to refine the transcript. Overall, whether you choose the fully human route or the AI-assisted route, GoTranscript gives you options to balance speed and accuracy according to your project requirements.

Human Transcription vs. AI Transcription

GoTranscript gives clients the choice between human transcription and AI transcription, combining the best of both worlds. The human transcription service is performed entirely by people and is the recommended option when accuracy and nuance are critical. Human transcribers can understand context, handle strong accents or poor audio quality, and accurately capture industry-specific terminology (for example, medical or legal terms) that an automated tool might mishear. If your content demands near-perfect accuracy or you require the transcript for official purposes, the human service is ideal. As mentioned, human-transcribed results from GoTranscript come with roughly 99% accuracy in most cases.

On the other hand, GoTranscript’s AI transcription is a faster, lower-cost alternative. This automated speech-to-text service can transcribe audio in a matter of minutes. It’s a great option for when you need a rough transcript quickly or have a tight budget. For instance, content creators or students might use the AI service to get a quick draft of a podcast or lecture and then manually clean it up. The AI transcripts won’t be as polished – typically, automatic transcription might achieve around 80–90% accuracy depending on audio clarity – but they are improving constantly. GoTranscript’s platform even allows you to edit the AI-generated text using an online editor while listening to the audio, so you can correct any mistakes on the fly.

Importantly, GoTranscript ensures that even its AI service benefits from their expertise: you can optionally request an AI transcript + human proofreading upgrade, where a professional transcriber will review and correct the machine transcript for a fraction of the full transcription price. This hybrid approach can save time and money while still producing an accurate result.

In summary, GoTranscript’s dual offerings mean you have flexibility. Use the human service for high-stakes projects or difficult audio, and consider the AI service for quick, informal needs. Either way, your content is handled securely and confidentially, and you retain full control over which method suits each project.

Industries Served by GoTranscript

GoTranscript serves a wide range of industries and use cases, making it a versatile transcription provider. Because of its accuracy and reliability, the service is trusted by clients in fields where precision is paramount. Some of the key industries and user groups that frequently use GoTranscript include:

  • Legal Transcription: Law firms and court reporters use GoTranscript to transcribe depositions, court hearings, client interviews, and other legal proceedings. The transcripts are formatted to be court-ready and can include timestamps or speaker labels as needed. Confidentiality is crucial for legal work, and GoTranscript maintains strict data security (including NDAs and encryption) to protect sensitive information. Their legal transcription services aim to capture every word accurately, which is vital for legal records.
  • Medical Transcription: Hospitals, clinics, and healthcare professionals turn to GoTranscript for transcribing doctor’s dictated notes, patient interviews, medical conferences, and research interviews. GoTranscript’s team includes transcribers familiar with medical terminology, ensuring that complex drug names or procedures are correctly transcribed. They also advertise HIPAA-compliant processes, highlighting their commitment to patient privacy and data security in the medical field.
  • Academic and Research Transcription: Students, professors, and researchers often need transcriptions of lectures, interviews, and focus group recordings. GoTranscript helps the academic community by transcribing research interviews, dissertations, thesis recordings, and seminars. Having written transcripts of these materials can greatly aid in analysis and in quoting sources. GoTranscript even offers special discounts for educational institutions or students, making it a budget-friendly choice for academia.
  • Media and Journalism: Reporters, media producers, and video editors use GoTranscript to get transcripts of interviews, news footage, podcasts, and documentaries. In media, speed is often of the essence – a journalist might need a transcript of a press conference within a few hours to meet a news deadline. With GoTranscript’s fast turnaround options, media professionals can quickly search text for quotes or create subtitles for video content. The high accuracy is essential here too, as quoting someone incorrectly due to a transcription error can be a serious issue.
  • Business and Corporate: Companies use GoTranscript for transcribing meetings, earnings calls, training sessions, webinars, and more. In the corporate world, having transcripts of key meetings or conference calls can improve accessibility and record-keeping. For example, a marketing team might transcribe focus group recordings to extract consumer insights, or an HR department might need transcripts of staff training videos. GoTranscript’s enterprise solutions and API allow larger organizations to integrate transcription into their workflows securely. Many Fortune 500 and even Fortune 50 companies trust GoTranscript for large-scale transcription projects.
  • Entertainment and Video Production: Content creators on YouTube, filmmakers, and TV producers use GoTranscript to get transcripts and captions. Adding accurate subtitles or closed captions to videos is not only important for accessibility but also can boost SEO on platforms like YouTube. GoTranscript can produce caption files (like SRT or VTT) alongside the text transcript, which saves video producers time. The transcription team can handle transcribing dialogue from reality shows, interviews for documentaries, or scripts from audio recordings.

These are just a few examples, but GoTranscript’s service is broad. From finance (transcribing investor calls) to technology (transcribing software webinars) to market research (transcribing focus groups), the platform has experience across many domains. Its ability to support transcripts in multiple languages also means it serves international businesses and multilingual needs. In all these industries, the combination of accuracy, confidentiality, and reasonable pricing makes GoTranscript an attractive partner for transcription.

How the GoTranscript Service Works

Using GoTranscript is designed to be a straightforward process. Here’s a step-by-step overview of how the service typically works from the user’s perspective:

  1. Create an Account or Log In: To begin, visit the GoTranscript website (or use their mobile-friendly interface) and create a free account. This gives you access to an online dashboard where you can manage your transcription projects. New users can easily sign up with just an email address and password.
  2. Upload Your Files: Once logged in, you can upload the audio or video files that you need transcribed. GoTranscript supports a wide range of file formats – common audio types like MP3, WAV, M4A, and video formats like MP4, MOV, AVI, etc. You can upload files from your computer or paste a URL if your audio/video is hosted online. The platform even allows adding links from YouTube or other sources directly for transcription.
  3. Choose Options and Settings: After uploading, select your transcription options. Choose the language of the audio (GoTranscript supports many languages), specify if you want Full Verbatim (with all “ums,” false starts, and fillers) or Clean Verbatim (cleaned-up speech), and decide whether you need timestamps in the transcript. You’ll also pick the turnaround time – for example, standard delivery or a rush delivery for faster results. If your audio has any special requirements (like heavy accents or poor audio quality), you can indicate that too, so they assign the most experienced transcribers as needed.
  4. Get an Instant Quote: GoTranscript’s system will calculate the cost of your order based on the length of your files, chosen turnaround, and any add-ons. You’ll see a price quote upfront. The pricing is transparent: for instance, a 30-minute file at a $1.00/min rate would show a $30 cost. Any bulk discounts or promo codes are applied at this stage as well. This way, you know exactly what the service will cost before confirming the order.
  5. Place Your Order and Pay: After reviewing the details, place the order by proceeding to payment. You can pay securely online via credit card or PayPal (and enterprise clients may arrange invoicing). Once payment is processed, the transcription work begins. You’ll receive an order confirmation and an estimated completion time.
  6. Transcription in Progress: GoTranscript’s team (or the AI engine, if you chose the automated service) starts transcribing your files. If human transcription is selected, your audio is assigned to one or more professional transcribers who will listen carefully and type out the content. They follow GoTranscript’s strict style guidelines, and often a second transcriber or quality reviewer will proofread the text for accuracy. During this phase, you can log into your account to see the status of your job (e.g., “In Progress” or a percentage completed). For lengthy files, the work might be split among multiple transcribers then merged and reviewed.
  7. Receive the Transcript: Once completed, you’ll be notified (usually by email) that your transcript is ready. You can then download the transcript file from your GoTranscript dashboard. Transcripts are typically provided in text or Word document formats, and you may also request PDF format if needed. If you ordered captions or subtitles, those files (like .srt or .vtt) will be available too.
  8. Review and Use the Transcript: Now you have the written text of your content. It’s a good idea to quickly review the transcript, especially if it’s for official use. In the unlikely event you spot an error or need a tweak, GoTranscript allows you to request a revision – they want to ensure you’re satisfied. In most cases, however, the transcript will be ready to use immediately. You can copy or export the text into reports, articles, or keep it for your records. The final transcript is yours to use as needed.

Throughout this process, GoTranscript’s interface is user-friendly and guides you at each step. There is also support available at every stage if you have questions – for example, if a file isn’t uploading or you’re unsure about which options to select, you can reach out to their team for help.

Customer Support and User Experience

GoTranscript places a strong emphasis on customer support and making sure the user experience is smooth. They offer 24/7 customer support, meaning you can get help at any time, regardless of your time zone. Whether you’re a first-time user with basic questions or a long-term client with a complex project, GoTranscript’s support team is available to assist. You can contact them through multiple channels: via email or support ticket, by phone, or through the website’s contact forms. Enterprise clients even have the option to book meetings or talk directly with a sales representative for large-scale needs.

Users often report that the GoTranscript website interface is intuitive and easy to navigate. The process of uploading files and placing orders is straightforward, with clear instructions and tooltips to help you along. For example, if you’re unsure about what “clean verbatim” means or whether to select the “heavy accent” option, the platform provides guidance so you can make the right choice. The order dashboard lets you track the progress of your transcription in real time, so you know when a file is being worked on and when it’s finished.

Once your transcript is delivered, GoTranscript also makes it easy to review the text. There’s an online editor tool that allows you to play your audio alongside the transcript, so you can follow along or make any minor edits or highlights for your own reference. This feature is particularly useful if you want to verify certain sections or extract specific quotes. The transcript files themselves are delivered in common formats (.txt, .docx) that open in any text editor or word processor, making them convenient to use.

Another aspect of user experience is data security and confidentiality. Many users have sensitive content (like legal or medical files), and GoTranscript’s platform is built with security in mind. All transcriptionists working for GoTranscript must sign confidentiality agreements, and the company gives clients the option to have completed transcripts deleted from their servers upon request. The website uses encryption to protect file transfers and stored data as well. These practices give peace of mind that your information stays private. In industries like legal and healthcare, this level of security and discretion is an essential part of a good user experience.

GoTranscript has also introduced collaboration features for business users. Teams can share projects or access transcripts within a single account, making it easier to work together on large projects or across departments. While GoTranscript does not have a dedicated mobile app (as of this writing), its website is mobile-responsive. This means you can upload files or check order statuses conveniently from a smartphone or tablet. The mobile experience is optimized, so you’re not required to be at a desktop computer to use the service.

Overall, from sign-up to transcript delivery, GoTranscript strives to keep the process hassle-free. If any issues arise, the round-the-clock support and the detailed FAQs/Help resources on their site are there to assist you. Many user reviews highlight GoTranscript’s helpful customer service and the ease of getting projects done, which speaks to the company’s commitment to a positive user experience.

Why Choose GoTranscript Over Competitors?

In a marketplace with many transcription providers, GoTranscript distinguishes itself in a few key ways. Here are some compelling reasons why users choose GoTranscript over other transcription services:

  • Competitive Pricing for Human Quality: GoTranscript offers human transcription at a price that is often significantly lower than other top providers for the same level of quality. This means you don’t have to pay a premium to get accurate transcripts. Budget-conscious customers appreciate that they can transcribe more content for their money with GoTranscript. The bulk discounts and loyalty program further enhance this cost advantage over time. Essentially, you’re getting nearly identical accuracy and service as more expensive options, but at a fraction of the cost.
  • High Accuracy and Quality Control: While some competitors also claim high accuracy, GoTranscript’s commitment to multi-step quality assurance (transcription + review + proofreading) is a strong selling point. Each transcript goes through rigorous checks, reducing the chance of errors. The company’s long track record and large base of satisfied clients attest to its quality. GoTranscript consistently achieves the ~99% accuracy on human transcripts that businesses and professionals require for reliable documentation.
  • Flexible Service Options (Human and AI): Not all transcription companies offer both a human and an AI option under one roof. GoTranscript gives you flexibility. If you prefer everything done by humans, that’s their specialty. If you want a quick machine-generated transcript or a hybrid workflow, they provide that too. Some competitors might excel in one area but not offer the other (for example, a purely AI transcription service won’t manually fix errors, while a strictly human-only service might be slower or pricier for large volumes). With GoTranscript, you can mix and match to suit each project without needing to switch platforms.
  • Support for Multiple Languages: GoTranscript supports transcription in a wide array of languages beyond just English. If you have international content – say a Spanish interview, a French video, or a multilingual conference – GoTranscript can handle it. They have native-speaking transcribers for dozens of languages. Many competing services primarily focus on English or charge much higher rates for non-English transcriptions, whereas GoTranscript has built a global team to serve multilingual needs affordably. This is a big plus for researchers or businesses working in diverse markets.
  • Industry Expertise and Security: GoTranscript has experience with specialized fields like legal and medical transcription, which not every competitor can claim. They are familiar with industry-specific formats (e.g., legal transcript formatting) and terminology. The service also adheres to security and confidentiality requirements — for instance, it is HIPAA-compliant for handling medical information and follows strict NDA policies for corporate and government clients. If you work in an industry with specific standards or privacy requirements, GoTranscript is equipped to meet them.
  • User-Friendly Experience: GoTranscript’s platform is easy to use and its customer support is very responsive, which isn’t always the case with other services. Some providers might have lower prices but lack live support or have a clunky interface. With GoTranscript, you get both affordability and a professional, accessible support team. The ability to reach a human representative 24/7 gives GoTranscript an edge for customers who value reliable support.
  • Proven Track Record: With over 122,000 clients served worldwide and consistently high customer ratings (around 4.9 out of 5 stars), GoTranscript has built a strong reputation. The company’s client list even includes top media outlets, universities, and Fortune 500 companies – a sign that they consistently deliver on their promises. This kind of trust and social proof can give new users confidence that they’re choosing a provider with a history of success.
  • One-Stop Shop for Language Services: Beyond transcription, GoTranscript offers a suite of related services (like translations, captions, and subtitles) under one roof. This means if your project involves multiple needs – say transcribing a video and then translating it into another language – you can handle it all through GoTranscript. Many competitors specialize in just one area, so having this one-stop convenience can save time and simplify workflows.

Conclusion

GoTranscript has established itself as a reliable and user-friendly transcription service that caters to a broad audience. With its roots dating back to 2005, the company combines years of experience with modern technology to deliver transcripts that are both accurate and delivered on time. Users benefit from GoTranscript’s commitment to quality – from the 99% accuracy of its human transcripts to the robust support for multiple languages and specialized industries. At the same time, its pricing remains accessible, offering great value compared to many competitors.

Whether you need a single interview transcribed or have ongoing transcription projects for your business, GoTranscript provides a smooth experience from start to finish. The process of uploading files and receiving transcripts is hassle-free, and help is always available if you need it. By choosing GoTranscript, customers are opting for a service that doesn’t force a trade-off between accuracy, speed, and cost – you get all three.

In an era where content is king and information needs to be accessible, having a dependable transcription partner is invaluable. GoTranscript’s blend of human expertise and smart technology makes it a go-to choice for transcription services. The next time you require a transcript, consider GoTranscript for an accurate, affordable, and efficient solution that has been tried and trusted by thousands of clients worldwide.

Pricing & Payments

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Receipts & invoices

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Captioning Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated (March 2025): GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

Credit Cards

  • Major Credit Cards: Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover
  • How to Pay: Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Captioning page.

PayPal

  • Secure Online Payments: Easily log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.

Purchase Orders (PO)

  • For Businesses & Institutions:
    • Contact our Support Team to set up a PO arrangement for your captioning orders.

2. Payment Terms & Billing

Instant Payment

  • One-Time Orders:
    • Pay upon checkout using your preferred method to ensure captioning begins immediately.

30-Day Billing

  • For Large-Volume or Ongoing Clients:
    • Available to businesses or clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.

Invoices & Receipts

  • Automated Receipts:
    • Generated for all paid orders.
  • Monthly or Custom Invoicing:
    • Perfect for bulk or recurring captioning projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?
Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.


Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?
GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.


How do I submit a purchase order?
Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.


Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?
Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Caption cost & quotes

GoTranscript Captioning Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short video clip or a full-length project, getting a quote is straightforward and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  • Per-Minute Rate:
    • Pay only for the length of your video or audio file.
  • Turnaround Options:
    • Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
    • Optional services like timestampsspeaker identification, or verbatim captions come with a small surcharge.
  • Bulk Discounts:

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quotedirectly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

  1. Check Our Rates
  2. Calculate the Cost
    • Go to our Captioning Cost Estimate Tool.
    • Upload your file or enter file details.
    • Select languageturnaround, and any add-ons you need (timestamps, open captions, etc.).
  3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote
    • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
    • The PDF will include pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods:
    • Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure options.
  • No Hidden Fees:
    • You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing:
    • Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s clear per-minute pricing, you’ll know your exact cost before placing a caption order. Whether you have tight deadlines or prefer a more relaxed turnaround, our transparent quotes, various add-ons, and flexible billing options make professional captioning both simple and budget-friendly.

Uploads & Security

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

PII protection

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Supported file types

GoTranscript Captions Services accept a wide variety of video file formats, ensuring that you can upload your content without hassle. Users can either upload files directly or paste a URL for online media.


Tip: Even less common video formats may be supported. If you have a specialized format, contact our Support Team to confirm.


1. Supported Video Formats

GoTranscript supports popular video file types, including:

  • MP4 (MPEG-4)
  • AVI (Audio Video Interleave)
  • MOV (Apple QuickTime Movie)
  • WMV (Windows Media Video)
  • MKV (Matroska Video)
  • FLV (Flash Video)

3. URL Uploads

You can also paste a URL from platforms like YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, or any publicly accessible link. This option saves time by eliminating the need to download files first.

  1. Copy the direct link or the video’s shared URL.
  2. Paste it into the GoTranscript uploader.
  3. Let our system do the rest!

Accuracy & Quality

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard video files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced captioning techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for even better precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

Initial Captioning

  • Highly skilled captioners with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.

Quality Check

  • A dedicated editor reviews each set of captions for consistency and correctness.

Optional Extra Review

  • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping to tackle unclear audio or thick accents.
  • Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits:
    An additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations and higher accuracy.
  • Reduced Errors:
    Ideal for videos with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality:
    Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy in your captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?
Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The fee covers extra quality checks needed for challenging recordings.


Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?
GoTranscript works hard to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.


Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?
Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every captioned video. If you spot any issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.


Does this extra cost apply to all files?
No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the additional charge does not apply.


Bottom Line:
Whether you have standard or challenging audio, GoTranscript’s layered quality checks and optional Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent feature help you achieve reliable, high-accuracy captions—even under tough conditions.

Ensuring captioning accuracy

GoTranscript Captioning Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists and captioners who use an in-house captioning system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Captioning

  • Professional linguists handle the first pass. Their expertise in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools often miss.

Secondary Review

  • second team member reviews each set of captions, checking for timing, accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.
  • Tip: If you have special formatting or technical jargon, reach out to Enterprise Support for a customized reviewprocess.

2. In-House Captioning System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that allows captioners and editors to work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can swiftly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: Fewer external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your caption files, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists and captioners on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s multi-layer review and proprietary captioning system, you’re assured of consistently high-quality captions—no matter how challenging your audio or video content may be.

API & Enterprise

API key location

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive captioning projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. By crowdsourcing tasks among professional linguists and captioners, we ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network:
    Our pool of seasoned captioners spans multiple time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent:
    We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized video content.
  • Scalability:
    Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  • Distributed Task Allocation:
    Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple captioners simultaneously.
  • Consistent Quality Assurance:
    A mix of automated checks and human review ensures a high level of consistency across all sections of the final captions.
  • Flexible Turnaround Options:
    Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management:
    Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire captioning process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools:
    Captioners and editors collaborate in real time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure:
    The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?
Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists and captioners, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.


What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?
We have specialized captioners experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.


Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?
GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.


How do you maintain consistency across multiple captioners?
We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s large global workforcecrowdsourcing capabilities, and robust in-house systems enable us to scale up for massive captioning projects while delivering accurate results—on time, every time.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use captioning API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Captions Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Captions Delivery
    • Once complete, captions are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized captioning solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  • Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume captioning projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency video content.
  • Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
    • Personalized packages to match your organization’s needs.
    • GoTranscript Captioning API for automated, seamless file submission and retrieval.
  • Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  • Flexible Payment Options
    • Purchase orders (POs) and 30-day billing available.
    • Contact Enterprise Support to discuss tailored payment terms.

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for a custom setup.
    • Discuss your volume, file types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate caption requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order captions in bulk?
Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.


Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?
Absolutely. The GoTranscript Captioning API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed captions automatically.


What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?
GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.


Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?
Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s Enterprise Captioning Solutions offer scalable, customized services for businesses of every size. From bulk pricing to advanced integrations, we make it easy to get consistent, high-quality captions on your terms.

Order Management

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Caption download formats

GoTranscript offers numerous file format options so you can download and use your captions in the way that best fits your needs. Once your caption order is complete, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  • .srt (SubRip)
    • One of the most common formats for captions and subtitles.
    • Widely compatible with video players and editing software.
  • .vtt (WebVTT)
    • Ideal for HTML5 and web-based video players.
    • Supports metadata and advanced styling.
  • .txt (Plain Text)
    • Provides raw caption text without timestamps.
    • Great for quick reference or simple data integration.
  • .scc (Scenarist)
    • Used for broadcast and professional video editing environments.
    • Versions include 29.97 DF (Drop Frame) and 29.97 NDF (Non-Drop Frame).
  • .ass (Advanced SubStation Alpha)
    • Advanced styling options (color, font, positioning).
    • Popular among fansub communities and for anime or complex subtitles.
  • .stl (Spruce Subtitle File)
    • Frequently used in DVD authoring processes.
    • Preserves basic subtitle attributes.
  • .ttml (Timed Text Markup Language)
    • XML-based format suitable for certain broadcast and streaming platforms.
    • Allows detailed styling and structure.
  • .dfxp (Netflix-friendly Timed Text)
    • Often required by major streaming services.
    • Compatible with a variety of OTT platforms.
  • .smi (SAMI)
    • Used by Windows Media Player and certain accessibility platforms.
    • Allows style and color customization.
  • .csv (Comma-Separated Values)
    • Stores caption text and timestamps in a structured table.
    • Great for data manipulation or custom processing.
  • .sub, .sbv, .subviewer, etc.
    • Additional formats that cater to various video players and platforms.

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Captions

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Navigate to Completed Caption Orders
    • Look under My Orders or “Team Orders” to find the finished caption file you want.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .srt.vtt.scc.ass.dfxp, or any other available format from the menu.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch file formats after I’ve already downloaded captions?
Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same set of captions.


Will my styling and timing be preserved in all file types?

  • .srt and .vtt retain basic timing and text.
  • .ass.dfxp, and .ttml support more advanced styling and formatting.
  • Plain text (.txt) omits timestamps and styling, focusing on raw text.

Which format is best for sharing captions with others?

  • .srt is the most universally accepted for most players and platforms.
  • .vtt is standard for HTML5 web video.
  • For broader accessibility (e.g., streaming services), .dfxp or .ttml might be required.

Do I need special software to open .ass or .scc files?
Yes. Some advanced subtitle editors and media players are designed to handle these formats. If you’re unsure, .srt and .vttare often the easiest to use across multiple platforms.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s variety of downloadable caption formats ensures you can seamlessly integrate accurate subtitles into any workflow—whether it’s a simple text reference or an advanced, style-heavy broadcast production.

Check order status

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.

Uploads & Security

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

PII protection

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Supported file types

GoTranscript Captions Services accept a wide variety of video file formats, ensuring that you can upload your content without hassle. Users can either upload files directly or paste a URL for online media.


Tip: Even less common video formats may be supported. If you have a specialized format, contact our Support Team to confirm.


1. Supported Video Formats

GoTranscript supports popular video file types, including:

  • MP4 (MPEG-4)
  • AVI (Audio Video Interleave)
  • MOV (Apple QuickTime Movie)
  • WMV (Windows Media Video)
  • MKV (Matroska Video)
  • FLV (Flash Video)

3. URL Uploads

You can also paste a URL from platforms like YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, or any publicly accessible link. This option saves time by eliminating the need to download files first.

  1. Copy the direct link or the video’s shared URL.
  2. Paste it into the GoTranscript uploader.
  3. Let our system do the rest!

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript Transcription Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated transcripts. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), resulting in lower accuracy and potentially missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for businesses and individuals alike.

1. Human-Generated Transcripts vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained transcriptionists capture every word accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans catch context, dialects, and accents that AI often misses.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps ensure over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Error-free transcripts improve readability and credibility.
  • Legal & Medical Use: High accuracy is vital for legal documents and medical records.
  • Time Savings: Fewer revisions mean quicker turnaround and cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect your sensitive data.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards are followed.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  1. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to meet diverse needs.
  2. Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  3. 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  4. Multi-Language Support: Transcriptions in various languages and dialects.

Language Coverage & Specializations

Supported translation languages

GoTranscript offers professional translation services in a wide range of languages. Whether you need to translate from English to another language or vice versa, our team of native-speaking linguists can handle projects across multiple industries—including legal, medical, technical, and creative fields.


1. Supported Languages Overview

Below is a table listing many of the languages GoTranscript regularly supports. If you don’t see your target language or require a specific dialect, feel free to contact us for a custom inquiry.

Language
Albanian
Arabic
Armenian
Azerbaijani
Bengali
Bosnian
Bulgarian
Catalan
Chinese (simplified)
Chinese (traditional)
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Estonian
Filipino
Finnish
French
French (Canadian)
Georgian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Indian (Gujarati)
Indian (Hindi)
Indian (Tamil)
Indonesian
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Kurdish
Kyrgyz
Latvian
Lithuanian
Luxembourgish
Macedonian
Malay
Maltese
Nepali
Norwegian
Pashto
Persian (Farsi)
Polish
Portuguese
Portuguese (Brazil)
Portuguese (Portugal)
Romanian
Russian
Serbian
Slovak
Slovenian
Somali
Spanish (Latin America)
Spanish (Spain)
Swahili
Swedish
Thai
Turkish
Ukrainian
Urdu
Vietnamese

Note: We can handle translations both to and from English for these languages. For language pairs not involving English (e.g., Spanish to French), we also offer custom solutions—just use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or reach out to our Support Team.


2. Specialized Fields & Native Translators

  1. Industry Expertise
    • Whether it’s medical, legal, technical, or marketing content, we match your project with translators who have subject-matter knowledge.
  2. Native Speakers
    • Our linguists are native in the target language, ensuring culturally and contextually correct phrasing.
  3. Added Review(Optional)
    • For critical texts, you can opt for an additional reviewer to double-check style, terminology, and consistency.

3. Getting an Instant Quote

  1. Select Your Language Pair
  2. Input File Details
    • For text translation, enter the word count or upload your file.
    • For audio translation, specify the recording length.
  3. Automatic Calculation
    • The tool will display an estimated price based on your chosen turnaround time and service options.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do you handle language pairs not in this list?

Yes. We frequently expand our offerings. If you need a language or dialect not shown, contact support for a custom inquiry.

Can you translate from one non-English language directly to another?

We do provide language-to-language services that don’t involve English, though pricing and availability may differ. Use our cost estimate tool or talk to support for a tailored quote.

Is there a minimum order size for rare languages?

Some less common languages may have a minimum fee or extended turnaround times. We’ll inform you upon submission or in your instant quote.

How long does it take to receive a translation in my chosen language?

Turnaround depends on file lengthcomplexity, and language pair. You can select from standard or rush options at checkout to suit your timeframe.

Industry-specific expertise

GoTranscript understands that word-for-word translations aren’t always enough—certain industries require in-depth knowledge of specialized terminology and regulatory standards. From medical records to legal agreements to technical manuals, our team ensures accurate, context-aware translations that maintain precision and clarity.


1. Medical Translations

  1. Professional Accuracy
    • Medical documents can include pharmaceutical termspatient records, and clinical trial data. Our translators have a medical background or relevant expertise to handle this complex vocabulary.
  2. Patient Safety & Confidentiality
    • Precise translations ensure safe treatment instructions and guidelines. We adhere to confidentialityprinciples, keeping sensitive patient information private.
  3. Common Medical Materials
    • Case reportslab resultsdischarge instructionsmedical device manualsclinical research papers.

  1. Terminology Consistency
    • Legal documents often include binding clausesreferences to laws, and formal language. Our legal translators preserve the original document’s intent and enforceability.
  2. No Room for Ambiguity
    • A single mistranslated term can alter the meaning of contractscourt documents, or patent filings. Human-reviewed text ensures clarity and legality.
  3. Types of Legal Content
    • Contractswillslitigation materialscompany bylawsintellectual property documents.

3. Technical Translations

  1. Subject-Matter Experts
    • From engineering specs to IT documentation, our translators are well-versed in the jargon and industry standards required to avoid confusion.
  2. Clarity & Consistency
    • Technical content often involves abbreviationsdiagrams, or coding references. We maintain formatting and references accurately for end-users or team members.
  3. Common Technical Documents
    • User manualsspec sheetssoftware documentationengineering reportsdata sheetsSaaS descriptions.

4. How We Match Experts to Projects

  1. Translator Pool
    • We have a diverse network of linguists with specialized backgrounds—medical professionals, lawyers, engineers, and more.
  2. Project Review
    • Upon receiving your file, we evaluate the complexity and required industry knowledge.
  3. Tailored Assignments
    • Your translation is matched with a translator experienced in the relevant field, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do you have native translators for each industry?

Yes. Our network includes professionals with subject-matter expertise who are native speakers of the target language.

Is my confidential information secure?

Absolutely. We follow strict security protocols and NDAs, particularly for medical and legal files.

Can I provide references or glossaries for specialized content?

Yes. Providing brand-specific or technical glossaries helps maintain consistency and ensures correct terminology.

What if I need an additional review by a second specialist?

We offer additional review services. Let us know your requirements, and we’ll schedule a second check by another expert translator.

Importance of native translators

When it comes to professional translation, native-speaking linguists bring a level of insight and authenticity that automated tools or non-native translators often cannot match. Below are the key reasons why GoTranscript relies on native translators to ensure top-quality, precise results.


1. Cultural Nuance and Idiomatic Expressions

  1. Beyond Word-for-Word
    • A direct translation may capture the literal meaning, but often misses the conversational tone or subtle humor woven into the text.
  2. Local Knowledge
    • Native speakers understand regional slangcustoms, and cultural references, ensuring your content resonates with the target audience.

2. Natural Flow and Readability

  1. Language Rhythm
    • Native translators instinctively know how sentences flow in their mother tongue—creating text that sounds natural, not “foreign.”
  2. Consistency
    • They maintain the same style throughout the document, be it formalcasual, or technical.

3. Contextual Accuracy

  1. Industry-Specific Terms
    • From medical to legal content, a native translator picks the correct term in context—something automated tools can easily confuse.
  2. Avoiding Literal Pitfalls
    • Idioms or figures of speech can become nonsensical if translated literally. Native speakers adapt them gracefully into the target language.

4. Fewer Revisions and Faster Delivery

  1. Reduced Errors
    • By starting with a native speaker, you’re less likely to require repeated edits or clarifications.
  2. Streamlined Process
    • This efficiency speeds up the overall project timeline and can lower costs associated with re-checking or rewriting flawed translations.

5. Ensuring Professionalism and Brand Integrity

  1. Consistent Branding
    • Whether it’s a marketing slogan or a product manual, you want your messaging to remain consistent across languages. Native translators protect your brand’s voice.
  2. Credibility
    • Poorly translated content can harm a company’s reputation. High-quality translations by native linguistssafeguard your image in global markets.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is it enough to be bilingual, or must a translator be a native speaker?

While bilingual skills are helpful, native-level mastery provides the deep cultural and linguistic awareness needed for truly polished translations.

Do you offer specialized native translators for technical fields?

Yes. We match subject-matter experts with your project—be it technicallegal, or medical—ensuring accuracy and industry-specific terminology.

How do you maintain consistency when multiple translators are involved?

We utilize style guides and glossaries to keep terms consistent. If multiple translators work on large projects, we have editors who cross-check for uniformity.

Can native translators handle dialectal differences within a language?

Absolutely. They typically know regional variations (e.g., Latin American Spanish vs. Castilian Spanish) and can adapt the translation accordingly.

Captioning turnaround time

GoTranscript Captioning Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many caption orders are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler projects.

1. Turnaround Time Options

  • 6–12 Hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  • 1 Day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive needs
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  • 3 Days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic videos
  • 5 Days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for videos that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your captions sooner than these estimates, depending on project complexity and current workload.

2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  • File Duration: Longer videos naturally take more time to caption.
  • Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often means faster completion.
  • Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review.
  • Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language captions can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?
Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate you, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?
GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider reaching out to our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?
Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, captions are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?
Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out for a custom quote tailored to your specific requirements.

Accessibility & Compliance

ADA compliance for subtitles

Subtitles play a vital role in creating an accessible online experience for people with hearing disabilities—and thus are an important tool for meeting ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) requirements. By making your videos readable as well as watchable, you ensure that Deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals can fully engage with the content you produce.


1. Understanding ADA Requirements for Video Content

  1. Equal Access
    • The ADA mandates that individuals with disabilities must have access to the same information as those without disabilities.
    • Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) can limit the video’s usability for Deaf or hard-of-hearing viewers.
  2. Applicability
    • While ADA requirements primarily concern public accommodations (schools, businesses, government entities), there’s been increasing scrutiny of online video accessibility—especially for businesses and educational institutions.

2. How Subtitles Aid ADA Compliance

  1. Improved Accessibility
    • Subtitles convey dialoguespeaker identification, and essential cues (e.g., laughter or music) to bridge the gap for those who can’t hear the audio.
  2. Legal Protection
    • Providing accurate subtitles helps protect you from possible complaints or legal action alleging discrimination under the ADA.
  3. Wider Audience Reach
    • Not only do Deaf/hard-of-hearing viewers benefit, but people who watch videos in sound-sensitive environments—like offices or public spaces—also appreciate subtitles.

3. Best Practices for Subtitles Under the ADA

  1. Accuracy & Completeness
    • Subtitles should match the spoken words precisely, including important background sounds or speaker labels.
  2. Timely Synchronization
    • The text must appear in sync with the audio, allowing viewers to read comfortably while following the speaker.
  3. Adequate Text Display
    • Ensure subtitles remain on screen long enough to be read, typically following industry guidelines on reading speed.
  4. No Missing Segments
    • All audible content, including namestechnical jargon, or brand terms, should be reflected to guarantee no information is lost.

4. Steps to Implement ADA-Compliant Subtitles

  1. Transcribe or Translate
    • First, create an accurate transcript. For foreign-language content, also provide translations.
  2. Choose Subtitle Format
    • Decide between closed captions (viewers can turn them on/off) or open captions (always visible).
  3. Use Professional Services
    • To ensure high quality and consistency, consider partnering with a reputable subtitling or captioning provider.
  4. Continuous Testing & Feedback
    • Monitor user feedback, update subtitles if content changes, and maintain a consistent style for clarity.

5. Additional Accessibility Considerations

  1. Audio Descriptions
    • Some ADA guidelines also recommend describing key visual elements for blind or low-vision viewers.
  2. WCAG Standards
    • Following the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) can further strengthen your efforts to create an inclusive digital environment.
  3. Platform-Specific Requirements
    • Each video platform (e.g., YouTube, Vimeo, social media) may have different methods for uploading subtitle files or enabling closed captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need both subtitles and closed captions?

Subtitles are typically sufficient for ADA compliance if they include non-speech cues and speaker IDs—in other words, if they effectively function like closed captions. If you only display dialogue without indicating sound effects, you may not meet full accessibility standards.

Can automated captions meet ADA requirements?

Auto-generated captions often fall short in accuracy and completeness, leading to misunderstandings. For ADA compliance, it’s best to review or edit auto-captions or use professional services.

Does the ADA apply to all online videos?

In many cases, yes. The ADA’s scope has been interpreted to include online businesses and public-facing educational websites. If your content is intended for the general public, providing subtitles can help meet accessibility obligations.

Where do I start if my organization needs subtitles for existing videos?

Begin by auditing your existing media and prioritizing videos that get the most traffic or serve critical functions (e.g., educational, marketing, or training videos). Then, engage a subtitling provider to address these pieces first.

Section 504 & 508 compliance

Accessibility in the educational sector is more important than ever—especially with the rise of online coursesrecorded lectures, and virtual classrooms. Two primary U.S. regulations, Section 504 and Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, guide schools and universities in providing equal access to digital resources for all students. Subtitles (or closed captions) are a key part of meeting these standards.


1. Overview of Section 504 & 508

  1. Section 504
    • Prohibits discrimination based on disability in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance(e.g., public schools, universities).
    • Mandates reasonable accommodations for students who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
  2. Section 508
    • Applies to federal agencies and any educational institution using federal funds.
    • Focuses on electronic and information technology (EIT), requiring that online videos, documents, and other media be accessible.

Note: While these regulations specifically target federally funded institutions, many private schools voluntarily follow them to ensure full accessibility and avoid potential legal issues.


2. Why Subtitling Is Essential

  1. Inclusive Learning Environment
    • Subtitles help students with hearing impairments fully engage with lectures, tutorials, or extracurricular videos.
    • Also useful for non-native speakers or students watching in noisy environments.
  2. Legal & Funding Compliance
    • Institutions risk funding loss, legal complaints, or reputational harm if they fail to provide accessible content.
  3. Academic Performance
    • Studies show that captioned videos enhance comprehension, note-taking, and overall retention for alllearners.

3. How Subtitles Meet Compliance Standards

  1. Accurate Text Representation
    • Every spoken word, speaker identification, and critical sound cue (e.g., [laughter][sigh]) should be captured to mimic the audio experience.
  2. Timely Display
    • Subtitles must appear synchronously with the audio—giving students enough time to read and follow along.
  3. Multiple Formats
    • Providing closed captions (which can be turned on/off) is common, but open captions (always visible) or transcripts are also viable for compliance.
  4. Readability & Clarity
    • Follow guidelines on character limits per line and ensure text remains on screen long enough for comfortable reading.

4. Best Practices for Educational Subtitling

  1. Use Professional Services
    • Automated or auto-generated captions might be inaccurate, undermining compliance. Human-verifiedsubtitles ensure reliability.
  2. Offer Supplemental Materials
    • In addition to subtitles, provide transcripts or accessible documents for further reference.
  3. Address Specialized Courses
    • Courses involving complex jargon (e.g., medical, legal, technical) require subtitlers with subject-matter expertise.
  4. Monitor User Feedback
    • Encourage students and staff to report subtitling errors or missing captions so you can promptly fix them.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Does Section 504/508 require captions for all video content?

Generally, yes. Any educational video used in a course curriculum or made available to students under programs receiving federal assistance must be accessible, including captioning or subtitling.

Can auto-captioning tools be enough for compliance?

In most cases, no. Auto-captions often have accuracy issues. Professional review or editing is recommended to meet the high standard of correctness demanded by these regulations.

How can subtitles help English language learners (ELL)?

Subtitles benefit non-native speakers by reinforcing vocabulary and improving comprehension. They also serve as a study aid for reviewing complex lectures or advanced terminology.

Are transcripts alone acceptable instead of subtitles?

Transcripts are helpful but do not substitute for in-situ subtitles, which appear in real-time with audio. Regulations typically require both audio description and timed text for full accessibility.

Accessibility regulations

As more businesses and educational institutions expand their online presenceaccessibility regulations are rapidly evolving to include web-based content. Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) for video can result in fineslawsuits, and reputational damage. Below is a breakdown of key steps to help you stay compliant and sidestep legal issues.


  1. ADA, Section 504 & 508
    • U.S. laws generally require reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities, which includes accessible video content.
    • If your platform or content serves the public or receives federal funding, you likely need to provide accurate subtitles or closed captions.
  2. FCC Regulations
    • Broadcast or cable programs redistributed online must comply with FCC captioning standards.
    • Fines can range from thousands to millions of dollars, depending on the extent and duration of non-compliance.
  3. International Standards
    • Countries worldwide have their own rules (e.g., EU Audiovisual Media Services Directive).
    • Staying informed about local regulations can prevent cross-border legal complications.

2. Potential Consequences of Non-Compliance

  1. Hefty Fines
    • Regulatory bodies (FCC, DOJ, etc.) can impose large penalties per violation or per day of non-compliance.
  2. Litigation & Class Actions
    • Advocacy groups regularly file lawsuits against organizations lacking proper captions, leading to legal fees and settlement costs.
  3. Brand Damage
    • News of accessibility lawsuits travels fast, potentially deterring customers and harming public image.

3. Strategies to Stay Ahead

  1. Proactive Audits
    • Review your entire video library. Identify uncaptioned or poorly captioned files and correct them before a complaint arises.
  2. Implement Accessibility Policies
    • Adopt formal guidelines: for instance, require all new video content to be captioned before release.
    • Train staff to include accessibility at the production stage rather than as an afterthought.
  3. Use Reputable Subtitling Services
    • Automated solutions can be error-prone, risking partial or inaccurate captions.
    • Professional providers ensure consistent formattingtimely synchronization, and subject-matter expertiseif needed.
  4. Monitor Regulatory Changes
    • Laws can evolve, or new rulings may set precedent. Subscribe to relevant industry updates or consult legal experts to stay informed.

4. Best Practices for Accessible Subtitles

  1. Accuracy
    • Strive for 99% or higher word-for-word alignment, plus non-speech audio cues like [applause] or [phone ringing].
  2. Readable Formatting
    • Keep line lengths and reading speeds comfortable (e.g., no more than 42 characters per line).
  3. Multiple Languages
    • Provide subtitles in each language offered if your brand is multilingual.
  4. User Control
    • Ensure players support toggling closed captions on/off and adjusting text size or style.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are automated captions enough to avoid lawsuits?

Usually, no. Automated systems often fail accuracy standards. Human-reviewed or professionally produced captions are far more reliable and less risky.

What if our budget is limited?

Prioritize high-traffic or critical videos first. Over time, phase in captions for the rest. Some organizations also explore grants or enterprise discounts for large-scale projects.

Yes. Open captions (burned-in) can fulfill accessibility needs. However, they can’t be turned off, so many prefer closed captions for user flexibility.

How quickly should I fix outdated or missing captions?

As soon as possible. Promptly correcting caption issues after discovery can demonstrate good faith compliance, potentially reducing legal exposure if a complaint arises.

Pricing & Payments

Proofreading cost & quotes

At GoTranscript, proofreading/editing prices are based on the length of your audio/video file in minutes—plus any additional services (like timestamps or extra review). This ensures you’re only paying for the actual duration that needs to be reviewed, rather than a flat or hidden fee.

Below is a sample pricing table that outlines the cost per minute for proofreading, based on different turnaround times:

Language5 days (/min.)3 days (/min.)1 day (/min.)12 hours (/min.)
Arabic$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bengali$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bosnian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Catalan$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Chinese (simplified)$1.60$1.82$1.95$2.60
Chinese (traditional)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Croatian$1.65$1.98$2.30$2.48
Czech$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Danish$3.75$4.50$5.25$5.63
Dutch$2.00$2.00$2.80$3.00
English$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Filipino$1.13$1.35$1.58$1.70
Finnish$3.00$3.60$4.20$4.50
French$1.25$1.25$1.50$1.88
French (Canadian)$1.25$1.50$1.75$1.88
German$1.50$1.50$2.10$2.25
Greek$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Hebrew$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Hindi$1.50$1.80$2.10$2.25
Icelandic$1.88$2.08$2.30$2.50
Indonesian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Italian$1.88$1.88$2.25$2.83
Japanese$2.75$3.30$3.85$4.13
Korean$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Lithuanian$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Luxembourgish$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50
Malay$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Norwegian$4.13$4.95$5.78$6.20
Persian (Dari)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Persian (Farsi)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Polish$1.33$1.58$1.85$1.98
Portuguese$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Portuguese (Brazil)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Romanian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Russian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Serbian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Slovak$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Slovenian$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Spanish$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Spanish (Latin America)$0.58$0.63$0.68$1.18
Swahili$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Swedish$3.38$4.05$4.73$5.08
Thai$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Turkish$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95

Bulk discounts & enterprise rates

Do you regularly process high volumes of files or require a tailored billing solution? GoTranscript offers enterprise plans and bulk discounts for organizations, streamlining both costs and workflows. Below is an overview of our enterprise-friendly options, including API integrationmonthly billing, and custom account setups. Contact enterprise support to discuss.


1. Why Choose an Enterprise Plan?

  1. Volume-Based Discounts
    • Large-scale projects or recurring orders may qualify for special pricing tiers, lowering your per-minute or per-word costs.
  2. Dedicated Support
    • Enterprise clients often gain priority assistance, enabling faster turnarounds or real-time updates on bulk workflows.
  3. Custom Billing & Invoicing
    • We can arrange monthly or quarterly invoicing, purchase orders, or other flexible payment methods suited to corporate accounting practices.

2. Seamless API Integration

  1. Automated Workflows
    • If you have an existing platform or content management system, our API lets you upload, track, and retrieve files without manual intervention.
  2. Scalability
    • The API is built to handle large volumes of requests, making it ideal for enterprise users with ongoing or batch projects.
  3. Customization
    • Work with our Support Team to tailor the API endpoints to your unique needs—like specialized turnaround or metadata tagging.

3. How to Get Started

  1. Contact Enterprise Support
  2. Account Setup
    • Our team will guide you through enterprise account creation, including any necessary NDAs, HIPAAcompliance, or other documentation.
  3. Finalize Rates & Billing
    • Based on your estimated volume and project scope, we’ll propose discounted rates and a billing schedule that suits your internal processes.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is there a minimum volume requirement for bulk discounts?

Yes. Typically, you should meet or exceed 2,500 minutes (or the equivalent in word count for translations) in a given timeframe. Exact thresholds vary by service.

Can I switch from standard to enterprise billing mid-project?

Contact enterprise support to discuss. In many cases, we can migrate your account to an enterprise plan if you suddenly scale up.

Does the API require additional costs?

API access is usually included, but higher-volume usage tiers might involve unique or custom pricing. We’ll clarify any extra fees during your enterprise consultation.

Do you offer priority turnaround for enterprise clients?

Yes. Large or time-sensitive projects can be flagged for priority handling, often with a dedicated project manager to oversee them.

Section 504 & 508 compliance

Accessibility in the educational sector is more important than ever—especially with the rise of online coursesrecorded lectures, and virtual classrooms. Two primary U.S. regulations, Section 504 and Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, guide schools and universities in providing equal access to digital resources for all students. Subtitles (or closed captions) are a key part of meeting these standards.


1. Overview of Section 504 & 508

  1. Section 504
    • Prohibits discrimination based on disability in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance(e.g., public schools, universities).
    • Mandates reasonable accommodations for students who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
  2. Section 508
    • Applies to federal agencies and any educational institution using federal funds.
    • Focuses on electronic and information technology (EIT), requiring that online videos, documents, and other media be accessible.

Note: While these regulations specifically target federally funded institutions, many private schools voluntarily follow them to ensure full accessibility and avoid potential legal issues.


2. Why Subtitling Is Essential

  1. Inclusive Learning Environment
    • Subtitles help students with hearing impairments fully engage with lectures, tutorials, or extracurricular videos.
    • Also useful for non-native speakers or students watching in noisy environments.
  2. Legal & Funding Compliance
    • Institutions risk funding loss, legal complaints, or reputational harm if they fail to provide accessible content.
  3. Academic Performance
    • Studies show that captioned videos enhance comprehension, note-taking, and overall retention for alllearners.

3. How Subtitles Meet Compliance Standards

  1. Accurate Text Representation
    • Every spoken word, speaker identification, and critical sound cue (e.g., [laughter][sigh]) should be captured to mimic the audio experience.
  2. Timely Display
    • Subtitles must appear synchronously with the audio—giving students enough time to read and follow along.
  3. Multiple Formats
    • Providing closed captions (which can be turned on/off) is common, but open captions (always visible) or transcripts are also viable for compliance.
  4. Readability & Clarity
    • Follow guidelines on character limits per line and ensure text remains on screen long enough for comfortable reading.

4. Best Practices for Educational Subtitling

  1. Use Professional Services
    • Automated or auto-generated captions might be inaccurate, undermining compliance. Human-verifiedsubtitles ensure reliability.
  2. Offer Supplemental Materials
    • In addition to subtitles, provide transcripts or accessible documents for further reference.
  3. Address Specialized Courses
    • Courses involving complex jargon (e.g., medical, legal, technical) require subtitlers with subject-matter expertise.
  4. Monitor User Feedback
    • Encourage students and staff to report subtitling errors or missing captions so you can promptly fix them.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Does Section 504/508 require captions for all video content?

Generally, yes. Any educational video used in a course curriculum or made available to students under programs receiving federal assistance must be accessible, including captioning or subtitling.

Can auto-captioning tools be enough for compliance?

In most cases, no. Auto-captions often have accuracy issues. Professional review or editing is recommended to meet the high standard of correctness demanded by these regulations.

How can subtitles help English language learners (ELL)?

Subtitles benefit non-native speakers by reinforcing vocabulary and improving comprehension. They also serve as a study aid for reviewing complex lectures or advanced terminology.

Are transcripts alone acceptable instead of subtitles?

Transcripts are helpful but do not substitute for in-situ subtitles, which appear in real-time with audio. Regulations typically require both audio description and timed text for full accessibility.

Receiving final translations

Once your GoTranscript translation order is complete, retrieving your finished files is quick and straightforward. Follow this guide to reviewdownload, and finalize your translated documents or audio transcripts.


1. Check Your Order Status

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website, click Log In, and enter your credentials.
  2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”
    • Locate the section showing all your recent orders.
  3. Look for a Checkmark
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates your translation is ready.

2. Open the Order Details

  1. Identify the Correct Order ID
    • Each order has a unique ID (e.g., S2T123456). Confirm it matches the project you expect to download.
  2. Show Details(Optional)
    • If you want to see a breakdown of the language pairturnaround time, or added services (e.g., extra proofreading).

3. Download Your Translations

  1. Hover Over the Download Icon
    • You’ll usually see a downward arrow or a tooltip such as “Download all transcriptions translations.”
  2. Select the Format
    • Click the download button to retrieve your translated file(s).
    • Documents are often in DOCXPDF, or TXT formats. For audio translations, you may receive transcribed text in a chosen format.
  3. Bulk Download(If Applicable)
    • If multiple files or translations are packaged, they may come in a single ZIP file for convenience.

4. Reviewing and Finalizing

  1. Open the File
    • Double-check spellingterminology, and formatting—especially if you provided reference materials.
  2. Provide Feedback(Optional)
    • If you spot any issues or need minor adjustments, click Add Comment under the order or reach out to our Support Team.
  3. Confirm Completion
    • Once you’re satisfied, your translated document or audio transcript is ready for publishingsharing, or further use.

5. Additional Tips

  • Version Control: If you requested multiple target languages, label each file clearly (e.g., FrenchSpanish).
  • Keep Communication Open: You can add comments anytime if you realize new instructions or clarifications are needed.
  • Track Large Projects: For enterprise or bulk orders, you might see multiple partial downloads. Ensure you collect all relevant files before finalizing.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I know my translation is finished?

An email notification often goes out, or you can log in to see a checkmark or “Finished” status next to your order ID.

Can I re-download the same file later if I need it again?

Yes. As long as it remains in My & Team Orders, you can access and download it any time.

What if there’s an error or mismatch in terminology?

We offer a revision policy. Leave a comment under the order or contact support to request changes.

Are translations automatically deleted from my account after some time?

GoTranscript typically retains files for a set period. For specific retention policies or extended storage, check our Terms of Service or contact support.

Importance of native translators

When it comes to professional translation, native-speaking linguists bring a level of insight and authenticity that automated tools or non-native translators often cannot match. Below are the key reasons why GoTranscript relies on native translators to ensure top-quality, precise results.


1. Cultural Nuance and Idiomatic Expressions

  1. Beyond Word-for-Word
    • A direct translation may capture the literal meaning, but often misses the conversational tone or subtle humor woven into the text.
  2. Local Knowledge
    • Native speakers understand regional slangcustoms, and cultural references, ensuring your content resonates with the target audience.

2. Natural Flow and Readability

  1. Language Rhythm
    • Native translators instinctively know how sentences flow in their mother tongue—creating text that sounds natural, not “foreign.”
  2. Consistency
    • They maintain the same style throughout the document, be it formalcasual, or technical.

3. Contextual Accuracy

  1. Industry-Specific Terms
    • From medical to legal content, a native translator picks the correct term in context—something automated tools can easily confuse.
  2. Avoiding Literal Pitfalls
    • Idioms or figures of speech can become nonsensical if translated literally. Native speakers adapt them gracefully into the target language.

4. Fewer Revisions and Faster Delivery

  1. Reduced Errors
    • By starting with a native speaker, you’re less likely to require repeated edits or clarifications.
  2. Streamlined Process
    • This efficiency speeds up the overall project timeline and can lower costs associated with re-checking or rewriting flawed translations.

5. Ensuring Professionalism and Brand Integrity

  1. Consistent Branding
    • Whether it’s a marketing slogan or a product manual, you want your messaging to remain consistent across languages. Native translators protect your brand’s voice.
  2. Credibility
    • Poorly translated content can harm a company’s reputation. High-quality translations by native linguistssafeguard your image in global markets.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is it enough to be bilingual, or must a translator be a native speaker?

While bilingual skills are helpful, native-level mastery provides the deep cultural and linguistic awareness needed for truly polished translations.

Do you offer specialized native translators for technical fields?

Yes. We match subject-matter experts with your project—be it technicallegal, or medical—ensuring accuracy and industry-specific terminology.

How do you maintain consistency when multiple translators are involved?

We utilize style guides and glossaries to keep terms consistent. If multiple translators work on large projects, we have editors who cross-check for uniformity.

Can native translators handle dialectal differences within a language?

Absolutely. They typically know regional variations (e.g., Latin American Spanish vs. Castilian Spanish) and can adapt the translation accordingly.

Bulk discounts & enterprise rates

Do you regularly process high volumes of files or require a tailored billing solution? GoTranscript offers enterprise plans and bulk discounts for organizations, streamlining both costs and workflows. Below is an overview of our enterprise-friendly options, including API integrationmonthly billing, and custom account setups. Contact enterprise support to discuss.


1. Why Choose an Enterprise Plan?

  1. Volume-Based Discounts
    • Large-scale projects or recurring orders may qualify for special pricing tiers, lowering your per-minute or per-word costs.
  2. Dedicated Support
    • Enterprise clients often gain priority assistance, enabling faster turnarounds or real-time updates on bulk workflows.
  3. Custom Billing & Invoicing
    • We can arrange monthly or quarterly invoicing, purchase orders, or other flexible payment methods suited to corporate accounting practices.

2. Seamless API Integration

  1. Automated Workflows
    • If you have an existing platform or content management system, our API lets you upload, track, and retrieve files without manual intervention.
  2. Scalability
    • The API is built to handle large volumes of requests, making it ideal for enterprise users with ongoing or batch projects.
  3. Customization
    • Work with our Support Team to tailor the API endpoints to your unique needs—like specialized turnaround or metadata tagging.

3. How to Get Started

  1. Contact Enterprise Support
  2. Account Setup
    • Our team will guide you through enterprise account creation, including any necessary NDAs, HIPAAcompliance, or other documentation.
  3. Finalize Rates & Billing
    • Based on your estimated volume and project scope, we’ll propose discounted rates and a billing schedule that suits your internal processes.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is there a minimum volume requirement for bulk discounts?

Yes. Typically, you should meet or exceed 2,500 minutes (or the equivalent in word count for translations) in a given timeframe. Exact thresholds vary by service.

Can I switch from standard to enterprise billing mid-project?

Contact enterprise support to discuss. In many cases, we can migrate your account to an enterprise plan if you suddenly scale up.

Does the API require additional costs?

API access is usually included, but higher-volume usage tiers might involve unique or custom pricing. We’ll clarify any extra fees during your enterprise consultation.

Do you offer priority turnaround for enterprise clients?

Yes. Large or time-sensitive projects can be flagged for priority handling, often with a dedicated project manager to oversee them.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Proofreading manual drafts

Scenario: You or a freelancer has transcribed a meeting, seminar, or interview manually, resulting in a rough or partially complete draft.

Challenge: Despite best efforts, these DIY transcripts can contain typosmisheard segments, or inconsistent formatting—particularly if the audio was lengthy or had multiple speakers.

Solution: Our professional proofreaders align your text with the original audio, checking each section for accuracy and consistency. They correct grammar, clarify speaker labels, and, if requested, add timestamps or adhere to specific style guides—ensuring the transcript reflects your brand tone and communication standards.

Benefit: You avoid a full re-transcribe, saving time and money. The end result is a polished, professional-quality transcript that’s easy to share, reference, or publish.

Accuracy & Quality

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard video files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced captioning techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for even better precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

Initial Captioning

  • Highly skilled captioners with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.

Quality Check

  • A dedicated editor reviews each set of captions for consistency and correctness.

Optional Extra Review

  • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping to tackle unclear audio or thick accents.
  • Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits:
    An additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations and higher accuracy.
  • Reduced Errors:
    Ideal for videos with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality:
    Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy in your captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?
Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The fee covers extra quality checks needed for challenging recordings.


Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?
GoTranscript works hard to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.


Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?
Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every captioned video. If you spot any issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.


Does this extra cost apply to all files?
No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the additional charge does not apply.


Bottom Line:
Whether you have standard or challenging audio, GoTranscript’s layered quality checks and optional Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent feature help you achieve reliable, high-accuracy captions—even under tough conditions.

Ensuring captioning accuracy

GoTranscript Captioning Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists and captioners who use an in-house captioning system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Captioning

  • Professional linguists handle the first pass. Their expertise in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools often miss.

Secondary Review

  • second team member reviews each set of captions, checking for timing, accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.
  • Tip: If you have special formatting or technical jargon, reach out to Enterprise Support for a customized reviewprocess.

2. In-House Captioning System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that allows captioners and editors to work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can swiftly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: Fewer external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your caption files, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists and captioners on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s multi-layer review and proprietary captioning system, you’re assured of consistently high-quality captions—no matter how challenging your audio or video content may be.

Subtitles

Getting Started

Subtitles vs. closed captions

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Order subtitles

GoTranscript makes it straightforward to add subtitles to your videos—whether you need them in the original languageor a different language altogether. By following a few simple steps, you’ll get your file uploaded, specify your language, and receive professionally created subtitles that make your content accessible and engaging for a global audience.


1. Log In and Access the “Order Subtitles” Form

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and log in with your email and password.
  2. Place New Order
    • Locate the “Place new order” button (often on the left side of the dashboard).
    • Choose “Subtitles (or “Subtitling Services”) from the order options.

2. Upload Your Video File

  • File Selection
    • Upload your video file in a supported format (e.g., MP4, MOV, AVI) or paste a URL if it’s hosted on a platform like YouTube.
  • File Preview
    • Ensure the correct file is chosen—double-check the filename and duration.
  • Batch Uploads(Optional)
    • If you have multiple videos, you can batch upload them, saving time and streamlining the ordering process.

3. Fill Out the Subtitles Order Form

  1. Language From & Language To
    • Select the source language of the video (e.g., English).
    • Choose the target language for the subtitles (e.g., French).
    • If you’re just adding English subtitles to an English video, set the same language for both fields.
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose your preferred deadline (e.g., 1–2 days3–5 days, etc.).
    • Faster turnaround typically incurs additional fees.
  3. Open Captions
    • Yes: Subtitles become permanently burned into the video (cannot be turned off).
    • No: Subtitles are delivered as a separate file (e.g., SRT, VTT), and the viewer can toggle them on/off.
  4. Additional Review
    • Selecting Yes adds an extra layer of proofreading or specialized review—useful for technical or high-stakescontent.
  5. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate if the subtitles need an informalformaltechnical, or other style. This helps translators match the desired voice.
  6. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide helpful context, such as brand style, special terms, or the intended audience.
    • You can add references or URLs for additional guidance.

4. Review Pricing and Options

  1. Pricing Breakdown
    • You’ll see a per-minute rate and any additional costs (e.g., rush fees, extra review).
  2. Bulk Discounts(If Applicable)
    • Large orders may automatically qualify for a discount.
    • For enterprise-level projects or special requests, contact Support.

5. Complete Your Order and Payment

  1. Confirm Order Details
    • Double-check language selectionsturnaroundopen captions status, and instructions.
  2. Proceed to Payment
    • Use your credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
  3. Order Confirmation
    • You’ll receive an email confirming the order, and your transcript/subtitle status will be visible in the dashboard.

6. Receive and Download Your Subtitles

  1. Status Updates
    • You’ll be notified via email (or SMS if configured) when your subtitles are finished.
    • Check your dashboard to download them in your chosen format (e.g., SRTVTTSBV).
  2. Open Captions(If Selected)
    • If you opted for “Yes,” you’ll receive a video file with the subtitles permanently embedded.
  3. Review and Make Revisions(Optional)
    • If you spot any errors, contact Support or request a revision—free of charge until you’re satisfied.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I get subtitles in multiple languages for the same video?

Yes. Simply add multiple language pairs or place separate orders specifying different target languages.

What file format is best for subtitles?

SRT is the most widely used. However, you can choose VTTSBV, or even burned-in (open captions), depending on your needs and platform compatibility.

Do I need a transcript before ordering subtitles?

No. GoTranscript creates subtitles directly from your audio/video file. If you want a separate transcript file, you can order transcription and subtitles together.

Will the subtitles include sound effects or speaker labels?

Subtitles typically focus on dialogue or translations. If you need closed captions (including sound effects, music cues, and speaker IDs), check the appropriate option or specify it in the notes.

Pricing & Payments

Subtitles cost & quotes

Subtitling your videos can make them globally accessible, engaging viewers across languages and platforms. At GoTranscript, we keep subtitles pricing transparent and straightforward, with options to match your budget and turnaround needs. Below is an overview of how subtitle costs work—and how you can estimate your project’s total in a few clicks.


1. Where to Calculate Your Subtitles Cost

For an instant estimate, simply visit the GoTranscript Subtitling Cost Estimate page. Input details such as:

  1. Video Duration: Enter hours and minutes to see how costs scale.
  2. Language From & Language To: Prices may differ based on the source and target languages.
  3. Turnaround Time: Choose the speed you need—faster delivery may incur a higher rate.
  4. Additional Services: Options like open captions (burned-in text) or extra review can add minor surcharges.

Tip: Once you input these parameters, the page instantly displays your estimated cost. Adjust fields as needed to compare rates.


2. Standard Subtitling Rates

  1. Per-Minute Pricing
    • You pay based on the length of your audio/video file—no hidden fees.
  2. Language Complexity
    • Subtitling in the original language (e.g., English video to English subtitles) might differ from translation subtitles (e.g., English to French).
  3. Turnaround Speed
    • 1–2 days3–5 days, or even 6–12 hour options may be available, each at varying price points.

3. Optional Add-Ons

  1. Open Captions
    • Permanently “burn” subtitles into the video so they can’t be turned off.
    • Flat Fee: For example, $10 per file (subject to change; check the estimate tool for current rates).
  2. Additional Review
    • A second round of checks for projects that demand high accuracy or specialized industry knowledge.
    • Usually a small add-on cost per minute or flat rate per project.
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If your total minutes are significant, you may qualify for a volume-based discount.
    • Contact Enterprise Support for custom solutions if you consistently handle large volumes.

4. Downloading an Official GoTranscript Quote

After you fill in the details on the Subtitling Cost Estimate page, you can usually download an official quote for your records or corporate approval. This PDF outlines:

  • Per-minute cost
  • Turnaround time
  • Optional services (open captions, extra review)
  • Total estimated price

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do rates differ for language translation vs. same-language subtitles?

Yes. Translation (English to French) typically costs more than same-language subtitles (English to English). Check the estimate page for an accurate breakdown.

What if I have a long video with poor audio quality?

We can still subtitle your video, though there may be additional surcharges if it requires more effort or specialized review. This will be reflected in your estimate.

Can I get open captions for any language?

Absolutely. Open captions can be applied to any language track. The system will add a flat fee per file if you select “Yes” for open captions.

Do I pay before or after seeing the final subtitles?

You’ll see the estimated total before paying. Once you place an order, you can track progress in your dashboard, and you only pay for the services you select.

Language Coverage & Specializations

Supported subtitle languages

GoTranscript offers subtitles in a wide range of languages, ensuring your video content resonates with audiences all over the globe. From mainstream options like English, Spanish, and French to specialized or regional dialects, our service covers most common needs—and we frequently expand our list to accommodate custom requests.


Languages We Support

Below is a concise table of our most commonly supported languages and dialects for subtitles:

Supported Languages
English (U.S., U.K., Australian variants)
Spanish (European, Latin American)
French (European, Canadian)
German
Italian
Portuguese (Brazilian, European)
Russian
Japanese
Korean
Chinese (Simplified, Traditional)
Arabic
Hindi
Polish
Dutch
Swedish
Norwegian
Danish
Czech
Finnish
Turkish
Indonesian
Thai

Tip: If your project involves regional accents or industry-specific jargon, mention these in your order instructions to help our subtitlers maintain accuracy.


Not Seeing Your Preferred Language?

If you require subtitles in a language not listed above, don’t hesitate to contact our Support Team. We regularly update our language offerings and may be able to accommodate more specialized requests or dialects.


Same-Language vs. Translation Subtitles

  1. Same-Language Subtitles
    • Perfect for clarity and accessibility (e.g., English video with English subtitles).
  2. Translation Subtitles
    • For reaching new audiences when your source and target languages differ (e.g., English video with Spanish subtitles).

How to Order Subtitles

  1. Upload Your Video to the Subtitling Order Page.
  2. Select Your Language from the dropdown options— choose both the source and the target languages.
  3. Pick a Turnaround Time that matches your schedule.
  4. Specify Any Special Requirements, such as open captions or industry-specific terminology.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order subtitles in multiple languages for one video?

Yes. Place separate orders for each language track, or let our support team know if you need multiple subtitle files in different languages.

Do you offer open captions for these languages?

Absolutely. We can burn subtitles directly into the video (open captions) or supply them as separate files (closed captions).

How do I ensure accuracy for technical or brand-specific terms?

Provide detailed instructions or reference materials during checkout. This helps our subtitlers maintain consistency and proper terminology.

Is pricing the same for all languages?

Costs can vary by language complexity and subtitler availability. Use our Subtitling Cost Estimate tool for an accurate quote.

Native translator expertise

GoTranscript stands apart by providing high-quality subtitles delivered by native translators who specialize in a broad range of industries. From medical and legal fields to marketingtechnology, and beyond, our linguistic experts ensure your video content speaks authentically to its intended audience—no matter the language or cultural context.


1. Native Translators for True Linguistic Precision

  • Mother-Tongue Expertise
    Each translator subtitling your video is a native speaker of the target language. This eliminates awkward phrasing or misinterpretations often seen in automated translations.
  • Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    Being deeply rooted in the target culture, our translators capture idiomsslang, and regional expressions that enrich your subtitles with authentic flair.

2. Specialized Knowledge in Various Industries

  • Medical & Healthcare
    Translators with a medical background handle complex terminology (e.g., pharmaceutical jargon or hospital protocols) to ensure precise and legally compliant subtitles.
  • Legal & Financial
    For court proceedings, contracts, or corporate disclosures, we assign specialized translators who understand legal frameworks and industry-specific vocabulary.
  • Technology & IT
    From software demos to product launch videos, translators with tech expertise deliver accurate, up-to-date terms in fields like SaaS, AI, and cybersecurity.
  • Marketing & Creative Fields
    Convey the right tone and branding by working with translators who excel at persuasive and localized messaging.

3. Rigorous Quality Control & Collaboration

  1. Human-Centric Review
    • No machine translation can match the skill of real humans. Your subtitles are reviewed by editors who finalize language style, consistency, and timing.
  2. Feedback Loop
    • We invite you to share brand glossaries or project briefs, ensuring the final output aligns perfectly with your corporate identity or creative vision.

4. Adherence to Subtitling Best Practices

  • Timing & Synchronization
    Translators follow strict guidelines for line length, reading speed, and on-screen duration so viewers can easily follow the text.
  • Character Limits
    By adhering to industry standards (e.g., 42 characters per line), our subtitles remain readable and non-intrusive.
  • Contextual Clarity
    Where needed, we add short speaker identifiers or brief clarifications to help viewers fully grasp the content.

5. Benefits of Native, Specialized Translators

  1. Accurate Localization
    • Subtleties in humor, cultural references, or idiomatic expressions come through naturally, building deeper connections with your global audience.
  2. Professional Tone & Style
    • Whether you need formaltechnical language or a casualcreative vibe, our industry-specialized linguists deliver the right voice every time.
  3. Confidence in Quality
    • By entrusting subtitling to field experts, you reduce the risk of mistranslations that could harm credibility or even lead to legal complications.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do you ensure the translator has the right industry knowledge?

We maintain a diverse pool of vetted translators, each with subject matter expertise. When your order arrives, we matchit to the most qualified linguist on our team.

Is there an extra fee for specialized translators?

Prices vary based on language pair and complexity. View an instant quote at our Subtitling Cost Estimate page, or contact us for enterprise rates.

Can I request revisions or clarifications if needed?

Absolutely. We offer a revision loop, so you can fine-tune subtitles until they align perfectly with your brand messaging or technical standards.

Do you only offer translation, or can you do same-language subtitles as well?

We offer both. Our same-language subtitles are handled by dedicated transcriptionists and editors, while translations require native translators skilled in your target language.

Accessibility & Compliance

ADA compliance for subtitles

Subtitles play a vital role in creating an accessible online experience for people with hearing disabilities—and thus are an important tool for meeting ADA (Americans with Disabilities Act) requirements. By making your videos readable as well as watchable, you ensure that Deaf and hard-of-hearing individuals can fully engage with the content you produce.


1. Understanding ADA Requirements for Video Content

  1. Equal Access
    • The ADA mandates that individuals with disabilities must have access to the same information as those without disabilities.
    • Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) can limit the video’s usability for Deaf or hard-of-hearing viewers.
  2. Applicability
    • While ADA requirements primarily concern public accommodations (schools, businesses, government entities), there’s been increasing scrutiny of online video accessibility—especially for businesses and educational institutions.

2. How Subtitles Aid ADA Compliance

  1. Improved Accessibility
    • Subtitles convey dialoguespeaker identification, and essential cues (e.g., laughter or music) to bridge the gap for those who can’t hear the audio.
  2. Legal Protection
    • Providing accurate subtitles helps protect you from possible complaints or legal action alleging discrimination under the ADA.
  3. Wider Audience Reach
    • Not only do Deaf/hard-of-hearing viewers benefit, but people who watch videos in sound-sensitive environments—like offices or public spaces—also appreciate subtitles.

3. Best Practices for Subtitles Under the ADA

  1. Accuracy & Completeness
    • Subtitles should match the spoken words precisely, including important background sounds or speaker labels.
  2. Timely Synchronization
    • The text must appear in sync with the audio, allowing viewers to read comfortably while following the speaker.
  3. Adequate Text Display
    • Ensure subtitles remain on screen long enough to be read, typically following industry guidelines on reading speed.
  4. No Missing Segments
    • All audible content, including namestechnical jargon, or brand terms, should be reflected to guarantee no information is lost.

4. Steps to Implement ADA-Compliant Subtitles

  1. Transcribe or Translate
    • First, create an accurate transcript. For foreign-language content, also provide translations.
  2. Choose Subtitle Format
    • Decide between closed captions (viewers can turn them on/off) or open captions (always visible).
  3. Use Professional Services
    • To ensure high quality and consistency, consider partnering with a reputable subtitling or captioning provider.
  4. Continuous Testing & Feedback
    • Monitor user feedback, update subtitles if content changes, and maintain a consistent style for clarity.

5. Additional Accessibility Considerations

  1. Audio Descriptions
    • Some ADA guidelines also recommend describing key visual elements for blind or low-vision viewers.
  2. WCAG Standards
    • Following the Web Content Accessibility Guidelines (WCAG) can further strengthen your efforts to create an inclusive digital environment.
  3. Platform-Specific Requirements
    • Each video platform (e.g., YouTube, Vimeo, social media) may have different methods for uploading subtitle files or enabling closed captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need both subtitles and closed captions?

Subtitles are typically sufficient for ADA compliance if they include non-speech cues and speaker IDs—in other words, if they effectively function like closed captions. If you only display dialogue without indicating sound effects, you may not meet full accessibility standards.

Can automated captions meet ADA requirements?

Auto-generated captions often fall short in accuracy and completeness, leading to misunderstandings. For ADA compliance, it’s best to review or edit auto-captions or use professional services.

Does the ADA apply to all online videos?

In many cases, yes. The ADA’s scope has been interpreted to include online businesses and public-facing educational websites. If your content is intended for the general public, providing subtitles can help meet accessibility obligations.

Where do I start if my organization needs subtitles for existing videos?

Begin by auditing your existing media and prioritizing videos that get the most traffic or serve critical functions (e.g., educational, marketing, or training videos). Then, engage a subtitling provider to address these pieces first.

Section 504 & 508 compliance

Accessibility in the educational sector is more important than ever—especially with the rise of online coursesrecorded lectures, and virtual classrooms. Two primary U.S. regulations, Section 504 and Section 508 of the Rehabilitation Act, guide schools and universities in providing equal access to digital resources for all students. Subtitles (or closed captions) are a key part of meeting these standards.


1. Overview of Section 504 & 508

  1. Section 504
    • Prohibits discrimination based on disability in any program or activity receiving federal financial assistance(e.g., public schools, universities).
    • Mandates reasonable accommodations for students who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
  2. Section 508
    • Applies to federal agencies and any educational institution using federal funds.
    • Focuses on electronic and information technology (EIT), requiring that online videos, documents, and other media be accessible.

Note: While these regulations specifically target federally funded institutions, many private schools voluntarily follow them to ensure full accessibility and avoid potential legal issues.


2. Why Subtitling Is Essential

  1. Inclusive Learning Environment
    • Subtitles help students with hearing impairments fully engage with lectures, tutorials, or extracurricular videos.
    • Also useful for non-native speakers or students watching in noisy environments.
  2. Legal & Funding Compliance
    • Institutions risk funding loss, legal complaints, or reputational harm if they fail to provide accessible content.
  3. Academic Performance
    • Studies show that captioned videos enhance comprehension, note-taking, and overall retention for alllearners.

3. How Subtitles Meet Compliance Standards

  1. Accurate Text Representation
    • Every spoken word, speaker identification, and critical sound cue (e.g., [laughter][sigh]) should be captured to mimic the audio experience.
  2. Timely Display
    • Subtitles must appear synchronously with the audio—giving students enough time to read and follow along.
  3. Multiple Formats
    • Providing closed captions (which can be turned on/off) is common, but open captions (always visible) or transcripts are also viable for compliance.
  4. Readability & Clarity
    • Follow guidelines on character limits per line and ensure text remains on screen long enough for comfortable reading.

4. Best Practices for Educational Subtitling

  1. Use Professional Services
    • Automated or auto-generated captions might be inaccurate, undermining compliance. Human-verifiedsubtitles ensure reliability.
  2. Offer Supplemental Materials
    • In addition to subtitles, provide transcripts or accessible documents for further reference.
  3. Address Specialized Courses
    • Courses involving complex jargon (e.g., medical, legal, technical) require subtitlers with subject-matter expertise.
  4. Monitor User Feedback
    • Encourage students and staff to report subtitling errors or missing captions so you can promptly fix them.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Does Section 504/508 require captions for all video content?

Generally, yes. Any educational video used in a course curriculum or made available to students under programs receiving federal assistance must be accessible, including captioning or subtitling.

Can auto-captioning tools be enough for compliance?

In most cases, no. Auto-captions often have accuracy issues. Professional review or editing is recommended to meet the high standard of correctness demanded by these regulations.

How can subtitles help English language learners (ELL)?

Subtitles benefit non-native speakers by reinforcing vocabulary and improving comprehension. They also serve as a study aid for reviewing complex lectures or advanced terminology.

Are transcripts alone acceptable instead of subtitles?

Transcripts are helpful but do not substitute for in-situ subtitles, which appear in real-time with audio. Regulations typically require both audio description and timed text for full accessibility.

Accessibility regulations

As more businesses and educational institutions expand their online presenceaccessibility regulations are rapidly evolving to include web-based content. Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) for video can result in fineslawsuits, and reputational damage. Below is a breakdown of key steps to help you stay compliant and sidestep legal issues.


  1. ADA, Section 504 & 508
    • U.S. laws generally require reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities, which includes accessible video content.
    • If your platform or content serves the public or receives federal funding, you likely need to provide accurate subtitles or closed captions.
  2. FCC Regulations
    • Broadcast or cable programs redistributed online must comply with FCC captioning standards.
    • Fines can range from thousands to millions of dollars, depending on the extent and duration of non-compliance.
  3. International Standards
    • Countries worldwide have their own rules (e.g., EU Audiovisual Media Services Directive).
    • Staying informed about local regulations can prevent cross-border legal complications.

2. Potential Consequences of Non-Compliance

  1. Hefty Fines
    • Regulatory bodies (FCC, DOJ, etc.) can impose large penalties per violation or per day of non-compliance.
  2. Litigation & Class Actions
    • Advocacy groups regularly file lawsuits against organizations lacking proper captions, leading to legal fees and settlement costs.
  3. Brand Damage
    • News of accessibility lawsuits travels fast, potentially deterring customers and harming public image.

3. Strategies to Stay Ahead

  1. Proactive Audits
    • Review your entire video library. Identify uncaptioned or poorly captioned files and correct them before a complaint arises.
  2. Implement Accessibility Policies
    • Adopt formal guidelines: for instance, require all new video content to be captioned before release.
    • Train staff to include accessibility at the production stage rather than as an afterthought.
  3. Use Reputable Subtitling Services
    • Automated solutions can be error-prone, risking partial or inaccurate captions.
    • Professional providers ensure consistent formattingtimely synchronization, and subject-matter expertiseif needed.
  4. Monitor Regulatory Changes
    • Laws can evolve, or new rulings may set precedent. Subscribe to relevant industry updates or consult legal experts to stay informed.

4. Best Practices for Accessible Subtitles

  1. Accuracy
    • Strive for 99% or higher word-for-word alignment, plus non-speech audio cues like [applause] or [phone ringing].
  2. Readable Formatting
    • Keep line lengths and reading speeds comfortable (e.g., no more than 42 characters per line).
  3. Multiple Languages
    • Provide subtitles in each language offered if your brand is multilingual.
  4. User Control
    • Ensure players support toggling closed captions on/off and adjusting text size or style.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are automated captions enough to avoid lawsuits?

Usually, no. Automated systems often fail accuracy standards. Human-reviewed or professionally produced captions are far more reliable and less risky.

What if our budget is limited?

Prioritize high-traffic or critical videos first. Over time, phase in captions for the rest. Some organizations also explore grants or enterprise discounts for large-scale projects.

Yes. Open captions (burned-in) can fulfill accessibility needs. However, they can’t be turned off, so many prefer closed captions for user flexibility.

How quickly should I fix outdated or missing captions?

As soon as possible. Promptly correcting caption issues after discovery can demonstrate good faith compliance, potentially reducing legal exposure if a complaint arises.

Order Management

Download subtitles

GoTranscript makes it easy to download your completed subtitle files in formats like SRT, along with any associated transcriptions or translations. Below is a step-by-step guide to retrieving your files directly from your My & team orders dashboard.


1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Website
    • Click Log In (top-right corner) and enter your email and password.
  2. Access Your Dashboard
    • After logging in, you’ll land on the main dashboard or see a menu to navigate.

2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”

  1. Find the Orders Section
  2. Filter Your Results(Optional)
    • If you only want to see subtitle orders, use the dropdown to filter by Subtitles.
    • You can also search by date range or order type to narrow down results.

3. Locate Your Subtitle Order

  1. Order ID
    • Each order is assigned a unique Order ID (e.g., S2T8621994).
  2. Check Order Status
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates that the subtitles are ready to download.
  3. View or Add Comments
    • If you need to provide feedback or request revisions, click Add Comment before downloading.

  1. Hover Over the Download Button
    • You’ll typically see an icon (downward arrow) or a tooltip labeled “Download all transcriptions translations”.
  2. Click to Open Options
    • Choose SRT or other available subtitle formats (e.g., VTT, SBV), depending on your needs.
    • If transcription or translation files are included, they can also be selected or downloaded in bulk.

Tip: Some orders may include additional languages or Open Captions files. Check the format list to ensure you pick the correct one.


5. Handling Transcription & Translation Files

  1. Transcription Documents
    • Often delivered in .docx.pdf, or .txt formats.
  2. Translation Files
    • If you requested subtitles in multiple languages, you might see separate SRT files (e.g., VideoName_EN.srtVideoName_ES.srt).
  3. Bulk Download
    • Clicking Download all transcriptions translations may bundle multiple files into a single ZIP folder for convenience.

6. Frequently Asked Questions

What if my order isn’t showing as finished?

In-progress orders can’t be downloaded yet. Wait for the transcript or subtitles to be completed (you’ll usually get an email notification), then refresh or revisit the My & team orders page.

Can I download open captions as a separate file?

No. Open captions are typically burned into the video, so there isn’t a separate file to download. You’ll receive a video file containing permanent subtitles.

Are these files compatible with common video players?

Yes. SRTVTT, and SBV formats work with major platforms (YouTube, Vimeo, etc.) and media players (VLC, QuickTime). Check your platform’s guidelines to ensure correct syncing.

Can teammates also access these downloads?

Team members with the appropriate role (Manager or Owner) can log in and download the files. Viewers or Users may have more limited permissions.

Supported languages

GoTranscript Transcription Services cater to a global audience by offering one of the widest language selections in the industry. From English and French to Chinese and Arabic, GoTranscript ensures your content is transcribed accurately, no matter the language.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides faster turnaround options in most languages!

1. Comprehensive Language List

GoTranscript supports a diverse range of languages, making it a top choice for international transcription services. Below is the complete list:

  • Arabic
  • Bengali
  • Bosnian
  • Catalan
  • Chinese (Simplified)
  • Chinese (Traditional)
  • Croatian
  • Czech
  • Danish
  • Dutch
  • English
  • Filipino
  • Finnish
  • French
  • French (Canadian)
  • German
  • Greek
  • Hebrew
  • Hindi
  • Icelandic
  • Indonesian
  • Italian
  • Japanese
  • Korean
  • Lithuanian
  • Luxembourgish
  • Malay
  • Norwegian
  • Persian (Dari)
  • Persian (Farsi)
  • Polish
  • Portuguese
  • Portuguese (Brazil)
  • Romanian
  • Russian
  • Serbian
  • Slovak
  • Slovenian
  • Spanish
  • Spanish (Latin America)
  • Swahili
  • Swedish
  • Thai
  • Turkish
  • Ukrainian
  • Vietnamese

2. Why Choose GoTranscript for Multiple Languages?

  1. Expert Linguists: Skilled transcriptionists and editors who understand local dialects and nuances.
  2. High AccuracyHuman-generated transcripts reduce errors and preserve context.
  3. Secure & Confidential: Your files remain protected through advanced data security measures.
  4. Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options to fit various timelines and budgets.

3. How to Order a Transcription in Your Preferred Language

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Order Page.
  2. Upload your audio or video file (or paste a URL).
  3. Select your language from the dropdown menu.
  4. Choose turnaround time (standard or expedited).
  5. Review pricing and finalize your order.
  6. Receive your completed transcript via your dashboard.

Uploads & Security

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Closed captions vs. subtitles

Whether you’re watching a movie or attending an online lecture, text on screen can help viewers follow along more easily. However, closed captions and subtitles aren’t the same thing. Each serves a different purpose and provides distinct benefits to various audiences.


What Are Closed Captions?

  1. Definition
    • Closed captions (CC) are text versions of the spoken dialogue, as well as non-speech elements such as background music, sound effects, and speaker identification.
  2. Target Audience
    • Primarily created for viewers who are Deaf or hard of hearing.
    • The detailed sound cues and tone annotations give context missing in purely spoken form.
  3. Visibility
    • Closed captions can be turned on or off by the viewer.
    • Widely used in broadcast TV, online streaming platforms, and public screenings to comply with accessibility regulations (e.g., FCC requirements in the U.S.).
  4. Audio Descriptions
    • In addition to dialogue, closed captions often include phrases like [music playing][dog barking], or [door slams], giving context and atmosphere.

What Are Subtitles?

  1. Definition
    • Subtitles are text translations or transcriptions of spoken dialogue. They typically don’t include extra details like sound effects or speaker labels.
  2. Target Audience
    • Mostly used by viewers who can hear but need help understanding the spoken language—often because it’s a foreign language, or the speaker has a distinct accent.
  3. Language Translation
    • Subtitles often involve translating one language to another. For instance, an English film with Spanish subtitles caters to Spanish-speaking viewers.
  4. Limited Sound Cues
    • Subtitles usually focus on what’s being said, omitting cues like background noises or music descriptions. The assumption is that viewers can hear these sounds, just not follow the language.

Key Differences at a Glance

FeatureClosed CaptionsSubtitles
Includes Sound EffectsYes (e.g., [door creaks][laughter])Rarely (mainly dialogue)
Speaker IdentificationOften providedTypically omitted
Intended AudienceDeaf/Hard of HearingHearing viewers needing language support
On/Off ControlUsually optionalUsually optional
Common Use CaseAccessibility complianceForeign language translation

Why It Matters

  1. Accessibility & Inclusivity
    • Closed captions fulfill the needs of viewers who can’t hear the audio.
    • Subtitles help bridging language barriers for hearing audiences.
  2. Regulations & Requirements
    • In many regions, CC is mandated for TV broadcasts and online streaming to accommodate people with hearing impairments.
    • Subtitles are typically provided at the content creator’s discretion or to increase international reach.
  3. User Experience
    • Providing both options can cater to a wider audience—people may want or need translations, or rely on descriptive sound cues.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can a video have both subtitles and closed captions at the same time?

Yes. A single video can offer multiple tracks—one for closed captions (containing sound cues) and another strictly for subtitles (dialogue translation). Viewers choose whichever track best meets their needs.

Are subtitles and closed captions interchangeable in all situations?

Not exactly. If an organization aims to comply with accessibility guidelines for Deaf/Hard-of-Hearing viewers, they need closed captions, not just subtitles that omit important non-verbal elements.

Is there a difference between “Open” and “Closed” captions?

  • Closed captions can be switched on or off by the viewer.
  • Open captions are permanently visible on-screen and cannot be turned off.

Do subtitles ever include speaker identification or music notes?

Sometimes, but typically not. Subtitles are mostly dialogue-focused and assume the viewer can hear background sounds.

Order Management

Download subtitles

GoTranscript makes it easy to download your completed subtitle files in formats like SRT, along with any associated transcriptions or translations. Below is a step-by-step guide to retrieving your files directly from your My & team orders dashboard.


1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript Website
    • Click Log In (top-right corner) and enter your email and password.
  2. Access Your Dashboard
    • After logging in, you’ll land on the main dashboard or see a menu to navigate.

2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”

  1. Find the Orders Section
  2. Filter Your Results(Optional)
    • If you only want to see subtitle orders, use the dropdown to filter by Subtitles.
    • You can also search by date range or order type to narrow down results.

3. Locate Your Subtitle Order

  1. Order ID
    • Each order is assigned a unique Order ID (e.g., S2T8621994).
  2. Check Order Status
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates that the subtitles are ready to download.
  3. View or Add Comments
    • If you need to provide feedback or request revisions, click Add Comment before downloading.

  1. Hover Over the Download Button
    • You’ll typically see an icon (downward arrow) or a tooltip labeled “Download all transcriptions translations”.
  2. Click to Open Options
    • Choose SRT or other available subtitle formats (e.g., VTT, SBV), depending on your needs.
    • If transcription or translation files are included, they can also be selected or downloaded in bulk.

Tip: Some orders may include additional languages or Open Captions files. Check the format list to ensure you pick the correct one.


5. Handling Transcription & Translation Files

  1. Transcription Documents
    • Often delivered in .docx.pdf, or .txt formats.
  2. Translation Files
    • If you requested subtitles in multiple languages, you might see separate SRT files (e.g., VideoName_EN.srtVideoName_ES.srt).
  3. Bulk Download
    • Clicking Download all transcriptions translations may bundle multiple files into a single ZIP folder for convenience.

6. Frequently Asked Questions

What if my order isn’t showing as finished?

In-progress orders can’t be downloaded yet. Wait for the transcript or subtitles to be completed (you’ll usually get an email notification), then refresh or revisit the My & team orders page.

Can I download open captions as a separate file?

No. Open captions are typically burned into the video, so there isn’t a separate file to download. You’ll receive a video file containing permanent subtitles.

Are these files compatible with common video players?

Yes. SRTVTT, and SBV formats work with major platforms (YouTube, Vimeo, etc.) and media players (VLC, QuickTime). Check your platform’s guidelines to ensure correct syncing.

Can teammates also access these downloads?

Team members with the appropriate role (Manager or Owner) can log in and download the files. Viewers or Users may have more limited permissions.

Accuracy & Quality

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services deliver high-quality results by employing a double-layer quality control approach. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, we rely on professional editors and a proprietary in-house platform to refine your existing transcripts—eliminating errors and preserving context without relying on external, third-party tools.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Proofreading

  • Professional Editors: Skilled proofreaders (often with backgrounds in linguistics or related fields) handle the first pass, listening to your audio and comparing it with the provided transcript.
  • Context & Nuance: Their familiarity with different accents, dialects, and terminologies allows them to catch subtle misinterpretations that automated tools typically miss.

Secondary Review

  • Double Check for Accuracy: A second editor reviews the updated transcript for any remaining mistakes—correcting grammar, verifying speaker labels, and ensuring consistent formatting.
  • Grammar & Style: This pass also standardizes the transcript according to your chosen style (clean verbatim, full verbatim, or other guidelines).

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Additional Review: Enterprise clients or users with specialized needs (e.g., legal, medical) can opt for a third quality check, offering an extra layer of precision.

Tip: If your project involves specialized formatting, industry jargon, or brand-specific terms, reach out to Enterprise Support for a tailored solution.


2. In-House Proofreading Platform

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary system that streamlines the entire proofreading workflow. Unlike many companies that rely on external software, our in-house platform:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built tools minimize typos and help editors maintain consistent speaker labels.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can flag and correct inconsistencies faster, ensuring quicker turnarounds.
  • Protects Data: Because we avoid external integrations, there’s a lower risk of security breaches for your sensitive content.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

Client Feedback Loop

  • Revisions on Request: After receiving your proofread transcript, you can still request revisions if you spot any issues or need a minor style adjustment.

Ongoing Skill Development

  • Training for Editors: We regularly update our team on new industry termsbrand preferences, and evolving language standards, ensuring we deliver top-notch accuracy every time.

By applying this systematic approach—two (or three) layers of editorial review, a powerful in-house platform, and continuous feedback—GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services guarantee a polished, precise final document that aligns perfectly with your audio and specific requirements.

Accuracy & Quality

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript Transcription Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists who use an in-house transcription system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Professional linguists handle the initial pass. Their background in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools may miss.
  2. Secondary Review
    • second team member reviews each transcript, checking for accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.
  3. Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)
    • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.

Tip: If you have special formatting or jargon needs, reach out to Enterprise Support to learn more about our customized review process.


2. In-House Transcription System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that helps transcribers and editors work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can quickly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: No external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your transcript, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard audio files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced transcription techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for improved precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Highly skilled transcribers with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.
  2. Quality Check
    • A dedicated editor reviews each transcript for consistency and correctness.
  3. Optional Extra Review
    • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping combat unclear audio or thick accents.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits: Additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations.
  • Reduced Errors: Ideal for files with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality: Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?

Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The extra fee covers additional quality checks needed for challenging recordings.

Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?

GoTranscript does its best to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.

Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?

Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every transcript. If you spot issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.

Does this extra cost apply to all files?

No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the extra charge does not apply.

API

Proofreading API

Looking to automate your proofreading process and seamlessly integrate it into your existing platform—be it a web appmobile app, or proprietary software? The GoTranscript Proofreading API is here to help. By connecting directly to our services, you can upload your audio/transcript pairs, handle large volumes of files, and receive correctedhigh-quality documents without ever logging into the GoTranscript dashboard.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript Proofreading API?

  1. Automation
    • Eliminate repetitive tasks by having your files automatically submitted for proofreading and returned once finalized.
  2. Scalability
    • Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve proofread transcripts on demand, perfect for growing businesses or content-heavy platforms.
  3. Customization
    • Adapt the proofreading workflow to match your unique projectindustry requirements, or custom formatting needs.

2. How It Works

Enable API Access

  1. Sign Up or Log In
  2. Obtain API Credentials
    • Our developers offer free setup assistance, helping you secure and configure your account for a smooth launch.
    • Check out the API Documentation for technical details.

Send Audio & Transcript Files

  1. Automatic Submission
    • Your system sends audio/video and corresponding draft transcripts to GoTranscript via the API.
  2. No Manual Upload
    • There’s no need to log into the dashboard; everything happens under the hood.

Behind-the-Scenes Editing

  1. Professional Editors
    • Human proofreaders align your transcript with the audio, correcting grammar, formatting, and any misheard segments.
  2. Optional Services
    • If needed, add timestamps, speaker identification, or specialized review (e.g., legal/medical formatting).

Seamless Return of Proofread Documents

  1. Direct Delivery
    • Once finished, your proofed transcript is sent back to your system via the API.
  2. Fully Automated
    • Download, store, or display the completed text without leaving your own platform.

Tip: For step-by-step integration guidance, check the API Documentation. Need extra help? Our developers are on hand free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  1. Initial Setup
    • We’ll walk you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account for automated proofreading.
  2. Integration Support
    • If you run into issues at any step, just reach out. We’ll help you connect your application to our servers.
  3. Troubleshooting
    • Our dedicated support team can diagnose errors or unexpected results, offering personalized fixes to keep you on track.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, making the integration process smooth and stress-free.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all business, technical, and bulk project needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute or per-project pricing when dealing with high volumes.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Choose monthly/quarterly invoicing, purchase orders (PO), or 30-day payments for easy budget management.

Related Link: Learn more about Bulk Discounts and Enterprise Rates for custom solutions.


Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers handle the heavy lifting—free of charge.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. If you have high-volume or complex proofreading needs, consider our Enterprise Support for bulk discounts and additional features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve issues or queries.


By leveraging the GoTranscript Proofreading API, you can seamlessly automate the editing of your transcripts—integrating directly into your platform and cutting down on manual tasks. For high-volume workflows or specialized needs, explore our Enterprise Support to unlock bulk discounts, dedicated account management, and flexible billing.

Accessibility regulations

As more businesses and educational institutions expand their online presenceaccessibility regulations are rapidly evolving to include web-based content. Failing to provide subtitles (or closed captions) for video can result in fineslawsuits, and reputational damage. Below is a breakdown of key steps to help you stay compliant and sidestep legal issues.


  1. ADA, Section 504 & 508
    • U.S. laws generally require reasonable accommodations for individuals with disabilities, which includes accessible video content.
    • If your platform or content serves the public or receives federal funding, you likely need to provide accurate subtitles or closed captions.
  2. FCC Regulations
    • Broadcast or cable programs redistributed online must comply with FCC captioning standards.
    • Fines can range from thousands to millions of dollars, depending on the extent and duration of non-compliance.
  3. International Standards
    • Countries worldwide have their own rules (e.g., EU Audiovisual Media Services Directive).
    • Staying informed about local regulations can prevent cross-border legal complications.

2. Potential Consequences of Non-Compliance

  1. Hefty Fines
    • Regulatory bodies (FCC, DOJ, etc.) can impose large penalties per violation or per day of non-compliance.
  2. Litigation & Class Actions
    • Advocacy groups regularly file lawsuits against organizations lacking proper captions, leading to legal fees and settlement costs.
  3. Brand Damage
    • News of accessibility lawsuits travels fast, potentially deterring customers and harming public image.

3. Strategies to Stay Ahead

  1. Proactive Audits
    • Review your entire video library. Identify uncaptioned or poorly captioned files and correct them before a complaint arises.
  2. Implement Accessibility Policies
    • Adopt formal guidelines: for instance, require all new video content to be captioned before release.
    • Train staff to include accessibility at the production stage rather than as an afterthought.
  3. Use Reputable Subtitling Services
    • Automated solutions can be error-prone, risking partial or inaccurate captions.
    • Professional providers ensure consistent formattingtimely synchronization, and subject-matter expertiseif needed.
  4. Monitor Regulatory Changes
    • Laws can evolve, or new rulings may set precedent. Subscribe to relevant industry updates or consult legal experts to stay informed.

4. Best Practices for Accessible Subtitles

  1. Accuracy
    • Strive for 99% or higher word-for-word alignment, plus non-speech audio cues like [applause] or [phone ringing].
  2. Readable Formatting
    • Keep line lengths and reading speeds comfortable (e.g., no more than 42 characters per line).
  3. Multiple Languages
    • Provide subtitles in each language offered if your brand is multilingual.
  4. User Control
    • Ensure players support toggling closed captions on/off and adjusting text size or style.

Frequently Asked Questions

Are automated captions enough to avoid lawsuits?

Usually, no. Automated systems often fail accuracy standards. Human-reviewed or professionally produced captions are far more reliable and less risky.

What if our budget is limited?

Prioritize high-traffic or critical videos first. Over time, phase in captions for the rest. Some organizations also explore grants or enterprise discounts for large-scale projects.

Yes. Open captions (burned-in) can fulfill accessibility needs. However, they can’t be turned off, so many prefer closed captions for user flexibility.

How quickly should I fix outdated or missing captions?

As soon as possible. Promptly correcting caption issues after discovery can demonstrate good faith compliance, potentially reducing legal exposure if a complaint arises.

Audio translation process

Translating audio into another language involves more than just a direct interpretation of sound. GoTranscript uses a two-step approach—transcription followed by translation—to ensure maximum accuracy and consistency. Below is a detailed look at how the process unfolds.


1. Why Must Audio Be Transcribed First?

  1. Clarity & Reference
    • Spoken words can be fastaccented, or muffled. Converting them into a written transcript makes it easier to verify text accuracy before translation.
  2. Segmenting Content
    • A transcript enables clear segmentation of dialogues, speakers, and even background sounds—helpful when translating context-specific phrases or industry jargon.
  3. Quality Control
    • Having a text version allows us to apply proofreading steps and client feedback (e.g., correct names, technical terms) before moving to the translation phase.

2. The Two-Step Process

Step 1: Transcription

  1. Audio Upload
    • You provide an audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) or a video file (e.g., MP4), which we then extract audio from.
  2. Listening & Typing
    • Our skilled transcribers listen to the recording, capturing every spoken element accurately.
  3. Time Stamps(Optional)
    • If you request timestamps or speaker labels, we include them in the transcript.

Step 2: Translation

  1. Language Pair Selection
    • The final transcript is sent to a native-speaking translator of the target language (e.g., English → Spanish).
  2. Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    • Translators adapt idiomsphrases, or references so they sound natural to the target audience.
  3. Final Review
    • If needed, an additional review or quality check can be added for technical, medical, or legal content.

3. Timeline & Cost Factors

  1. Recording Length
    • Pricing for audio translation is typically based on minutes (or hours) of recording.
  2. Quality of Audio
    • Overlapping voices or heavy background noise can require more transcription time.
  3. Language Complexity
    • Some languages or regional dialects may have higher rates due to fewer available translators or specialized expertise.

4. Ensuring Accuracy & Consistency

  1. Client Glossaries(Optional)
    • If you have a list of technical termsproduct names, or brand references, provide them to maintain consistent usage throughout.
  2. Feedback & Revisions
    • Once the first translation draft is complete, you can request minor adjustments if something seems off.
  3. Dedicated QA(For Complex Projects)
    • Large-scale or enterprise-level projects may benefit from a dedicated project manager ensuring uniform style and terminology across multiple files.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Can I skip the transcription step?

No. Transcription is essential—translators need a text version of your audio to work on. Directly translating from raw audio is prone to errors.

Do I receive the transcript as well, or only the translated text?

You can usually download both the original transcript and the translated text, depending on your order instructions.

What if my audio includes multiple languages?

We handle multi-lingual content by splitting the transcript accordingly—each portion is then assigned to the right translator. For complex or heavily multi-lingual files, reach out to Support for a custom arrangement.

Can I get subtitles instead of a text file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video or you need timed on-screen text, we can produce subtitles (SRT, VTT, etc.) after transcription and translation.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

Merging multiple transcripts

Scenario: A large event—such as a multi-session conference—was transcribed by several individuals. Each person covered different sections, leading to drafts with varying styles and potential duplicates or omissions.

Challenge: When these individual transcripts are merged, the overall document often becomes fragmented, featuring inconsistent formatting, speaker labeling, or content overlap.

Solution: Our proofreaders combine all the segments into a single, unified transcript. They review each portion against its respective audio (or video) file, ensuring accurate speaker identification, a cohesive style, and the removal of any duplicate or inconsistent material.

Benefit: You end up with a seamless final document that reads as if it was transcribed by one professional from start to finish—perfect for events that spanned multiple sessions or had multiple speakers.

Transcription delivery time

GoTranscript Transcription Services offer multiple turnaround time (TAT) options—from just a few hours to several days—so you can select what best fits your needs. Although these times provide a general guideline, many transcripts are delivered earlier than the stated TAT, especially for shorter or simpler files.


1. Turnaround Time Options

  1. 6–12 hours
    • Fastest turnaround for urgent projects
    • Ideal when you have a strict deadline
  2. 1 day
    • Quick delivery for time-sensitive files
    • Often chosen for next-day requirements
  3. 3 days (Most Popular)
    • Balanced choice between speed and cost
    • Great for standard business or academic tasks
  4. 5 days
    • Extended timeframe for non-urgent projects
    • Perfect for files that don’t require immediate attention

Tip: You may receive your transcripts sooner than these estimates, depending on file complexity and current workload.


2. Factors That May Affect Turnaround Time

  1. File Duration: Longer files naturally take more time to transcribe.
  2. Audio/Video Quality: Clearer audio often results in faster completion.
  3. Complexity & Number of Speakers: Multiple speakers or specialized terminology may require extra review steps.
  4. Additional Services: Timestamps, verbatim style, or multi-language needs can slightly extend delivery time.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upgrade to a faster turnaround after placing my order?

Yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to change your turnaround preference. We’ll do our best to accommodate, although additional fees may apply for expedited services.

What if my file is extremely large?

GoTranscript can handle large file sizes. However, the length and complexity might affect the final delivery time. For massive projects or ongoing needs, consider contacting our Support Team for a custom solution.

Do you guarantee on-time delivery?

Yes. We strive to meet the estimated TAT provided when you place your order. In many cases, transcripts are delivered earlier than the selected TAT.

Can I get a discount for bulk orders?

Yes. We offer volume-based pricing for large or recurring projects. Reach out to us for a custom quote that matches your specific requirements.

Why GoTranscript

GoTranscript’s Captioning Services stand out because they rely on 100% human-generated captions. Many competitors depend on automated speech recognition (AI), which can result in lower accuracy and missed nuances. GoTranscript’s human-based approach ensures industry-leading precision, confidentiality, and trustworthiness for both businesses and individuals.

1. Human-Generated Captions vs. AI

  • Expert Human Touch: Trained captioners capture every word and intent accurately.
  • Nuanced Understanding: Humans perceive context, dialects, and accents that AI often overlooks.
  • Reliable Quality Control: Multiple review steps help maintain over 99% accuracy.

2. Why Accuracy Matters

  • Professional Output: Well-crafted captions boost readability and credibility for your videos.
  • Compliance & Accessibility: High accuracy is vital for meeting legal and accessibility standards (e.g., ADA compliance).
  • Time Savings: Fewer edits and revisions mean a quicker turnaround and better cost-efficiency.

3. Data Security and Confidentiality

  • Secure Uploads: Encrypted connections protect sensitive or proprietary media files.
  • Privacy Assurance: Strict non-disclosure agreements (NDAs) safeguard client information.
  • Trust & Compliance: GoTranscript follows HIPAA, GDPR, and other data protection standards.

4. Additional Perks of GoTranscript

  • Flexible Turnaround: Standard, rush, and super-rush options fit various deadlines.
  • Transparent Pricing: No hidden fees; pay per audio/video minute.
  • 24/7 Support: Dedicated help whenever you need it.
  • Multi-Language Support: Professional captioning for a variety of languages and dialects.

Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s 100% human-powered captioning delivers unmatched accuracy, security, and reliability. From tight deadlines to complex content, you can count on precise captions and outstanding service—every time.

API & Enterprise

API key location

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive captioning projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. By crowdsourcing tasks among professional linguists and captioners, we ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network:
    Our pool of seasoned captioners spans multiple time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent:
    We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized video content.
  • Scalability:
    Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  • Distributed Task Allocation:
    Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple captioners simultaneously.
  • Consistent Quality Assurance:
    A mix of automated checks and human review ensures a high level of consistency across all sections of the final captions.
  • Flexible Turnaround Options:
    Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management:
    Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire captioning process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools:
    Captioners and editors collaborate in real time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure:
    The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?
Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists and captioners, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.


What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?
We have specialized captioners experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.


Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?
GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.


How do you maintain consistency across multiple captioners?
We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s large global workforcecrowdsourcing capabilities, and robust in-house systems enable us to scale up for massive captioning projects while delivering accurate results—on time, every time.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use captioning API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Captions Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Captions Delivery
    • Once complete, captions are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized captioning solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  • Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume captioning projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency video content.
  • Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
    • Personalized packages to match your organization’s needs.
    • GoTranscript Captioning API for automated, seamless file submission and retrieval.
  • Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  • Flexible Payment Options
    • Purchase orders (POs) and 30-day billing available.
    • Contact Enterprise Support to discuss tailored payment terms.

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for a custom setup.
    • Discuss your volume, file types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate caption requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order captions in bulk?
Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.


Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?
Absolutely. The GoTranscript Captioning API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed captions automatically.


What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?
GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.


Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?
Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s Enterprise Captioning Solutions offer scalable, customized services for businesses of every size. From bulk pricing to advanced integrations, we make it easy to get consistent, high-quality captions on your terms.

Proofreading

Getting Started

First proofreading order

Proofreading existing transcripts alongside the original audio ensures the final text is accurate, well-timed, and free from mistakes. With GoTranscript’s user-friendly order form, you can easily upload both files, adjust settings, and receive a polished, error-free result.


1. Upload Your Files

  1. Select “Proofreading”
    • In your dashboard, choose the proofreading service if available (or select the “Place new order” button and navigate to the proofreading option).
  2. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Click Upload audio for your MP3, WAV, or other audio file.
    • Then click Upload transcript for your existing text document (DOC, DOCX, PDF, or TXT).
    • You must provide both files to proceed, allowing our system to align them.

Tip: Ensure the audio file matches the transcript content in terms of speaker order, time references, and overall length.


2. Review Aligned Files

  1. File Preview
    • Once both files are uploaded, GoTranscript aligns your audio file with the transcript.
  2. Check Duration & Text
    • Confirm the duration (e.g., 32 minutes) matches your expectations, and verify that the transcript is complete.

Note: If you spot an incorrect or partial file, replace it before moving on.


3. Set Up General Settings

  1. Language & Text Format
    • Indicate the language (e.g., English) and select the text format—clean verbatim (lightly edited) or full verbatim (every utterance).
  2. Turnaround Time
    • Choose a speed (e.g., 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days). Each option shows an estimated cost.
  3. Optional Features
    • Captions: If you want closed captions included.
    • Timestamping: If you’d like time codes.
    • Additional Review: If you need a higher-level check for crucial or specialized content.

4. Place Your Order

  1. Finalize Payment
    • Select a payment method, such as credit card or PayPal.
  2. Order Confirmation
    • After submission, you’ll receive a confirmation email or see a “Finished” status in the dashboard once processed.

5. Automatic Alignment & Efficient Editing

  1. Audio-Text Synchronization
    • Our system automatically aligns your audio and transcript, so proofreaders see and hear exactly where corrections are needed.
  2. Faster, More Accurate Proofreading
    • This synchronization ensures minimal errors, quick turnarounds, and a high-quality final result.

Benefit: By matching the spoken audio to the written text, we eliminate guesswork—proofreaders can easily correct typos, misheard words, or missing segments in your existing transcript.


Frequently Asked Questions

Can I upload multiple transcripts for different audio files at once?

Yes. You can batch upload multiple pairs. Just ensure each transcript file matches the corresponding audio file.

Do I pay extra for the alignment process?

No. The alignment is part of the standard proofreading service, ensuring efficient editing and accurate results.

Can I request specific changes after placing my order?

Yes. Once proofreaders complete the job, you can add comments or reach out to Support for revisions if needed.

Understanding proofreading service

GoTranscript not only offers full transcription from raw audio or video but also provides a proofreading/editing service for customers who already have a draft transcript. This specialized option refines your existing text, ensuring accuracyin spelling, grammar, timestamps, and alignment with the source audio. Below is an overview of how this service works and why it benefits both casual and professional users.


1. What Is Transcription Proofreading/Editing?

  1. Reviewing an Existing Draft
    • Instead of creating a transcript from scratch, our editors listen to your audio (or watch your video) while reviewing the text you’ve provided.
  2. Correcting Mistakes
    • We fix typosmistranslations (if it’s bilingual content), unclear speaker tags, or missed words.
  3. Ensuring Consistency
    • If your transcript includes brand names, technical jargon, or repeated phrases, we keep those consistent throughout the file.

2. Why Is It Useful?

  1. Improved Accuracy
    • Even the best automated or rough transcriptions can contain errors—our human proofreaders address these at a detailed level.
  2. Save Time & Cost
    • If you already have a transcript (perhaps from an automated tool or from a team member), you only need editing rather than a full, start-to-finish transcription.
  3. Professional Polish
    • Published materials, such as podcast show notesconference proceedings, or academic researchtranscripts, require refined text. Proofreading by skilled linguists ensures it meets a professional standard.

3. How It Works

  1. Upload Audio & Transcript
    • Provide both your audio (MP3, WAV, etc.) and the text file (DOCX, PDF, TXT) in our order form. This allows us to align the two files.
  2. Choose Settings
    • Select language, turnaround time, and whether you want timestamps or additional review.
  3. Alignment & Editing
    • Our system automatically matches your text to the audio timeline. Proofreaders can quickly identify mismatches, correct them, and confirm every speaker or segment is accurate.
  4. Final Delivery
    • Once the editor finishes, you’ll receive a polished transcript with fewer errors, consistent formatting, and correct speaker labels.

4. Key Benefits

  1. Human Verification
    • Automated or machine-generated transcripts often contain homophones or misheard phrases. A human ear + eye approach eliminates those inaccuracies.
  2. Contextual Awareness
    • Editors interpret context, tone, or brand references, ensuring the final text sounds coherent and appropriate for your audience.
  3. Flexible Turnaround
    • You can pick from 6–12 hours1 day3 days, or 5 days depending on urgency.
  4. Additional Review(Optional)
    • If your transcript is critical or specialized (e.g., legal depositions, medical research), you can request a secondary check by another editor.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a complete transcript?

Yes. For the proofreading service, we need an existing transcript plus the original audio to make corrections. If you lack a text draft, consider ordering a full transcription instead.

Can I request style preferences?

Certainly. You can specify Clean Verbatim (lightly edited to remove filler words) or Full Verbatim (capturing every utterance). Add notes for brand names, jargon, or unique formatting needs.

Will my transcript remain confidential?

Yes. We follow strict data protection measures, including NDAs for staff, secure uploads, and private user dashboards.

How do I handle multi-speaker or lengthy files?

You can upload multiple audio files (each with its matching transcript). Our system aligns them individually, ensuring each track is edited with care.

Security

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Pricing & Payments

Proofreading cost & quotes

At GoTranscript, proofreading/editing prices are based on the length of your audio/video file in minutes—plus any additional services (like timestamps or extra review). This ensures you’re only paying for the actual duration that needs to be reviewed, rather than a flat or hidden fee.

Below is a sample pricing table that outlines the cost per minute for proofreading, based on different turnaround times:

Language5 days (/min.)3 days (/min.)1 day (/min.)12 hours (/min.)
Arabic$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bengali$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Bosnian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Catalan$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Chinese (simplified)$1.60$1.82$1.95$2.60
Chinese (traditional)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Croatian$1.65$1.98$2.30$2.48
Czech$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Danish$3.75$4.50$5.25$5.63
Dutch$2.00$2.00$2.80$3.00
English$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Filipino$1.13$1.35$1.58$1.70
Finnish$3.00$3.60$4.20$4.50
French$1.25$1.25$1.50$1.88
French (Canadian)$1.25$1.50$1.75$1.88
German$1.50$1.50$2.10$2.25
Greek$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Hebrew$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Hindi$1.50$1.80$2.10$2.25
Icelandic$1.88$2.08$2.30$2.50
Indonesian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Italian$1.88$1.88$2.25$2.83
Japanese$2.75$3.30$3.85$4.13
Korean$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Lithuanian$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Luxembourgish$2.50$2.50$2.50$2.50
Malay$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Norwegian$4.13$4.95$5.78$6.20
Persian (Dari)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Persian (Farsi)$2.48$2.98$3.48$3.73
Polish$1.33$1.58$1.85$1.98
Portuguese$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Portuguese (Brazil)$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Romanian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Russian$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95
Serbian$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Slovak$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Slovenian$2.08$2.48$2.90$3.10
Spanish$0.60$0.64$0.80$1.18
Spanish (Latin America)$0.58$0.63$0.68$1.18
Swahili$2.25$2.70$3.15$3.38
Swedish$3.38$4.05$4.73$5.08
Thai$1.88$2.25$2.63$2.83
Turkish$2.63$3.15$3.68$3.95

Bulk discounts & enterprise rates

Do you regularly process high volumes of files or require a tailored billing solution? GoTranscript offers enterprise plans and bulk discounts for organizations, streamlining both costs and workflows. Below is an overview of our enterprise-friendly options, including API integrationmonthly billing, and custom account setups. Contact enterprise support to discuss.


1. Why Choose an Enterprise Plan?

  1. Volume-Based Discounts
    • Large-scale projects or recurring orders may qualify for special pricing tiers, lowering your per-minute or per-word costs.
  2. Dedicated Support
    • Enterprise clients often gain priority assistance, enabling faster turnarounds or real-time updates on bulk workflows.
  3. Custom Billing & Invoicing
    • We can arrange monthly or quarterly invoicing, purchase orders, or other flexible payment methods suited to corporate accounting practices.

2. Seamless API Integration

  1. Automated Workflows
    • If you have an existing platform or content management system, our API lets you upload, track, and retrieve files without manual intervention.
  2. Scalability
    • The API is built to handle large volumes of requests, making it ideal for enterprise users with ongoing or batch projects.
  3. Customization
    • Work with our Support Team to tailor the API endpoints to your unique needs—like specialized turnaround or metadata tagging.

3. How to Get Started

  1. Contact Enterprise Support
  2. Account Setup
    • Our team will guide you through enterprise account creation, including any necessary NDAs, HIPAAcompliance, or other documentation.
  3. Finalize Rates & Billing
    • Based on your estimated volume and project scope, we’ll propose discounted rates and a billing schedule that suits your internal processes.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is there a minimum volume requirement for bulk discounts?

Yes. Typically, you should meet or exceed 2,500 minutes (or the equivalent in word count for translations) in a given timeframe. Exact thresholds vary by service.

Can I switch from standard to enterprise billing mid-project?

Contact enterprise support to discuss. In many cases, we can migrate your account to an enterprise plan if you suddenly scale up.

Does the API require additional costs?

API access is usually included, but higher-volume usage tiers might involve unique or custom pricing. We’ll clarify any extra fees during your enterprise consultation.

Do you offer priority turnaround for enterprise clients?

Yes. Large or time-sensitive projects can be flagged for priority handling, often with a dedicated project manager to oversee them.

Accuracy & Quality

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services deliver high-quality results by employing a double-layer quality control approach. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, we rely on professional editors and a proprietary in-house platform to refine your existing transcripts—eliminating errors and preserving context without relying on external, third-party tools.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Proofreading

  • Professional Editors: Skilled proofreaders (often with backgrounds in linguistics or related fields) handle the first pass, listening to your audio and comparing it with the provided transcript.
  • Context & Nuance: Their familiarity with different accents, dialects, and terminologies allows them to catch subtle misinterpretations that automated tools typically miss.

Secondary Review

  • Double Check for Accuracy: A second editor reviews the updated transcript for any remaining mistakes—correcting grammar, verifying speaker labels, and ensuring consistent formatting.
  • Grammar & Style: This pass also standardizes the transcript according to your chosen style (clean verbatim, full verbatim, or other guidelines).

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Additional Review: Enterprise clients or users with specialized needs (e.g., legal, medical) can opt for a third quality check, offering an extra layer of precision.

Tip: If your project involves specialized formatting, industry jargon, or brand-specific terms, reach out to Enterprise Support for a tailored solution.


2. In-House Proofreading Platform

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary system that streamlines the entire proofreading workflow. Unlike many companies that rely on external software, our in-house platform:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built tools minimize typos and help editors maintain consistent speaker labels.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can flag and correct inconsistencies faster, ensuring quicker turnarounds.
  • Protects Data: Because we avoid external integrations, there’s a lower risk of security breaches for your sensitive content.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

Client Feedback Loop

  • Revisions on Request: After receiving your proofread transcript, you can still request revisions if you spot any issues or need a minor style adjustment.

Ongoing Skill Development

  • Training for Editors: We regularly update our team on new industry termsbrand preferences, and evolving language standards, ensuring we deliver top-notch accuracy every time.

By applying this systematic approach—two (or three) layers of editorial review, a powerful in-house platform, and continuous feedback—GoTranscript’s Proofreading Services guarantee a polished, precise final document that aligns perfectly with your audio and specific requirements.

API

Proofreading API

Looking to automate your proofreading process and seamlessly integrate it into your existing platform—be it a web appmobile app, or proprietary software? The GoTranscript Proofreading API is here to help. By connecting directly to our services, you can upload your audio/transcript pairs, handle large volumes of files, and receive correctedhigh-quality documents without ever logging into the GoTranscript dashboard.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript Proofreading API?

  1. Automation
    • Eliminate repetitive tasks by having your files automatically submitted for proofreading and returned once finalized.
  2. Scalability
    • Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve proofread transcripts on demand, perfect for growing businesses or content-heavy platforms.
  3. Customization
    • Adapt the proofreading workflow to match your unique projectindustry requirements, or custom formatting needs.

2. How It Works

Enable API Access

  1. Sign Up or Log In
  2. Obtain API Credentials
    • Our developers offer free setup assistance, helping you secure and configure your account for a smooth launch.
    • Check out the API Documentation for technical details.

Send Audio & Transcript Files

  1. Automatic Submission
    • Your system sends audio/video and corresponding draft transcripts to GoTranscript via the API.
  2. No Manual Upload
    • There’s no need to log into the dashboard; everything happens under the hood.

Behind-the-Scenes Editing

  1. Professional Editors
    • Human proofreaders align your transcript with the audio, correcting grammar, formatting, and any misheard segments.
  2. Optional Services
    • If needed, add timestamps, speaker identification, or specialized review (e.g., legal/medical formatting).

Seamless Return of Proofread Documents

  1. Direct Delivery
    • Once finished, your proofed transcript is sent back to your system via the API.
  2. Fully Automated
    • Download, store, or display the completed text without leaving your own platform.

Tip: For step-by-step integration guidance, check the API Documentation. Need extra help? Our developers are on hand free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  1. Initial Setup
    • We’ll walk you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account for automated proofreading.
  2. Integration Support
    • If you run into issues at any step, just reach out. We’ll help you connect your application to our servers.
  3. Troubleshooting
    • Our dedicated support team can diagnose errors or unexpected results, offering personalized fixes to keep you on track.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, making the integration process smooth and stress-free.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all business, technical, and bulk project needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute or per-project pricing when dealing with high volumes.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Choose monthly/quarterly invoicing, purchase orders (PO), or 30-day payments for easy budget management.

Related Link: Learn more about Bulk Discounts and Enterprise Rates for custom solutions.


Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers handle the heavy lifting—free of charge.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. If you have high-volume or complex proofreading needs, consider our Enterprise Support for bulk discounts and additional features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve issues or queries.


By leveraging the GoTranscript Proofreading API, you can seamlessly automate the editing of your transcripts—integrating directly into your platform and cutting down on manual tasks. For high-volume workflows or specialized needs, explore our Enterprise Support to unlock bulk discounts, dedicated account management, and flexible billing.

Use Cases

Refining third-party AI transcripts

When using automated (AI) transcription tools, you can quickly generate a rough draft of your audio or video content. However, machine-generated results often contain inaccuracies—especially with unusual termsaccents, or speaker overlaps. GoTranscript’s proofreading/editing service polishes these AI-based transcripts, ensuring professional-quality text without the hassle of starting from scratch.


1. Common Challenges with AI Transcripts

  1. Misheard Words
    • Machine learning models can struggle with homophones or domain-specific terminology, leading to incorrect phrases or confusing brand references.
  2. Poor Speaker Identification
    • Automated systems often fail to differentiate multiple speakers, labeling them inconsistently or missing them altogether.
  3. Punctuation & Formatting Gaps
    • AI might drop essential punctuation or handle paragraph breaks poorly, making the text harder to read.

2. How GoTranscript’s Editing Service Helps

  1. Audio Alignment
    • Our proofreaders listen to your original audio while reviewing the AI-generated text, correcting any words or segments that don’t match.
  2. Speaker Labels
    • We properly assign speaker tags (e.g., Speaker 1, Interviewer), ensuring a clear, well-organized transcript—especially important for interviews or panel discussions.
  3. Grammar & Style Consistency
    • Editors refine punctuationcapitalization, and sentence structure, creating a polished, easy-to-read final document.

3. Benefits of Human Proofreading Over Machine-Only

  1. Contextual Understanding
    • Humans grasp cultural referencessarcasm, or specialized jargon—something AI may misinterpret.
  2. Accuracy & Readability
    • The final transcript will maintain a coherent narrative, reflecting natural speech flow and correct usage of technical terms.
  3. Flexible Formatting
    • Whether you need timestampsfull verbatim detail, or a cleaner read, our editors adapt to your style preferences.

4. Ideal Scenarios

  1. Quick AI Drafts
    • You used a third-party AI tool for speed, but now you need it reliable enough for publishing or official use.
  2. Tight Timelines
    • A machine-based first pass helps you meet initial deadlines, while our editors add the final finishing touches.
  3. Complex Content
    • Topics with specialized vocabulary (medical, legal, technical) are prone to AI mistakes—human proofreading ensures correct terms and consistent usage.

GoTranscript's AI + Editing

If you have clear, high-quality audio—minimal background noise, no overlapping speakers, and clear diction—GoTranscript’s AI-generated transcript plus human editing can be a cost-effective way to achieve high-accuracyfinal text. This hybrid approach capitalizes on quick AI turnaround and the fine-tuning expertise of human proofreaders.


1. How AI + Editing Saves You Money

  1. Speed of AI
    • Automated transcription offers rapid draft generation, especially beneficial for short turnarounds or large batches.
  2. Lower Initial Cost
    • AI-based transcripts are generally less expensive than a fully human-created transcript.
  3. Human Expertise
    • After AI processing, our skilled editors review every word, correcting grammar, speaker labels, and technical terms for a polished final product.

2. Is Your Audio Suitable for AI?

  1. Audio Checklist
    • Clear Speech: Minimal slurring, distinct words.
    • Low Background Noise: No music, machinery, or crowd chatter overshadowing voices.
    • One Speaker at a Time: Overlaps drastically reduce AI accuracy.
  2. Recording Setup
    • Consider using a good microphone, a quiet room, and encouraging speakers to maintain consistent distance from the mic.

Note: If your recording doesn’t meet these criteria, AI error rates might increase, negating cost benefits. A fully human transcription may be more reliable in such cases.

If you need custom billingbulk discounts, or additional specialized services for proofreading, our Enterprise Support team is here to help. From high-volume needs to tailored project workflows, we’ll collaborate to design a seamless, cost-effective solution that fits your organization’s goals.

Contact Enterprise Support

Proofreading manual drafts

Scenario: You or a freelancer has transcribed a meeting, seminar, or interview manually, resulting in a rough or partially complete draft.

Challenge: Despite best efforts, these DIY transcripts can contain typosmisheard segments, or inconsistent formatting—particularly if the audio was lengthy or had multiple speakers.

Solution: Our professional proofreaders align your text with the original audio, checking each section for accuracy and consistency. They correct grammar, clarify speaker labels, and, if requested, add timestamps or adhere to specific style guides—ensuring the transcript reflects your brand tone and communication standards.

Benefit: You avoid a full re-transcribe, saving time and money. The end result is a polished, professional-quality transcript that’s easy to share, reference, or publish.

Merging multiple transcripts

Scenario: A large event—such as a multi-session conference—was transcribed by several individuals. Each person covered different sections, leading to drafts with varying styles and potential duplicates or omissions.

Challenge: When these individual transcripts are merged, the overall document often becomes fragmented, featuring inconsistent formatting, speaker labeling, or content overlap.

Solution: Our proofreaders combine all the segments into a single, unified transcript. They review each portion against its respective audio (or video) file, ensuring accurate speaker identification, a cohesive style, and the removal of any duplicate or inconsistent material.

Benefit: You end up with a seamless final document that reads as if it was transcribed by one professional from start to finish—perfect for events that spanned multiple sessions or had multiple speakers.

Polishing official recordings

Scenario: You need transcripts of recorded proceedings—such as legal depositions, academic lectures, or historical interviews—that must be precisely accurate for official publication or long-term archival.

Challenge: Even minor transcription mistakes can undermine credibility or legitimacy, causing issues in legal contexts, peer-reviewed research, or historical archives.

Solution: Our proofreaders meticulously review your audio and existing transcript to ensure every detail is accurately captured—verbatim or otherwise, depending on your format needs. We also verify speaker labelstimestamps, and correct use of specialized terms or citations.

Benefit: Gain confidence in official, high-stakes transcripts, preserving them for future reference or publication without worry about errors or inconsistencies.

API & Enterprise

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized transcription solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  1. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency audio or video content.
  2. Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
  3. Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  4. Flexible Payment Options

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for custom setups.
    • Discuss your volumefile types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate transcription requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order transcripts in bulk?

Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.

Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?

Absolutely. The GoTranscript Transcription API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed transcripts automatically.

What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?

GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.

Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?

Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use transcription API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Transcription Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Transcript Delivery
    • Once complete, transcripts are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive transcription projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. We can crowdsource tasks among professional linguists to ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network: Our pool of seasoned transcribers spans different time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent: We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized content.
  • Scalability: Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of audio/video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  1. Distributed Task Allocation
    • Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple transcribers in parallel.
  2. Consistent Quality Assurance
    • A combination of automated checks and human review ensures consistency across all sections of the final transcript.
  3. Flexible Turnaround Options
    • Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management
    • Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire transcription process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools
    • Transcribers and editors collaborate in real-time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure
    • The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?

Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.

What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?

We have specialized transcribers experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.

Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?

GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.

How do you maintain consistency across multiple transcribers?

We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

API key & order status

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

Use Cases

Refining third-party AI transcripts

When using automated (AI) transcription tools, you can quickly generate a rough draft of your audio or video content. However, machine-generated results often contain inaccuracies—especially with unusual termsaccents, or speaker overlaps. GoTranscript’s proofreading/editing service polishes these AI-based transcripts, ensuring professional-quality text without the hassle of starting from scratch.


1. Common Challenges with AI Transcripts

  1. Misheard Words
    • Machine learning models can struggle with homophones or domain-specific terminology, leading to incorrect phrases or confusing brand references.
  2. Poor Speaker Identification
    • Automated systems often fail to differentiate multiple speakers, labeling them inconsistently or missing them altogether.
  3. Punctuation & Formatting Gaps
    • AI might drop essential punctuation or handle paragraph breaks poorly, making the text harder to read.

2. How GoTranscript’s Editing Service Helps

  1. Audio Alignment
    • Our proofreaders listen to your original audio while reviewing the AI-generated text, correcting any words or segments that don’t match.
  2. Speaker Labels
    • We properly assign speaker tags (e.g., Speaker 1, Interviewer), ensuring a clear, well-organized transcript—especially important for interviews or panel discussions.
  3. Grammar & Style Consistency
    • Editors refine punctuationcapitalization, and sentence structure, creating a polished, easy-to-read final document.

3. Benefits of Human Proofreading Over Machine-Only

  1. Contextual Understanding
    • Humans grasp cultural referencessarcasm, or specialized jargon—something AI may misinterpret.
  2. Accuracy & Readability
    • The final transcript will maintain a coherent narrative, reflecting natural speech flow and correct usage of technical terms.
  3. Flexible Formatting
    • Whether you need timestampsfull verbatim detail, or a cleaner read, our editors adapt to your style preferences.

4. Ideal Scenarios

  1. Quick AI Drafts
    • You used a third-party AI tool for speed, but now you need it reliable enough for publishing or official use.
  2. Tight Timelines
    • A machine-based first pass helps you meet initial deadlines, while our editors add the final finishing touches.
  3. Complex Content
    • Topics with specialized vocabulary (medical, legal, technical) are prone to AI mistakes—human proofreading ensures correct terms and consistent usage.

GoTranscript's AI + Editing

If you have clear, high-quality audio—minimal background noise, no overlapping speakers, and clear diction—GoTranscript’s AI-generated transcript plus human editing can be a cost-effective way to achieve high-accuracyfinal text. This hybrid approach capitalizes on quick AI turnaround and the fine-tuning expertise of human proofreaders.


1. How AI + Editing Saves You Money

  1. Speed of AI
    • Automated transcription offers rapid draft generation, especially beneficial for short turnarounds or large batches.
  2. Lower Initial Cost
    • AI-based transcripts are generally less expensive than a fully human-created transcript.
  3. Human Expertise
    • After AI processing, our skilled editors review every word, correcting grammar, speaker labels, and technical terms for a polished final product.

2. Is Your Audio Suitable for AI?

  1. Audio Checklist
    • Clear Speech: Minimal slurring, distinct words.
    • Low Background Noise: No music, machinery, or crowd chatter overshadowing voices.
    • One Speaker at a Time: Overlaps drastically reduce AI accuracy.
  2. Recording Setup
    • Consider using a good microphone, a quiet room, and encouraging speakers to maintain consistent distance from the mic.

Note: If your recording doesn’t meet these criteria, AI error rates might increase, negating cost benefits. A fully human transcription may be more reliable in such cases.

If you need custom billingbulk discounts, or additional specialized services for proofreading, our Enterprise Support team is here to help. From high-volume needs to tailored project workflows, we’ll collaborate to design a seamless, cost-effective solution that fits your organization’s goals.

Contact Enterprise Support

Proofreading manual drafts

Scenario: You or a freelancer has transcribed a meeting, seminar, or interview manually, resulting in a rough or partially complete draft.

Challenge: Despite best efforts, these DIY transcripts can contain typosmisheard segments, or inconsistent formatting—particularly if the audio was lengthy or had multiple speakers.

Solution: Our professional proofreaders align your text with the original audio, checking each section for accuracy and consistency. They correct grammar, clarify speaker labels, and, if requested, add timestamps or adhere to specific style guides—ensuring the transcript reflects your brand tone and communication standards.

Benefit: You avoid a full re-transcribe, saving time and money. The end result is a polished, professional-quality transcript that’s easy to share, reference, or publish.

Merging multiple transcripts

Scenario: A large event—such as a multi-session conference—was transcribed by several individuals. Each person covered different sections, leading to drafts with varying styles and potential duplicates or omissions.

Challenge: When these individual transcripts are merged, the overall document often becomes fragmented, featuring inconsistent formatting, speaker labeling, or content overlap.

Solution: Our proofreaders combine all the segments into a single, unified transcript. They review each portion against its respective audio (or video) file, ensuring accurate speaker identification, a cohesive style, and the removal of any duplicate or inconsistent material.

Benefit: You end up with a seamless final document that reads as if it was transcribed by one professional from start to finish—perfect for events that spanned multiple sessions or had multiple speakers.

Polishing official recordings

Scenario: You need transcripts of recorded proceedings—such as legal depositions, academic lectures, or historical interviews—that must be precisely accurate for official publication or long-term archival.

Challenge: Even minor transcription mistakes can undermine credibility or legitimacy, causing issues in legal contexts, peer-reviewed research, or historical archives.

Solution: Our proofreaders meticulously review your audio and existing transcript to ensure every detail is accurately captured—verbatim or otherwise, depending on your format needs. We also verify speaker labelstimestamps, and correct use of specialized terms or citations.

Benefit: Gain confidence in official, high-stakes transcripts, preserving them for future reference or publication without worry about errors or inconsistencies.

Manage notifications

GoTranscript’s Notifications settings let you control email alerts for completed files, newsletters, invoices, and order updates—all in one place. By customizing these preferences, you’ll ensure that only the messages you care about land in your inbox, and nothing important slips through the cracks.


1. Accessing the Notifications Tab

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Go to Settings
    • In the left-hand navigation, select Settings (or Account Settings if you’re in the dashboard area).
  3. Notifications
    • Click the “Notifications” tab at the top. This section contains all email-related options.

Tip: If you don’t see the Notifications tab, confirm you have the correct user role (Manager or Owner). Certain roles may have limited access.


2. Configuring Notification Preferences

Within the Notifications tab, you’ll find several options to customize:

  1. Receive Newsletters
    • I want to receive newsletters: Check this box to get product updates, special offers, and GoTranscript news.
    • Leave it unchecked if you prefer no promotional emails.
  2. File Completion Alerts
    • Send me an email whenever a file is completed: Turn this on to receive immediate notification when your transcript is ready.
    • Ideal if you need to act on transcripts quickly (e.g., forwarding to a client or team).
  3. Order Updates
    • Send order updates to: Specify the email address(es) that should get notifications about order confirmations, progress, or other system messages.
    • Click Add recipient to include more contacts (e.g., teammates, project managers).
  4. Invoice Notifications
    • Send me an invoice when I place my order: Toggle this if you want an automated invoice emailed each time you complete a purchase.
    • Invoice Details: Enter any additional information you’d like on the invoice, such as billing codes or a reference number.

3. Adding Multiple Recipients

  • + Add Recipient: Enter another email address in the provided field.
  • Save Settings: Make sure to click Save (or a similar button) so your additional recipient is stored.
  • Team Collaboration: This feature helps ensure crucial order updates reach all stakeholders—especially useful for large or distributed teams.

AI usage for translations

GoTranscript adheres to a 100% human-based translation process—AI is not involved in any step. We believe that relying solely on machine translation can result in inaccuracies, lack of cultural nuance, and subpar overall quality. Below is an overview of how our human translators handle your projects to maintain exceptional standards.


1. Why We Don’t Use AI

  1. Context & Cultural Nuance
    • Automated tools often fail to capture idiomsslang, or region-specific cultural references. Human translators ensure each phrase sounds natural in the target language.
  2. Accuracy & Consistency
    • Machine outputs may mistranslate industry terms, brand names, or technical jargon. Our experts draw on subject-matter expertise to maintain consistency and clarity.
  3. Quality Control
    • We implement multiple review steps—such as proofreading or specialized checks—to guarantee correctness. AI-generated text can require heavy post-editing, which is less efficient.

2. Our Human-Based Approach

  1. Native-Speaking Translators
    • We assign each project to a translator fluent in both the source and target languages. This ensures authentic translations reflecting cultural norms and linguistic style.
  2. Industry Expertise
    • For specialized fields (e.g., medicallegaltechnical), we match your project with translators possessing relevant backgrounds or experience.
  3. Optional Additional Review
    • High-stakes documents or content in niche topics can undergo a second review by another expert, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

3. Process Overview

  1. File Upload & Analysis
    • When you submit a document or audio file, we evaluate the length, complexity, and subject matter.
  2. Translator Assignment
    • human translator—skilled in your language pair—is selected for the job.
  3. Final Review & Delivery
    • The text is proofread, formatted (if required), and then delivered to you through our dashboard.

4. Frequently Asked Questions

Are you planning to use AI in the future?

Our priority is delivering precise and culturally accurate translations. While we monitor emerging technologies, our commitment to human expertise remains firm.

Can I provide my own glossaries or reference materials?

Yes. Supplying glossariesbrand terms, or technical references helps our translators consistently apply your preferred language.

How does human translation affect turnaround time?

Human translation can be slightly longer than AI-based methods, but we offer rush services for urgent projects. Quality and reliability are always our top goals.

Do you use machine translation even as a starting point?

No. We avoid automated translation at every stage, ensuring that what you receive is 100% human-crafted.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

Order Management

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Caption download formats

GoTranscript offers numerous file format options so you can download and use your captions in the way that best fits your needs. Once your caption order is complete, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  • .srt (SubRip)
    • One of the most common formats for captions and subtitles.
    • Widely compatible with video players and editing software.
  • .vtt (WebVTT)
    • Ideal for HTML5 and web-based video players.
    • Supports metadata and advanced styling.
  • .txt (Plain Text)
    • Provides raw caption text without timestamps.
    • Great for quick reference or simple data integration.
  • .scc (Scenarist)
    • Used for broadcast and professional video editing environments.
    • Versions include 29.97 DF (Drop Frame) and 29.97 NDF (Non-Drop Frame).
  • .ass (Advanced SubStation Alpha)
    • Advanced styling options (color, font, positioning).
    • Popular among fansub communities and for anime or complex subtitles.
  • .stl (Spruce Subtitle File)
    • Frequently used in DVD authoring processes.
    • Preserves basic subtitle attributes.
  • .ttml (Timed Text Markup Language)
    • XML-based format suitable for certain broadcast and streaming platforms.
    • Allows detailed styling and structure.
  • .dfxp (Netflix-friendly Timed Text)
    • Often required by major streaming services.
    • Compatible with a variety of OTT platforms.
  • .smi (SAMI)
    • Used by Windows Media Player and certain accessibility platforms.
    • Allows style and color customization.
  • .csv (Comma-Separated Values)
    • Stores caption text and timestamps in a structured table.
    • Great for data manipulation or custom processing.
  • .sub, .sbv, .subviewer, etc.
    • Additional formats that cater to various video players and platforms.

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Captions

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Navigate to Completed Caption Orders
    • Look under My Orders or “Team Orders” to find the finished caption file you want.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .srt.vtt.scc.ass.dfxp, or any other available format from the menu.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch file formats after I’ve already downloaded captions?
Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same set of captions.


Will my styling and timing be preserved in all file types?

  • .srt and .vtt retain basic timing and text.
  • .ass.dfxp, and .ttml support more advanced styling and formatting.
  • Plain text (.txt) omits timestamps and styling, focusing on raw text.

Which format is best for sharing captions with others?

  • .srt is the most universally accepted for most players and platforms.
  • .vtt is standard for HTML5 web video.
  • For broader accessibility (e.g., streaming services), .dfxp or .ttml might be required.

Do I need special software to open .ass or .scc files?
Yes. Some advanced subtitle editors and media players are designed to handle these formats. If you’re unsure, .srt and .vttare often the easiest to use across multiple platforms.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s variety of downloadable caption formats ensures you can seamlessly integrate accurate subtitles into any workflow—whether it’s a simple text reference or an advanced, style-heavy broadcast production.

Check order status

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.

Polishing official recordings

Scenario: You need transcripts of recorded proceedings—such as legal depositions, academic lectures, or historical interviews—that must be precisely accurate for official publication or long-term archival.

Challenge: Even minor transcription mistakes can undermine credibility or legitimacy, causing issues in legal contexts, peer-reviewed research, or historical archives.

Solution: Our proofreaders meticulously review your audio and existing transcript to ensure every detail is accurately captured—verbatim or otherwise, depending on your format needs. We also verify speaker labelstimestamps, and correct use of specialized terms or citations.

Benefit: Gain confidence in official, high-stakes transcripts, preserving them for future reference or publication without worry about errors or inconsistencies.

Translations

Getting Started

First translation order

GoTranscript offers both text and audio translation services in an easy-to-use order form. Whether you need a written document translated from English to French or an audio file interpreted into Spanish, our platform allows you to customize and submit your project with just a few clicks.


1. Access the Translation Order Form

  1. Log In or Sign Up
    • If you’re new, create an account with your email and password. Returning users can simply log in to get started.
  2. Click “Place New Order”
    • Choose either Text Translation or Audio Translation under the translation category.

2. Select Your Language Pairs

  1. Language From
    • The original language of your document or audio (e.g., English).
  2. Language To
    • The target language for translation (e.g., French).
    • If you have multiple target languages, place separate orders or contact our Support Team for a custom setup.

3. Content Preferences

  1. Select Content Type
    • For text documents, choose generic contenttechnicalmedicallegal, etc.
    • For audio files, ensure the type matches your field to get a specialized translator if needed.
  2. Timestamping(For Audio)
    • If you want timestamps included in your translated transcript, select the “required” option.

4. Optional Review & Instructions

  1. Additional Review
    • Choose “Yes” if you’d like an extra layer of proofreading or specialized quality checks—helpful for high-stakes content.
  2. Tone of the Content
    • Indicate whether it’s informalformaltechnical, or creative. Translators can match the desired style.
  3. Instructions for the Translator
    • Provide notes on brand voicecontextindustry terminology, or references.
    • Example: “Use a casual, friendly voice. Make sure to keep product names in English.”

5. Upload Files & Review Details

  1. Upload Documents or Audio
    • For text files: DOCX, PDF, TXT, etc.
    • For audio: MP3, WAV, etc.
  2. File Verification
    • Double-check filenames and language choices before proceeding.
  3. Automated Word Count or Duration
    • Our system calculates pricing based on word count (text) or audio length.

6. Finalize Payment & Submit

  1. Cost Estimate
    • The order form displays an instant quote based on language pairturnaround, and any additional services.
  2. Payment Method
    • Choose from credit cardPayPal, or purchase orders for enterprise clients.
  3. Place Order
    • After confirming your details, click Submit. You’ll receive an email confirmation summarizing your order.

7. Track Progress & Download

  1. Check “My & Team Orders”
    • Monitor the status (In Progress, Finished) for each translation project.
  2. Receive Notifications(Optional)
    • Enable email updates to know when your translated files are ready.
  3. Download Files
    • Once completed, retrieve your translated documents or audio transcripts in the My & Team Ordersdashboard.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I order both text and audio translation simultaneously?

Absolutely. You can create separate orders for each type or contact our support if you need a bulk or combinedsolution.

How do I specify industry-specific terminology?

In the instructions for the translator section, list technical termsbrand names, or acronyms. This helps maintain consistency and accuracy.

Is additional review necessary for standard content?

For everyday or non-specialized materials, regular translation might suffice. Additional review is ideal for highly technical or formally published work.

Do I have to pay more for longer audio files?

Yes. Audio translation cost often depends on file length, just as text translation cost depends on word count. The system automatically calculates this during upload.

Supported translation file types

GoTranscript works with a wide range of file formats to accommodate both text and audio translation needs. Whether you’re dealing with a Word document, a PDF, or an MP3 file, here’s a quick overview of our supported formats.


1. Text File Formats

Below is a table of our most common text file types:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
Word.doc, .docxStandard Microsoft Word documents with formatting and track changes.
PDF.pdfPortable Document Format; often used for official or scanned content.
Plain Text.txtBasic text with no formatting; ideal for scripts or simple text.
Rich Text.rtfLimited formatting support; compatible with most word processors.
Other.odt, .xls/.xlsxOpenDocument Text, Excel spreadsheets, and more.

Note: For scanned PDFs or images containing text, we use OCR (Optical Character Recognition) to extract text for translation. If your file type isn’t listed, contact support for possible accommodations.


2. Audio File Formats

We support a variety of audio formats for transcription and translation. Here’s a handy reference table:

File TypeExtension(s)Description
MP3.mp3Compressed audio; widely used for interviews, podcasts, etc.
WAV.wavUncompressed high-quality audio; ideal when clarity is a priority.
AAC / M4A.aac, .m4aCommonly used on modern devices; offers smaller sizes than WAV.
FLAC.flacLossless compression preserving audio quality with reduced file size.
OGG / WMA.ogg, .wmaLess common but still supported; suitable for diverse recording sources.

Tip: For video files (MP4, MOV, AVI), we can extract the audio track and then proceed with both transcription and translation.


3. Text vs. Audio Translation

  1. Text Translation
    • We directly translate written documents such as Word or PDF files.
    • The system calculates cost based on word count.
  2. Audio Translation
    • First, we transcribe the spoken content into text. Then, we translate that text.
    • Pricing is determined by file duration (minutes of audio).

4. Additional Considerations

  • Large Files: For very large or long-format recordings, compress the file (if possible) or use a cloud sharing link.
  • Formatting & Layout: Complex document layouts (tables, graphics) may require some minor post-translation tweaks.
  • Clarity in Audio: Noisy or overlapping speech can extend turnaround time or incur extra costs if more editing is required.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to provide a transcript for audio translation?

No. Our process includes transcription as the first step if you submit an audio file for translation.

Can I upload multiple files simultaneously?

Yes. Simply select them all at once, or drag and drop in batches. The system sums word counts or total audio duration for you.

Are scanned or image-based PDFs accepted for text translation?

We apply OCR to convert image text into editable form. However, if the document is unclear or handwritten, some manual review may be necessary.

How do I request audio translation for a video file?

Upload the video (e.g., .mp4), and we’ll extract the audio track. From there, we’ll transcribe and translate just as with audio-only files.

Receiving final translations

Once your GoTranscript translation order is complete, retrieving your finished files is quick and straightforward. Follow this guide to reviewdownload, and finalize your translated documents or audio transcripts.


1. Check Your Order Status

  1. Log In to Your Account
    • Go to the GoTranscript website, click Log In, and enter your credentials.
  2. Navigate to “My & Team Orders”
    • Locate the section showing all your recent orders.
  3. Look for a Checkmark
    • checkmark or “Finished” status indicates your translation is ready.

2. Open the Order Details

  1. Identify the Correct Order ID
    • Each order has a unique ID (e.g., S2T123456). Confirm it matches the project you expect to download.
  2. Show Details(Optional)
    • If you want to see a breakdown of the language pairturnaround time, or added services (e.g., extra proofreading).

3. Download Your Translations

  1. Hover Over the Download Icon
    • You’ll usually see a downward arrow or a tooltip such as “Download all transcriptions translations.”
  2. Select the Format
    • Click the download button to retrieve your translated file(s).
    • Documents are often in DOCXPDF, or TXT formats. For audio translations, you may receive transcribed text in a chosen format.
  3. Bulk Download(If Applicable)
    • If multiple files or translations are packaged, they may come in a single ZIP file for convenience.

4. Reviewing and Finalizing

  1. Open the File
    • Double-check spellingterminology, and formatting—especially if you provided reference materials.
  2. Provide Feedback(Optional)
    • If you spot any issues or need minor adjustments, click Add Comment under the order or reach out to our Support Team.
  3. Confirm Completion
    • Once you’re satisfied, your translated document or audio transcript is ready for publishingsharing, or further use.

5. Additional Tips

  • Version Control: If you requested multiple target languages, label each file clearly (e.g., FrenchSpanish).
  • Keep Communication Open: You can add comments anytime if you realize new instructions or clarifications are needed.
  • Track Large Projects: For enterprise or bulk orders, you might see multiple partial downloads. Ensure you collect all relevant files before finalizing.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I know my translation is finished?

An email notification often goes out, or you can log in to see a checkmark or “Finished” status next to your order ID.

Can I re-download the same file later if I need it again?

Yes. As long as it remains in My & Team Orders, you can access and download it any time.

What if there’s an error or mismatch in terminology?

We offer a revision policy. Leave a comment under the order or contact support to request changes.

Are translations automatically deleted from my account after some time?

GoTranscript typically retains files for a set period. For specific retention policies or extended storage, check our Terms of Service or contact support.

Audio translation process

Translating audio into another language involves more than just a direct interpretation of sound. GoTranscript uses a two-step approach—transcription followed by translation—to ensure maximum accuracy and consistency. Below is a detailed look at how the process unfolds.


1. Why Must Audio Be Transcribed First?

  1. Clarity & Reference
    • Spoken words can be fastaccented, or muffled. Converting them into a written transcript makes it easier to verify text accuracy before translation.
  2. Segmenting Content
    • A transcript enables clear segmentation of dialogues, speakers, and even background sounds—helpful when translating context-specific phrases or industry jargon.
  3. Quality Control
    • Having a text version allows us to apply proofreading steps and client feedback (e.g., correct names, technical terms) before moving to the translation phase.

2. The Two-Step Process

Step 1: Transcription

  1. Audio Upload
    • You provide an audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) or a video file (e.g., MP4), which we then extract audio from.
  2. Listening & Typing
    • Our skilled transcribers listen to the recording, capturing every spoken element accurately.
  3. Time Stamps(Optional)
    • If you request timestamps or speaker labels, we include them in the transcript.

Step 2: Translation

  1. Language Pair Selection
    • The final transcript is sent to a native-speaking translator of the target language (e.g., English → Spanish).
  2. Cultural & Contextual Nuance
    • Translators adapt idiomsphrases, or references so they sound natural to the target audience.
  3. Final Review
    • If needed, an additional review or quality check can be added for technical, medical, or legal content.

3. Timeline & Cost Factors

  1. Recording Length
    • Pricing for audio translation is typically based on minutes (or hours) of recording.
  2. Quality of Audio
    • Overlapping voices or heavy background noise can require more transcription time.
  3. Language Complexity
    • Some languages or regional dialects may have higher rates due to fewer available translators or specialized expertise.

4. Ensuring Accuracy & Consistency

  1. Client Glossaries(Optional)
    • If you have a list of technical termsproduct names, or brand references, provide them to maintain consistent usage throughout.
  2. Feedback & Revisions
    • Once the first translation draft is complete, you can request minor adjustments if something seems off.
  3. Dedicated QA(For Complex Projects)
    • Large-scale or enterprise-level projects may benefit from a dedicated project manager ensuring uniform style and terminology across multiple files.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Can I skip the transcription step?

No. Transcription is essential—translators need a text version of your audio to work on. Directly translating from raw audio is prone to errors.

Do I receive the transcript as well, or only the translated text?

You can usually download both the original transcript and the translated text, depending on your order instructions.

What if my audio includes multiple languages?

We handle multi-lingual content by splitting the transcript accordingly—each portion is then assigned to the right translator. For complex or heavily multi-lingual files, reach out to Support for a custom arrangement.

Can I get subtitles instead of a text file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video or you need timed on-screen text, we can produce subtitles (SRT, VTT, etc.) after transcription and translation.

AI usage for translations

GoTranscript adheres to a 100% human-based translation process—AI is not involved in any step. We believe that relying solely on machine translation can result in inaccuracies, lack of cultural nuance, and subpar overall quality. Below is an overview of how our human translators handle your projects to maintain exceptional standards.


1. Why We Don’t Use AI

  1. Context & Cultural Nuance
    • Automated tools often fail to capture idiomsslang, or region-specific cultural references. Human translators ensure each phrase sounds natural in the target language.
  2. Accuracy & Consistency
    • Machine outputs may mistranslate industry terms, brand names, or technical jargon. Our experts draw on subject-matter expertise to maintain consistency and clarity.
  3. Quality Control
    • We implement multiple review steps—such as proofreading or specialized checks—to guarantee correctness. AI-generated text can require heavy post-editing, which is less efficient.

2. Our Human-Based Approach

  1. Native-Speaking Translators
    • We assign each project to a translator fluent in both the source and target languages. This ensures authentic translations reflecting cultural norms and linguistic style.
  2. Industry Expertise
    • For specialized fields (e.g., medicallegaltechnical), we match your project with translators possessing relevant backgrounds or experience.
  3. Optional Additional Review
    • High-stakes documents or content in niche topics can undergo a second review by another expert, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

3. Process Overview

  1. File Upload & Analysis
    • When you submit a document or audio file, we evaluate the length, complexity, and subject matter.
  2. Translator Assignment
    • human translator—skilled in your language pair—is selected for the job.
  3. Final Review & Delivery
    • The text is proofread, formatted (if required), and then delivered to you through our dashboard.

4. Frequently Asked Questions

Are you planning to use AI in the future?

Our priority is delivering precise and culturally accurate translations. While we monitor emerging technologies, our commitment to human expertise remains firm.

Can I provide my own glossaries or reference materials?

Yes. Supplying glossariesbrand terms, or technical references helps our translators consistently apply your preferred language.

How does human translation affect turnaround time?

Human translation can be slightly longer than AI-based methods, but we offer rush services for urgent projects. Quality and reliability are always our top goals.

Do you use machine translation even as a starting point?

No. We avoid automated translation at every stage, ensuring that what you receive is 100% human-crafted.

Pricing & Payments

Text translation cost

GoTranscript offers per-word pricing for text translation services, which is straightforward and transparent. If you’re translating from English to another language—or to English from that language—you can find the price per word in the table below. If your language pair does not include English (e.g., French to Spanish), please use our Translation Cost Estimate tool to get an accurate quote.


1. Translation Prices (English ↔ Other Language)

Below is a table of common languages supported by GoTranscript when English is either the source or target language. The cost is per word of the source text.

LanguagePrice per Word (USD)
Albanian$0.16
Arabic$0.09
Armenian$0.13
Azerbaijani$0.19
Bengali$0.12
Bosnian$0.12
Bulgarian$0.12
Catalan$0.18
Chinese (simplified)$0.13
Chinese (traditional)$0.13
Croatian$0.16
Czech$0.09
Danish$0.13
Dutch$0.11
Estonian$0.16
Filipino$0.14
Finnish$0.15
French$0.14
French (Canadian)$0.11
Georgian$0.14
German$0.16
Greek$0.13
Hebrew$0.13
Hungarian$0.13
Icelandic$0.11
Indian (Gujarati)$0.11
Indian (Hindi)$0.11
Indian (Tamil)$0.11
Indonesian$0.13
Italian$0.13
Japanese$0.15
Korean$0.15
Kurdish$0.22
Kyrgyz$0.20
Latvian$0.13
Lithuanian$0.13
Luxembourgish$0.20
Macedonian$0.15
Malay$0.13
Maltese$0.20
Nepali$0.20
Norwegian$0.15
Pashto$0.20
Persian (Farsi)$0.12
Polish$0.13
Portuguese$0.13
Portuguese (Brazil)$0.13
Portuguese (Portugal)$0.13
Romanian$0.13
Russian$0.13
Serbian$0.11
Slovak$0.16
Slovenian$0.13
Somali$0.20
Spanish (Latin America)$0.07
Spanish (Spain)$0.13
Swahili$0.11
Swedish$0.13
Thai$0.13
Turkish$0.11
Ukrainian$0.11
Urdu$0.11
Vietnamese$0.11

Note: If you need a language pair that does not involve English (e.g., Spanish to French), pricing may differ. Use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or contact support for a customized quote.


2. How Pricing Works

  1. Per-Word Calculation
    • Multiply the word count of your document by the price per word shown in the table.
  2. Minimum Charges
    • Small documents may incur a minimum fee, depending on the project scope.
  3. Additional Services(Optional)
    • Extra proofreadingformatting, or rush delivery could add to the total cost.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I calculate the word count?

Most text editors (e.g., Microsoft WordGoogle Docs) have a built-in word counter. If you’re unsure, simply uploadyour file when placing an order, and our system will automatically detect the word count.

Is there a discount for large volumes?

Yes. For high-volume projects or recurring needs, you may qualify for bulk discounts. Reach out to Enterprise Supportfor special rates.

Do these rates apply to both directions (English → Language and Language → English)?

Yes, the per-word prices in the table apply when translating from or to English for the listed language. For language pairs excluding English, please refer to our cost estimate tool or contact support.

Can I see an instant quote before paying?

Absolutely. Use our Translation Cost Estimate page, select the price per word option, and input your details for a quick estimate.

Audio translation cost

When you need audio translation, GoTranscript’s pricing model is based on the recording length of your file. This means you’ll pay for the total number of minutes (or hours) that require transcription and subsequent translation. Below is a straightforward guide to estimating and calculating these costs using our online cost calculator.


1. Why We Calculate by Recording Length

  1. Transcription First, Then Translation
    • Audio translation involves transcribing the spoken content before rendering it into another language.
    • The time it takes to transcribe and translate typically scales with file duration.
  2. Accurate Pricing
    • Per-minute (or per-hour) billing ensures you only pay for the length of the audio that requires processing.
    • Complexities like technical terminology or multiple speakers can still factor in, but duration is the main driver of cost.

2. Using the GoTranscript Cost Estimate Tool

Visit our Translation Cost Estimate page to get an instant quote. Follow these steps:

  1. Select “Recording Length”
    • In the calculator, pick the option that measures time rather than word count (this is crucial for audio files).
  2. Input Audio Duration
    • Enter the hours and minutes of your recording (e.g., 0 hours, 15 minutes).
  3. Choose Source and Target Languages
    • Language From: The language in which your audio is recorded.
    • Language To: The language you want to receive as a translated transcript.
  4. Pick Turnaround Time
    • Faster speeds may have additional fees.
    • Standard turnaround is typically 3–5 days, but you can select 1–2 days24 hours, or other rush options if available.
  5. Instant Price Calculation
    • The tool automatically estimates your project cost based on these inputs.

3. Additional Features & Options

  1. Timestamping
    • If you need timestamps in your translated transcript, select “Yes”. This may add a small surcharge.
  2. Additional Review
    • For high-stakes or specialized content, you can add an extra layer of proofreading (or specialized reviewer).
  3. Bulk Discounts
    • If you have large volumes of audio content, reach out to our Enterprise Support team for potential discounted rates.

4. Final Steps: Place Your Order

  1. Confirm Price & Upload File
    • Once satisfied with the estimate, upload your audio file (MP3, WAV, etc.) via our Place new order process.
  2. Review Payment & Submit
    • Pay using a credit cardPayPal, or purchase order (if you have a business account).
    • You’ll receive an order confirmation and estimated delivery time.
  3. Receive Translated File
    • We’ll notify you by email once the job is complete. You can then download your translated transcript from the My & team orders page.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a transcript beforehand?

No. Our service includes transcription of the audio as the first step. We then translate the transcribed text.

Can I get subtitles from my audio file?

Yes. If your audio is part of a video, you can order subtitles instead of or in addition to a text translation. We transcribe, translate, and format them as subtitle files (e.g., SRT, VTT).

Does noisy audio cost more?

Our base rate primarily depends on duration, but extremely poor-quality or heavily overlapped speech might require extra editing time, potentially affecting the final cost.

What if I have multiple languages in one audio file?

You can specify the dominant source language, or if it’s truly multi-lingual, contact our Support for a custom quote.

Language Coverage & Specializations

Supported translation languages

GoTranscript offers professional translation services in a wide range of languages. Whether you need to translate from English to another language or vice versa, our team of native-speaking linguists can handle projects across multiple industries—including legal, medical, technical, and creative fields.


1. Supported Languages Overview

Below is a table listing many of the languages GoTranscript regularly supports. If you don’t see your target language or require a specific dialect, feel free to contact us for a custom inquiry.

Language
Albanian
Arabic
Armenian
Azerbaijani
Bengali
Bosnian
Bulgarian
Catalan
Chinese (simplified)
Chinese (traditional)
Croatian
Czech
Danish
Dutch
Estonian
Filipino
Finnish
French
French (Canadian)
Georgian
German
Greek
Hebrew
Hungarian
Icelandic
Indian (Gujarati)
Indian (Hindi)
Indian (Tamil)
Indonesian
Italian
Japanese
Korean
Kurdish
Kyrgyz
Latvian
Lithuanian
Luxembourgish
Macedonian
Malay
Maltese
Nepali
Norwegian
Pashto
Persian (Farsi)
Polish
Portuguese
Portuguese (Brazil)
Portuguese (Portugal)
Romanian
Russian
Serbian
Slovak
Slovenian
Somali
Spanish (Latin America)
Spanish (Spain)
Swahili
Swedish
Thai
Turkish
Ukrainian
Urdu
Vietnamese

Note: We can handle translations both to and from English for these languages. For language pairs not involving English (e.g., Spanish to French), we also offer custom solutions—just use our Translation Cost Estimate tool or reach out to our Support Team.


2. Specialized Fields & Native Translators

  1. Industry Expertise
    • Whether it’s medical, legal, technical, or marketing content, we match your project with translators who have subject-matter knowledge.
  2. Native Speakers
    • Our linguists are native in the target language, ensuring culturally and contextually correct phrasing.
  3. Added Review(Optional)
    • For critical texts, you can opt for an additional reviewer to double-check style, terminology, and consistency.

3. Getting an Instant Quote

  1. Select Your Language Pair
  2. Input File Details
    • For text translation, enter the word count or upload your file.
    • For audio translation, specify the recording length.
  3. Automatic Calculation
    • The tool will display an estimated price based on your chosen turnaround time and service options.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do you handle language pairs not in this list?

Yes. We frequently expand our offerings. If you need a language or dialect not shown, contact support for a custom inquiry.

Can you translate from one non-English language directly to another?

We do provide language-to-language services that don’t involve English, though pricing and availability may differ. Use our cost estimate tool or talk to support for a tailored quote.

Is there a minimum order size for rare languages?

Some less common languages may have a minimum fee or extended turnaround times. We’ll inform you upon submission or in your instant quote.

How long does it take to receive a translation in my chosen language?

Turnaround depends on file lengthcomplexity, and language pair. You can select from standard or rush options at checkout to suit your timeframe.

Industry-specific expertise

GoTranscript understands that word-for-word translations aren’t always enough—certain industries require in-depth knowledge of specialized terminology and regulatory standards. From medical records to legal agreements to technical manuals, our team ensures accurate, context-aware translations that maintain precision and clarity.


1. Medical Translations

  1. Professional Accuracy
    • Medical documents can include pharmaceutical termspatient records, and clinical trial data. Our translators have a medical background or relevant expertise to handle this complex vocabulary.
  2. Patient Safety & Confidentiality
    • Precise translations ensure safe treatment instructions and guidelines. We adhere to confidentialityprinciples, keeping sensitive patient information private.
  3. Common Medical Materials
    • Case reportslab resultsdischarge instructionsmedical device manualsclinical research papers.

  1. Terminology Consistency
    • Legal documents often include binding clausesreferences to laws, and formal language. Our legal translators preserve the original document’s intent and enforceability.
  2. No Room for Ambiguity
    • A single mistranslated term can alter the meaning of contractscourt documents, or patent filings. Human-reviewed text ensures clarity and legality.
  3. Types of Legal Content
    • Contractswillslitigation materialscompany bylawsintellectual property documents.

3. Technical Translations

  1. Subject-Matter Experts
    • From engineering specs to IT documentation, our translators are well-versed in the jargon and industry standards required to avoid confusion.
  2. Clarity & Consistency
    • Technical content often involves abbreviationsdiagrams, or coding references. We maintain formatting and references accurately for end-users or team members.
  3. Common Technical Documents
    • User manualsspec sheetssoftware documentationengineering reportsdata sheetsSaaS descriptions.

4. How We Match Experts to Projects

  1. Translator Pool
    • We have a diverse network of linguists with specialized backgrounds—medical professionals, lawyers, engineers, and more.
  2. Project Review
    • Upon receiving your file, we evaluate the complexity and required industry knowledge.
  3. Tailored Assignments
    • Your translation is matched with a translator experienced in the relevant field, ensuring top-notch accuracy.

5. Frequently Asked Questions

Do you have native translators for each industry?

Yes. Our network includes professionals with subject-matter expertise who are native speakers of the target language.

Is my confidential information secure?

Absolutely. We follow strict security protocols and NDAs, particularly for medical and legal files.

Can I provide references or glossaries for specialized content?

Yes. Providing brand-specific or technical glossaries helps maintain consistency and ensures correct terminology.

What if I need an additional review by a second specialist?

We offer additional review services. Let us know your requirements, and we’ll schedule a second check by another expert translator.

Importance of native translators

When it comes to professional translation, native-speaking linguists bring a level of insight and authenticity that automated tools or non-native translators often cannot match. Below are the key reasons why GoTranscript relies on native translators to ensure top-quality, precise results.


1. Cultural Nuance and Idiomatic Expressions

  1. Beyond Word-for-Word
    • A direct translation may capture the literal meaning, but often misses the conversational tone or subtle humor woven into the text.
  2. Local Knowledge
    • Native speakers understand regional slangcustoms, and cultural references, ensuring your content resonates with the target audience.

2. Natural Flow and Readability

  1. Language Rhythm
    • Native translators instinctively know how sentences flow in their mother tongue—creating text that sounds natural, not “foreign.”
  2. Consistency
    • They maintain the same style throughout the document, be it formalcasual, or technical.

3. Contextual Accuracy

  1. Industry-Specific Terms
    • From medical to legal content, a native translator picks the correct term in context—something automated tools can easily confuse.
  2. Avoiding Literal Pitfalls
    • Idioms or figures of speech can become nonsensical if translated literally. Native speakers adapt them gracefully into the target language.

4. Fewer Revisions and Faster Delivery

  1. Reduced Errors
    • By starting with a native speaker, you’re less likely to require repeated edits or clarifications.
  2. Streamlined Process
    • This efficiency speeds up the overall project timeline and can lower costs associated with re-checking or rewriting flawed translations.

5. Ensuring Professionalism and Brand Integrity

  1. Consistent Branding
    • Whether it’s a marketing slogan or a product manual, you want your messaging to remain consistent across languages. Native translators protect your brand’s voice.
  2. Credibility
    • Poorly translated content can harm a company’s reputation. High-quality translations by native linguistssafeguard your image in global markets.

Frequently Asked Questions

Is it enough to be bilingual, or must a translator be a native speaker?

While bilingual skills are helpful, native-level mastery provides the deep cultural and linguistic awareness needed for truly polished translations.

Do you offer specialized native translators for technical fields?

Yes. We match subject-matter experts with your project—be it technicallegal, or medical—ensuring accuracy and industry-specific terminology.

How do you maintain consistency when multiple translators are involved?

We utilize style guides and glossaries to keep terms consistent. If multiple translators work on large projects, we have editors who cross-check for uniformity.

Can native translators handle dialectal differences within a language?

Absolutely. They typically know regional variations (e.g., Latin American Spanish vs. Castilian Spanish) and can adapt the translation accordingly.

Order captions

Learn how to easily upload audio or video files, customize your captioning options (e.g., language, turnaround time), and finalize your order on GoTranscript’s user-friendly platform.

1. Access the Order Page

2. Upload Your File or URL

  • Upload from Your Computer: Click Upload files and select one or more files to import.
  • Paste URL: Use Paste URL to bring in content from YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, Vimeo, etc.

3. Configure Your Caption Order

  • Text Format:
    • Clean verbatim – Minimal fillers and false starts.
    • Full verbatim – Captions include every word, filler, and verbal tic.
  • Turnaround Time:
    • Choose from 6–12 hours, 1 day, 3 days, or 5 days. Each option shows an estimated per-minute cost.
  • Number of Speakers:
    • Indicate if your content has 1–2 speakers or 3 and more so captioners can accurately label them.
  • Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent:
    • Choose Yes if your file has background noise or strong accents, ensuring specialized handling.
  • Timestamping:
    • Select how you want timestamps inserted (e.g., Not requiredEvery 2 minutes, etc.).
  • Language:
    • Choose the primary language of your recording.
  • Open Captions (Optional):
    • Turn on if you want captions burned directly into the video.

4. Review and Place Order

  • Estimated Cost:
    • Review your total price based on audio duration, turnaround time, and any add-ons.
  • Submit:
    • Click Submit to confirm your order and proceed with payment.

5. Receive Your Captions

  • Completion Notification:
    • You’ll receive an email once your captions are ready.
  • Download/Review:
    • Log into your GoTranscript account to download the caption files or review them directly on the platform.

Key Tips

  • Multiple Files:
    Upload or link more than one file in a single order.
  • Bulk Discounts:
    Large orders may be eligible for discounts or loyalty benefits.
  • Revisions:
    Request free revisions if you need any corrections or adjustments to your captions.
  • 24/7 Support:
    Reach out to GoTranscript’s support team anytime for additional help or questions.

Editing & Order Management

Transcript download formats

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.

Download transcript

GoTranscript offers multiple file format options so you can download and use your transcripts in the way that best fits your needs. After your transcription order is completed, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  1. .docx (Microsoft Word)
    • Ideal for modern word processors
    • Maintains styling and formatting consistency
  2. .doc (Legacy Microsoft Word)
    • Compatible with older versions of Microsoft Word
    • Ensures broad accessibility across platforms
  3. .pdf (Portable Document Format)
    • Preserves layout for easy sharing and printing
    • Universal readability on most devices
  4. .txt (Plain Text)
    • Lightweight format for simple editing and quick reference
    • Great for code snippets or integration into software tools
  5. .html (HyperText Markup Language)
    • Suitable for web-based display and easy embedding
    • Retains basic formatting when viewed in browsers
  6. .json (JavaScript Object Notation)
    • Machine-readable format for API integrations
    • Useful for developers who need structured data output

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Transcripts

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Visit the GoTranscript website and sign in with your account credentials.
  2. Navigate to My Orders or Team Orders
    • Find the completed file you wish to download.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .docx.doc.pdf.txt.html, or .json.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I change the format after I’ve already downloaded my transcript?

Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same transcript.

Will the text formatting be preserved in all file types?

Most formatting (headings, paragraphs, etc.) is preserved in .docx.doc, and .pdf. Plain-text (.txt) and JSON (.json) are more minimal, focusing on raw text and data structure.

Which format is best for sharing with others?

.pdf is usually the most universally accepted for easy sharing and viewing. However, .docx is also common if you expect collaborators to edit the document.

Do I need special software to open .json files?

To view or edit .json files, you can use any text editor or IDE that supports JSON. This format is particularly useful for developers looking to integrate transcripts into applications.

Editing transcriptions

GoTranscript provides an advanced interactive editor that makes transcription editing and review fast, accurate, and intuitive. From word-to-audio synchronization to built-in AI analysis, our editor is designed to streamline your workflow—whether you’re polishing a single transcript or managing a large project with multiple speakers.

View demo


1. Real-Time Audio-Text Synchronization

  1. Highlight & Play
    • Each word in the transcript is timed to the exact corresponding spot in the audio.
    • Click on any word, and the audio playback will jump directly to that point.
  2. Efficient Navigation
    • Easily locate and correct misheard words or phrases by listening to specific segments.
    • No more fumbling through entire recordings to make small edits.

2. Speaker Identification & Customization

  1. Change Speakers On the Fly
    • Within the editor, you can assign or modify speaker labels (e.g., Speaker 1, John, Dr. Smith).
    • This is especially helpful for interviews, focus groups, or multi-speaker conferences.
  2. Consistent Speaker Formatting
    • Maintain a clear dialogue structure by labeling each speaker turn.
    • Make transcripts more readable and professional for presentationsreports, or publishing.

3. Built-In AI Analysis

GoTranscript’s in-editor AI tools offer more than just transcription. You can quickly generate:

  1. Auto-Generated Summary
    • Get a concise overview of your transcript’s main points.
    • Perfect for executive summaries, meeting notes, or quick references.
  2. Suggested Title
    • The editor can propose a relevant, succinct title based on the content of your transcript.
  3. Keywords Extraction
    • Identify crucial words or phrases for SEOindexing, or topic clustering.
    • Save time on manual curation of tags or key concepts.
  4. Sentiment Analysis
    • Quickly gauge the emotional tone (positive, negative, neutral) of the discussion.
    • Ideal for market research, customer feedback, or social media content.
  5. Custom Queries
    • Enter your own search queries to reveal specific insights—like recurring themes, product mentions, or action items.

4. Easy Collaboration & Export Options

  1. Team Editing
    • Share transcripts with colleagues or team members and collaborate in real time.
    • Maintain version control and unify the editing process.
  2. Multiple Download Formats
    • Once finalized, export your transcript in .docx.pdf.txt.html.json, and more.
    • Match your workflow needs, from further editing in Word to storing data for development projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need any special software to use the interactive editor?

No. The editor is browser-based, so you can access it from any desktop or laptop without installing extra software or plugins.

Can I still use the AI analysis if I don’t want it to affect my transcript?

Absolutely. The AI features run in the background and produce separate summaries, titles, or keyword suggestions. You decide whether to include or ignore them.

Is my audio synced automatically if I make major edits?

Yes. The editor continuously updates the time stamps and synchronizes them to the corrected text. You won’t lose your place, even with substantial revisions.

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Order comments

When submitting audio or video files for transcription, adding comments can significantly improve the accuracy and quality of the final transcript. By providing context, speaker details, or special terminology, you help transcriptionists deliver precise and reliable results—often in a shorter timeframe.


1. Clarify Speaker Roles & Names

  • Identify Speakers: If your file includes multiple speakers, let us know their names and roles (e.g., John (CEO)Maria (Interviewer)).
  • Distinguish Accents: Mention different accents or dialects so the transcriber knows to listen carefully for nuances.

2. Provide Special Terminology or Industry Jargon

  • Technical Terms: Words specific to certain fields (e.g., medical, legal, scientific) can be challenging without advance notice.
  • Acronyms & Abbreviations: Clarify often-used acronyms (e.g., “PHI stands for Protected Health Information”), ensuring correct spelling.

3. Note Unusual or Proper Names

  • Names of People & Places: If your audio includes unique names, spell them out in the comments to avoid guessing errors.
  • Brand Names or Product Terms: Provide correct spellings for your company or product references to maintain consistency and professionalism.

4. Improve Overall Accuracy & Speed

  • Reduce Revisions: Detailed comments cut down on back-and-forth clarifications.
  • Faster Turnaround: Providing context helps transcribers work more efficiently, often leading to quicker delivery times.

5. Avoid Misinterpretations

  • Cultural References: Slang, idioms, or cultural references can be difficult for transcribers—especially if they’re from different backgrounds. Offer explanations to keep transcripts error-free.
  • Background Noise & Overlapping Speech: If certain sections have overlapping voices or background noise, notes can guide the transcriber in separating or focusing on key content.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need to add comments for every file?

Only if you have crucial details or specialized content. For standard files with clear audio, it may not be necessary. However, any additional context you provide can boost accuracy.

Can I add comments after placing my order?

It depends. If the transcription process hasn’t started, you can usually edit the order or reach out to Support. Otherwise, it’s best to provide comments before the project begins.

Are comments private?

Yes. Only the transcribers and relevant GoTranscript staff see your comments, and our Security & NDA policies ensure confidentiality.

Will adding detailed comments slow down my order?

In most cases, no. Well-structured comments actually help transcribers work more efficiently by reducing uncertainties and guesswork.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

GoTranscript overview

GoTranscript is one of the world’s leading transcription services, known for converting audio and video content into accurate text quickly and affordably. Founded in 2005, GoTranscript has grown into one of the largest online transcription and translation agencies. The platform offers both human transcription and AI-powered transcription options, catering to different needs. In this article, we’ll provide a general overview of GoTranscript’s services, key benefits like accuracy and turnaround time, the industries it serves, how the service works, the customer experience, and why it stands out against competitors.

Introduction to GoTranscript and Its Services

GoTranscript is a professional transcription service that turns your audio or video recordings into written text. The company provides a range of services including standard transcription (human-performed), automated transcription (AI-generated), as well as related offerings like captions, subtitling, and translation. Users from all over the globe rely on GoTranscript for everything from transcribing interviews and meetings to generating subtitles for videos. The service is designed to handle projects of all sizes, whether you’re an individual student needing a class lecture transcribed or a large enterprise processing thousands of hours of content.

One of GoTranscript’s core principles is human-driven accuracy. Unlike fully automated speech-to-text tools, GoTranscript uses a network of skilled human transcribers for its primary transcription service, ensuring high accuracy and quality. (They do offer an AI transcription option for those who prioritize speed and cost, which we’ll discuss later.) With nearly two decades of experience in the industry, GoTranscript has established a reputation for reliable transcription work. The company claims an accuracy rate of around 99% for its human-transcribed documents (Transcription Cost Estimate), thanks to rigorous quality checks and experienced transcribers reviewing each project. This focus on quality means that even difficult audio – with multiple speakers, heavy accents, or background noise – is handled with care to produce a precise transcript.

In addition to transcription, GoTranscript’s platform supports captioning and subtitling for videos, translation services for converting transcripts into other languages, and even custom solutions via their API for businesses that need to integrate transcription into their workflows. This makes GoTranscript a one-stop shop for various audio/video conversion needs beyond basic transcripts.

Key Benefits of GoTranscript

GoTranscript offers several key benefits that make it a popular choice for transcription services. Below, we break down the major advantages:

High Accuracy Transcriptions

Accuracy is often the top priority when choosing a transcription service, and GoTranscript emphasizes quality in every transcript. For human transcription orders, the service touts an accuracy level of up to 99%, meaning the final text is virtually word-perfect. This high accuracy is achieved by employing skilled human transcribers (many with 5+ years of experience) and implementing a thorough proofreading and quality assurance process. Every transcript is reviewed for errors and consistency, so you receive a polished final document. This level of precision is crucial for use cases like legal transcripts, medical records, or academic research where even small mistakes can be problematic.

For example, if you have an interview with multiple speakers or a conference recording with technical jargon, GoTranscript’s team works to ensure names, terms, and details are correctly captured. The commitment to accuracy gives users confidence that they won’t have to spend extra time fixing the transcript. In short, GoTranscript’s human-driven approach helps avoid the misheard words and awkward errors that are common with purely automated transcription tools.

Affordable Pricing

Another standout benefit of GoTranscript is its affordability. GoTranscript is often praised as one of the most cost-effective transcription providers in the industry. The pricing structure is typically based on the length of your audio (per audio minute), and rates for standard service are around the $0.90–$1.00 per minute range for English audio. This flat per-minute rate is very competitive, especially considering the quality provided. There are no hidden fees – features like speaker identification, timestamps, or verbatim transcription are usually included or available at transparent rates, unlike some services that charge extra for each add-on.

GoTranscript also offers bulk discounts and loyalty programs for frequent users. For instance, customers who have large volumes of audio or video to transcribe can receive tiered discounts (5%, 10%, or more) as their cumulative minutes increase. This makes the service even more economical for businesses or researchers with ongoing transcription needs.

To put the pricing in perspective, many competing transcription services charge significantly more for human transcription. (Some well-known providers charge around $1.50–$2.00 per minute for similar accuracy.) In a comparison of GoTranscript vs. other major transcription companies, GoTranscript’s rate of roughly $0.99 per minute was nearly half the price while delivering comparable quality). That value is a big reason budget-conscious users choose GoTranscript over competitors.

Fast Turnaround Time

Speed is another important factor, and GoTranscript provides a range of turnaround options to meet different deadlines. For standard transcription orders, the typical turnaround is fast – often within 24 hours for shorter files, and only a few days for longer projects. If you have a tight deadline, GoTranscript offers expedited same-day transcription services as well. With the rush option, transcripts can be delivered in as little as 6 to 12 hours for urgent needs. In fact, GoTranscript advertises the ability to return transcripts in under a day, sometimes even within six hours for time-sensitive projects.

The flexibility in turnaround times means you can choose a slower delivery for cost savings or pay a bit more to get your text back sooner. For example, a non-urgent recording might be sent on an economy 3-5 day plan to save money, whereas a business meeting needed for a next-day report can be transcribed overnight. Even with the faster service, GoTranscript still maintains high accuracy by allocating work to their top transcribers and using quality checks, so you rarely have to wait long to get a usable transcript.

It’s worth noting that GoTranscript’s automated AI transcription service (if you opt for it) can turn around transcripts almost instantly – often in a few minutes – since it’s machine-generated. However, the trade-off is lower accuracy. Many users start with an AI-generated draft for speed and then either edit it themselves or use GoTranscript’s human proofreading service to refine the transcript. Overall, whether you choose the fully human route or the AI-assisted route, GoTranscript gives you options to balance speed and accuracy according to your project requirements.

Human Transcription vs. AI Transcription

GoTranscript gives clients the choice between human transcription and AI transcription, combining the best of both worlds. The human transcription service is performed entirely by people and is the recommended option when accuracy and nuance are critical. Human transcribers can understand context, handle strong accents or poor audio quality, and accurately capture industry-specific terminology (for example, medical or legal terms) that an automated tool might mishear. If your content demands near-perfect accuracy or you require the transcript for official purposes, the human service is ideal. As mentioned, human-transcribed results from GoTranscript come with roughly 99% accuracy in most cases.

On the other hand, GoTranscript’s AI transcription is a faster, lower-cost alternative. This automated speech-to-text service can transcribe audio in a matter of minutes. It’s a great option for when you need a rough transcript quickly or have a tight budget. For instance, content creators or students might use the AI service to get a quick draft of a podcast or lecture and then manually clean it up. The AI transcripts won’t be as polished – typically, automatic transcription might achieve around 80–90% accuracy depending on audio clarity – but they are improving constantly. GoTranscript’s platform even allows you to edit the AI-generated text using an online editor while listening to the audio, so you can correct any mistakes on the fly.

Importantly, GoTranscript ensures that even its AI service benefits from their expertise: you can optionally request an AI transcript + human proofreading upgrade, where a professional transcriber will review and correct the machine transcript for a fraction of the full transcription price. This hybrid approach can save time and money while still producing an accurate result.

In summary, GoTranscript’s dual offerings mean you have flexibility. Use the human service for high-stakes projects or difficult audio, and consider the AI service for quick, informal needs. Either way, your content is handled securely and confidentially, and you retain full control over which method suits each project.

Industries Served by GoTranscript

GoTranscript serves a wide range of industries and use cases, making it a versatile transcription provider. Because of its accuracy and reliability, the service is trusted by clients in fields where precision is paramount. Some of the key industries and user groups that frequently use GoTranscript include:

  • Legal Transcription: Law firms and court reporters use GoTranscript to transcribe depositions, court hearings, client interviews, and other legal proceedings. The transcripts are formatted to be court-ready and can include timestamps or speaker labels as needed. Confidentiality is crucial for legal work, and GoTranscript maintains strict data security (including NDAs and encryption) to protect sensitive information. Their legal transcription services aim to capture every word accurately, which is vital for legal records.
  • Medical Transcription: Hospitals, clinics, and healthcare professionals turn to GoTranscript for transcribing doctor’s dictated notes, patient interviews, medical conferences, and research interviews. GoTranscript’s team includes transcribers familiar with medical terminology, ensuring that complex drug names or procedures are correctly transcribed. They also advertise HIPAA-compliant processes, highlighting their commitment to patient privacy and data security in the medical field.
  • Academic and Research Transcription: Students, professors, and researchers often need transcriptions of lectures, interviews, and focus group recordings. GoTranscript helps the academic community by transcribing research interviews, dissertations, thesis recordings, and seminars. Having written transcripts of these materials can greatly aid in analysis and in quoting sources. GoTranscript even offers special discounts for educational institutions or students, making it a budget-friendly choice for academia.
  • Media and Journalism: Reporters, media producers, and video editors use GoTranscript to get transcripts of interviews, news footage, podcasts, and documentaries. In media, speed is often of the essence – a journalist might need a transcript of a press conference within a few hours to meet a news deadline. With GoTranscript’s fast turnaround options, media professionals can quickly search text for quotes or create subtitles for video content. The high accuracy is essential here too, as quoting someone incorrectly due to a transcription error can be a serious issue.
  • Business and Corporate: Companies use GoTranscript for transcribing meetings, earnings calls, training sessions, webinars, and more. In the corporate world, having transcripts of key meetings or conference calls can improve accessibility and record-keeping. For example, a marketing team might transcribe focus group recordings to extract consumer insights, or an HR department might need transcripts of staff training videos. GoTranscript’s enterprise solutions and API allow larger organizations to integrate transcription into their workflows securely. Many Fortune 500 and even Fortune 50 companies trust GoTranscript for large-scale transcription projects.
  • Entertainment and Video Production: Content creators on YouTube, filmmakers, and TV producers use GoTranscript to get transcripts and captions. Adding accurate subtitles or closed captions to videos is not only important for accessibility but also can boost SEO on platforms like YouTube. GoTranscript can produce caption files (like SRT or VTT) alongside the text transcript, which saves video producers time. The transcription team can handle transcribing dialogue from reality shows, interviews for documentaries, or scripts from audio recordings.

These are just a few examples, but GoTranscript’s service is broad. From finance (transcribing investor calls) to technology (transcribing software webinars) to market research (transcribing focus groups), the platform has experience across many domains. Its ability to support transcripts in multiple languages also means it serves international businesses and multilingual needs. In all these industries, the combination of accuracy, confidentiality, and reasonable pricing makes GoTranscript an attractive partner for transcription.

How the GoTranscript Service Works

Using GoTranscript is designed to be a straightforward process. Here’s a step-by-step overview of how the service typically works from the user’s perspective:

  1. Create an Account or Log In: To begin, visit the GoTranscript website (or use their mobile-friendly interface) and create a free account. This gives you access to an online dashboard where you can manage your transcription projects. New users can easily sign up with just an email address and password.
  2. Upload Your Files: Once logged in, you can upload the audio or video files that you need transcribed. GoTranscript supports a wide range of file formats – common audio types like MP3, WAV, M4A, and video formats like MP4, MOV, AVI, etc. You can upload files from your computer or paste a URL if your audio/video is hosted online. The platform even allows adding links from YouTube or other sources directly for transcription.
  3. Choose Options and Settings: After uploading, select your transcription options. Choose the language of the audio (GoTranscript supports many languages), specify if you want Full Verbatim (with all “ums,” false starts, and fillers) or Clean Verbatim (cleaned-up speech), and decide whether you need timestamps in the transcript. You’ll also pick the turnaround time – for example, standard delivery or a rush delivery for faster results. If your audio has any special requirements (like heavy accents or poor audio quality), you can indicate that too, so they assign the most experienced transcribers as needed.
  4. Get an Instant Quote: GoTranscript’s system will calculate the cost of your order based on the length of your files, chosen turnaround, and any add-ons. You’ll see a price quote upfront. The pricing is transparent: for instance, a 30-minute file at a $1.00/min rate would show a $30 cost. Any bulk discounts or promo codes are applied at this stage as well. This way, you know exactly what the service will cost before confirming the order.
  5. Place Your Order and Pay: After reviewing the details, place the order by proceeding to payment. You can pay securely online via credit card or PayPal (and enterprise clients may arrange invoicing). Once payment is processed, the transcription work begins. You’ll receive an order confirmation and an estimated completion time.
  6. Transcription in Progress: GoTranscript’s team (or the AI engine, if you chose the automated service) starts transcribing your files. If human transcription is selected, your audio is assigned to one or more professional transcribers who will listen carefully and type out the content. They follow GoTranscript’s strict style guidelines, and often a second transcriber or quality reviewer will proofread the text for accuracy. During this phase, you can log into your account to see the status of your job (e.g., “In Progress” or a percentage completed). For lengthy files, the work might be split among multiple transcribers then merged and reviewed.
  7. Receive the Transcript: Once completed, you’ll be notified (usually by email) that your transcript is ready. You can then download the transcript file from your GoTranscript dashboard. Transcripts are typically provided in text or Word document formats, and you may also request PDF format if needed. If you ordered captions or subtitles, those files (like .srt or .vtt) will be available too.
  8. Review and Use the Transcript: Now you have the written text of your content. It’s a good idea to quickly review the transcript, especially if it’s for official use. In the unlikely event you spot an error or need a tweak, GoTranscript allows you to request a revision – they want to ensure you’re satisfied. In most cases, however, the transcript will be ready to use immediately. You can copy or export the text into reports, articles, or keep it for your records. The final transcript is yours to use as needed.

Throughout this process, GoTranscript’s interface is user-friendly and guides you at each step. There is also support available at every stage if you have questions – for example, if a file isn’t uploading or you’re unsure about which options to select, you can reach out to their team for help.

Customer Support and User Experience

GoTranscript places a strong emphasis on customer support and making sure the user experience is smooth. They offer 24/7 customer support, meaning you can get help at any time, regardless of your time zone. Whether you’re a first-time user with basic questions or a long-term client with a complex project, GoTranscript’s support team is available to assist. You can contact them through multiple channels: via email or support ticket, by phone, or through the website’s contact forms. Enterprise clients even have the option to book meetings or talk directly with a sales representative for large-scale needs.

Users often report that the GoTranscript website interface is intuitive and easy to navigate. The process of uploading files and placing orders is straightforward, with clear instructions and tooltips to help you along. For example, if you’re unsure about what “clean verbatim” means or whether to select the “heavy accent” option, the platform provides guidance so you can make the right choice. The order dashboard lets you track the progress of your transcription in real time, so you know when a file is being worked on and when it’s finished.

Once your transcript is delivered, GoTranscript also makes it easy to review the text. There’s an online editor tool that allows you to play your audio alongside the transcript, so you can follow along or make any minor edits or highlights for your own reference. This feature is particularly useful if you want to verify certain sections or extract specific quotes. The transcript files themselves are delivered in common formats (.txt, .docx) that open in any text editor or word processor, making them convenient to use.

Another aspect of user experience is data security and confidentiality. Many users have sensitive content (like legal or medical files), and GoTranscript’s platform is built with security in mind. All transcriptionists working for GoTranscript must sign confidentiality agreements, and the company gives clients the option to have completed transcripts deleted from their servers upon request. The website uses encryption to protect file transfers and stored data as well. These practices give peace of mind that your information stays private. In industries like legal and healthcare, this level of security and discretion is an essential part of a good user experience.

GoTranscript has also introduced collaboration features for business users. Teams can share projects or access transcripts within a single account, making it easier to work together on large projects or across departments. While GoTranscript does not have a dedicated mobile app (as of this writing), its website is mobile-responsive. This means you can upload files or check order statuses conveniently from a smartphone or tablet. The mobile experience is optimized, so you’re not required to be at a desktop computer to use the service.

Overall, from sign-up to transcript delivery, GoTranscript strives to keep the process hassle-free. If any issues arise, the round-the-clock support and the detailed FAQs/Help resources on their site are there to assist you. Many user reviews highlight GoTranscript’s helpful customer service and the ease of getting projects done, which speaks to the company’s commitment to a positive user experience.

Why Choose GoTranscript Over Competitors?

In a marketplace with many transcription providers, GoTranscript distinguishes itself in a few key ways. Here are some compelling reasons why users choose GoTranscript over other transcription services:

  • Competitive Pricing for Human Quality: GoTranscript offers human transcription at a price that is often significantly lower than other top providers for the same level of quality. This means you don’t have to pay a premium to get accurate transcripts. Budget-conscious customers appreciate that they can transcribe more content for their money with GoTranscript. The bulk discounts and loyalty program further enhance this cost advantage over time. Essentially, you’re getting nearly identical accuracy and service as more expensive options, but at a fraction of the cost.
  • High Accuracy and Quality Control: While some competitors also claim high accuracy, GoTranscript’s commitment to multi-step quality assurance (transcription + review + proofreading) is a strong selling point. Each transcript goes through rigorous checks, reducing the chance of errors. The company’s long track record and large base of satisfied clients attest to its quality. GoTranscript consistently achieves the ~99% accuracy on human transcripts that businesses and professionals require for reliable documentation.
  • Flexible Service Options (Human and AI): Not all transcription companies offer both a human and an AI option under one roof. GoTranscript gives you flexibility. If you prefer everything done by humans, that’s their specialty. If you want a quick machine-generated transcript or a hybrid workflow, they provide that too. Some competitors might excel in one area but not offer the other (for example, a purely AI transcription service won’t manually fix errors, while a strictly human-only service might be slower or pricier for large volumes). With GoTranscript, you can mix and match to suit each project without needing to switch platforms.
  • Support for Multiple Languages: GoTranscript supports transcription in a wide array of languages beyond just English. If you have international content – say a Spanish interview, a French video, or a multilingual conference – GoTranscript can handle it. They have native-speaking transcribers for dozens of languages. Many competing services primarily focus on English or charge much higher rates for non-English transcriptions, whereas GoTranscript has built a global team to serve multilingual needs affordably. This is a big plus for researchers or businesses working in diverse markets.
  • Industry Expertise and Security: GoTranscript has experience with specialized fields like legal and medical transcription, which not every competitor can claim. They are familiar with industry-specific formats (e.g., legal transcript formatting) and terminology. The service also adheres to security and confidentiality requirements — for instance, it is HIPAA-compliant for handling medical information and follows strict NDA policies for corporate and government clients. If you work in an industry with specific standards or privacy requirements, GoTranscript is equipped to meet them.
  • User-Friendly Experience: GoTranscript’s platform is easy to use and its customer support is very responsive, which isn’t always the case with other services. Some providers might have lower prices but lack live support or have a clunky interface. With GoTranscript, you get both affordability and a professional, accessible support team. The ability to reach a human representative 24/7 gives GoTranscript an edge for customers who value reliable support.
  • Proven Track Record: With over 122,000 clients served worldwide and consistently high customer ratings (around 4.9 out of 5 stars), GoTranscript has built a strong reputation. The company’s client list even includes top media outlets, universities, and Fortune 500 companies – a sign that they consistently deliver on their promises. This kind of trust and social proof can give new users confidence that they’re choosing a provider with a history of success.
  • One-Stop Shop for Language Services: Beyond transcription, GoTranscript offers a suite of related services (like translations, captions, and subtitles) under one roof. This means if your project involves multiple needs – say transcribing a video and then translating it into another language – you can handle it all through GoTranscript. Many competitors specialize in just one area, so having this one-stop convenience can save time and simplify workflows.

Conclusion

GoTranscript has established itself as a reliable and user-friendly transcription service that caters to a broad audience. With its roots dating back to 2005, the company combines years of experience with modern technology to deliver transcripts that are both accurate and delivered on time. Users benefit from GoTranscript’s commitment to quality – from the 99% accuracy of its human transcripts to the robust support for multiple languages and specialized industries. At the same time, its pricing remains accessible, offering great value compared to many competitors.

Whether you need a single interview transcribed or have ongoing transcription projects for your business, GoTranscript provides a smooth experience from start to finish. The process of uploading files and receiving transcripts is hassle-free, and help is always available if you need it. By choosing GoTranscript, customers are opting for a service that doesn’t force a trade-off between accuracy, speed, and cost – you get all three.

In an era where content is king and information needs to be accessible, having a dependable transcription partner is invaluable. GoTranscript’s blend of human expertise and smart technology makes it a go-to choice for transcription services. The next time you require a transcript, consider GoTranscript for an accurate, affordable, and efficient solution that has been tried and trusted by thousands of clients worldwide.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Transcription cost & quotes

GoTranscript Transcription Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short audio clip or a longer video project, getting a quote is simple and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  1. Per-Minute Rate: Pay only for the length of your audio or video file.
  2. Turnaround Options: Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
  3. Add-Ons: Optional services like timestampingspeaker identification, or verbatim style add a small surcharge.
  4. Bulk Discounts: Large volumes often qualify for reduced rates.

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quote directly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

1. Check Our Rates

2. Calculate the Cost

3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote

  • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
  • This PDF details pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods: Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure methods.
  • No Hidden Fees: You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing: Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

The Best Transcription Services for 2025, March

As transcription technology continues to evolve in 2025, businesses and individuals have more choices than ever when converting audio to text. The primary distinction lies in human-made transcription versus AI-powered transcription. While AI-based services offer affordability and speed, human transcription ensures higher accuracy—especially for complex recordings, heavy accents, and multi-speaker dialogues.

This guide compares GoTranscript, Rev, Scribie, TranscribeMe, Sonix, Happy Scribe, Daily Transcription, and Trint based on pricing, accuracy, and turnaround times, so you can choose the best service to suit your needs.


Comparison Table: Transcription Services (2025)

ServicePricingAccuracyTurnaround Time
GoTranscript100% Human-made: from $1.02/min.99.4% (human, guaranteed)Human: 5-day standard (cheapest) to 6–12h
RevHuman: $1.99/min;
AI (Auto): $0.25/min
99% (human); ~95% (AI auto)Human: ~12 hours or less for standard files; AI: ~5 minutes or less
SonixPay-go: $10/hour~99% (AI, with clear audio)Automated: minutes per file (no human option)
Happy ScribeAutomatic: $12 per 60 min (~$0.20/min); Human: ~$2.00/minUp to 85% (automatic); 99% (human)Automatic: minutes (fast AI); Human: <24 hours (often ~4–24h)
Daily TranscriptionStandard: $1.00/min; Rush (same-day/overnight): $1.50/min99% (human, quality-assured)Standard: 1–2+ days (standard delivery); Rush: same-day or overnight (<24h)
TrintPay-go: $15/hour (~$0.25/min); Subscriptions from ~$40/mo (includes ~3 hours)“Up to 99%” (AI, ideal conditions)Automated: minutes per file (no human service)

Key Notes:

  • Pricing is per audio minute unless stated otherwise.
  • AI accuracy depends on audio quality, background noise, and speaker clarity.
  • Human transcription services typically have a guaranteed 99%+ accuracy due to professional proofreading.
  • Turnaround times for human transcription depend on selected service levels, with faster options available at an additional cost.

Human vs. AI Transcription: Key Differences in 2025

1. Accuracy Levels

  • Human transcription guarantees 99%+ accuracy, making it ideal for legal, academic, and media use where precision is crucial.
  • AI transcription continues to improve but typically offers 80–95% accuracy depending on audio clarity. AI can struggle with accents, crosstalk, and technical jargon.

2. Turnaround Speed

  • AI-based transcription is instant—providing near real-time results.
  • Human services require time, but many offer expedited options (e.g., 6–12 hours for Rev or GoTranscript).

3. Pricing & Affordability

  • AI transcription services range from $0.07 to $0.25 per minute, making them cost-effective for large volumes of content.
  • Human transcription starts at $0.80 to $2.00 per minute, but offers better quality assurance and context-aware edits.

4. Ideal Use Cases

  • Use AI transcription for quick drafts, internal meetings, or searchable content.
  • Use human transcription for official documents, legal recordings, podcasts, and client-facing materials.

  • AI transcription is becoming more sophisticated, integrating machine learning and natural language processing (NLP).
  • Many services now offer hybrid solutions—AI first-draft transcriptions with optional human proofreading for balance between cost and accuracy.

Conclusion: Choosing the Right Transcription Service in 2025

  • If accuracy is the top priorityGoTranscript, Rev, and Daily Transcription offer 99%+ human-made transcripts.
  • For cost-effective, fast turnaround solutionsAI transcription services like Sonix, Trint, and Rev’s AI tool provide near-instant results.
  • For hybrid solutionsHappy Scribe and TranscribeMe combine AI-generated transcripts with human proofreading.

As AI transcription continues to improve, human services remain the best choice for critical use cases where misinterpretation could lead to errors. However, AI-powered tools are closing the gap, offering impressive accuracy at a fraction of the cost.

Among all services, GoTranscript is the only provider offering 100% human-made transcription, making it the best option if you need the highest accuracy. It is also more affordable than Rev for human transcription, with pricing starting at $1.02 per minute compared to Rev’s $2.00 per minute. However, if you prefer AI transcription and don’t require perfect accuracyRev.com’s AI service offers one of the most advanced automated solutions at a lower price point.

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Receipts & invoices

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Transcription Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

  1. Credit Cards
    • Major credit cards (Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover) are accepted.
    • Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Transcription page.
  2. PayPal
    • A secure option for online payments.
    • Log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.
  3. Purchase Orders (PO)

2. Payment Terms & Billing

  1. Instant Payment
    • For one-time orders, you pay upon checkout using your preferred method.
    • This ensures your project begins immediately.
  2. 30-Day Billing
    • Available for businesses or large-volume clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.
  3. Invoices & Receipts
    • Automated receipts are generated for all paid orders.
    • Monthly or custom invoicing can be arranged for bulk or recurring projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?

Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.

Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?

GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.

How do I submit a purchase order?

Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.

Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?

Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Payments & terms

GoTranscript Captioning Services offers flexible payment options to accommodate a wide range of client needs. From credit cards and PayPal to purchase orders (PO) and 30-day billing, we strive to make the payment process as convenient and transparent as possible.

Updated (March 2025): GoTranscript now provides more flexible invoicing for enterprise clients!


1. Accepted Payment Methods

Credit Cards

  • Major Credit Cards: Visa, MasterCard, American Express, Discover
  • How to Pay: Simply enter your card details at checkout on our Order Captioning page.

PayPal

  • Secure Online Payments: Easily log in to PayPal during checkout to complete your transaction.

Purchase Orders (PO)

  • For Businesses & Institutions:
    • Contact our Support Team to set up a PO arrangement for your captioning orders.

2. Payment Terms & Billing

Instant Payment

  • One-Time Orders:
    • Pay upon checkout using your preferred method to ensure captioning begins immediately.

30-Day Billing

  • For Large-Volume or Ongoing Clients:
    • Available to businesses or clients needing extended terms.
    • Contact our Support Team to discuss eligibility and set up your account.

Invoices & Receipts

  • Automated Receipts:
    • Generated for all paid orders.
  • Monthly or Custom Invoicing:
    • Perfect for bulk or recurring captioning projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch from immediate payment to monthly billing?
Yes. You’ll need to contact our Support Team to discuss your account details and volume requirements. We can then set up an invoicing arrangement tailored to your needs.


Are there any fees for using credit cards or PayPal?
GoTranscript doesn’t charge extra fees for standard payments. However, some financial institutions may apply currency conversion or transaction fees. Check with your payment provider for details.


How do I submit a purchase order?
Reach out to our Support Team with your PO request. We’ll guide you through the process and provide any necessary documentation.


Can I get a formal invoice for my accounting department?
Absolutely. Once billing is set up (e.g., PO or 30-day terms), we can generate monthly invoices or custom statements as required.

Invoices & receipts

GoTranscript makes it easy to download a receipt or invoice for any transcription order directly from your dashboard. Whether you need it for personal record-keeping or corporate accounting, you’ll find the process quick and seamless.


1. Where to Access Your Receipts & Invoices

  1. Log In
    • Sign in to GoTranscript with your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Navigate to the My Orders section for individual purchases or Team Orders if you manage a shared account.
  3. Select the Order
    • Find the completed transcription order for which you need a receipt or invoice.
  4. Download Invoice
    • Click the “Download Invoice” button or icon. A PDF file will be generated, ready for you to save or print.

2. Additional Invoice & Billing Options

  • Monthly Invoicing
    • High-volume or enterprise users can opt for 30-day billing or purchase orders (POs).
  • Custom Invoices
    • If you have special requirements or need detailed breakdowns, Contact Support to arrange a custom invoice.
  • Team Orders
    • Shared accounts can easily manage invoices for group projects, ensuring everyone has access to the necessary documentation.

Frequently Asked Questions

Will I receive an email invoice automatically?

You’ll get an order confirmation email, but the official invoice is best downloaded from your dashboard to ensure all details are accurate.

Can I retrieve invoices for past orders?

Yes. All completed orders remain accessible in My & Team Orders. Simply select any historic order and choose “Download Invoice.”

What if I need a different billing address or format?

You can edit your account details under billing, or contact our Support Team to request a customized invoice format.

Do enterprise clients have additional invoice options?

Absolutely. With Enterprise Support, you can discuss monthly, quarterly, or custom invoicing cycles. Our team can also incorporate purchase orders or internal references.

Cashback program

GoTranscript rewards loyal customers with cashback that can be redeemed as eGift cards to popular retailers like AmazonStarbucks, and Walmart. Once you accumulate a minimum balance, you can request a gift card right from your dashboard, making it simple to enjoy extra savings every time you transcribe with us.


1. Earning Cashback

  • Order Transcriptions: Each completed order automatically contributes to your cashback balance.
  • Dashboard Updates: Watch your earnings grow under the Loyalty & Cashback tab.

Tip: There’s no need to sign up for a separate program—your GoTranscript account tracks these rewards automatically.


2. Tracking Your Balance

  1. Log In: Access your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Go to Loyalty & Cashback: This tab shows your current cashback amount.
  3. Minimum Redemption: You can request a gift card once your balance reaches $10.

3. Redeeming Gift Cards

  1. Select Preferred Retailer
    • Choose Amazon, Starbucks, Best Buy, Uber Eats, Uber, Apple, Domino’s, Lowe’s, Chipotle, Netflix, DoorDash, Google Play—whichever suits you best.
  2. Request a Gift Card
    • Click Request next to your chosen retailer in the Loyalty & Cashback tab.
  3. Delivery within 12 Hours
    • You’ll receive an eGift card code in your email, typically within 12 hours.
    • Copy or click the link to redeem it on the retailer’s site.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need a minimum order to start earning cashback?

No. Cashback accrues on all valid orders. Once you reach $10 in your total balance, you can request a gift card.

Can I choose more than one type of gift card?

Yes. As long as you have sufficient balance, feel free to request multiple gift cards (one at a time) for different retailers.

Is there an expiration date for my cashback balance?

Generally, your cashback balance does not expire. If you have specific concerns, contact our Support Team for details.

How do I use my eGift card?

You’ll receive a unique code via email. Copy it and redeem on the respective retailer’s website during checkout or in your account settings.

Caption cost & quotes

GoTranscript Captioning Services maintain a transparent, per-minute pricing model with no hidden fees. Whether you have a short video clip or a full-length project, getting a quote is straightforward and quick.


1. Understanding GoTranscript Pricing

  • Per-Minute Rate:
    • Pay only for the length of your video or audio file.
  • Turnaround Options:
    • Standard, rush, and super-rush speeds may affect your total cost.
    • Optional services like timestampsspeaker identification, or verbatim captions come with a small surcharge.
  • Bulk Discounts:

Tip: Need a formal quote for your company or project? GoTranscript lets you Download an Official Quotedirectly from the pricing page.


2. How to Get a Quick Quote

  1. Check Our Rates
  2. Calculate the Cost
    • Go to our Captioning Cost Estimate Tool.
    • Upload your file or enter file details.
    • Select languageturnaround, and any add-ons you need (timestamps, open captions, etc.).
  3. Download an Official GoTranscript Quote
    • After finalizing your options, click to download your official quote.
    • The PDF will include pricingproject scope, and expected turnaround.

3. Payment & Billing

  • Accepted Payment Methods:
    • Major credit cards, PayPal, and other secure options.
  • No Hidden Fees:
    • You’ll see all costs before confirming your order.
  • Flexible Invoicing:
    • Businesses and institutions can request custom invoices or monthly billing.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s clear per-minute pricing, you’ll know your exact cost before placing a caption order. Whether you have tight deadlines or prefer a more relaxed turnaround, our transparent quotes, various add-ons, and flexible billing options make professional captioning both simple and budget-friendly.

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

Handling PII

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

HIPAA compliance

GoTranscript holds a HIPAA certification, affirming our compliance with rigorous healthcare data protection standards.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: Healthcare providers and related organizations can trust that Protected Health Information (PHI)remains secure and meets strict legal requirements.
  • Legal & Regulatory Assurance: Compliance with HIPAA helps reduce liability risks and safeguards patient privacy, supporting high-quality care delivery.

PII protection

GoTranscript places a high priority on safeguarding Personally Identifiable Information (PII). From specialized trainingto strict access controls, we follow comprehensive processes that align with international data protection standards like GDPR. Below is an overview of how we ensure PII remains secure throughout our platform.


1. Specialized PII Training

  • DoD-Level Framework
    Our team undergoes training originally designed for U.S. Department of Defense personnel and contractors, teaching them to identify, classify, and protect PII effectively.
  • Regular Refreshers
    Employees receive ongoing education to remain current on evolving privacy regulations and best practices.

2. Role-Based Access Control

  • Least Privilege Principle
    Only staff with a clear, job-related need can view or handle PII. Permissions are granted according to specific roles, minimizing the risk of exposure.
  • Periodic Reviews
    We routinely audit user access to ensure no one retains unnecessary privileges.

3. Incident Response & Mitigation

  • Defined Protocols
    GoTranscript has clear procedures to detectreport, and respond to any PII-related incidents.
  • Timely Notifications
    In the event of a data breach, we notify affected clients and regulatory authorities (when applicable) according to legal requirements.

4. Data Classification & Segmentation

  • Logical Segmentation
    PII is stored separately and encrypted (AES-256 at rest, SSL/TLS in transit) to prevent unauthorized cross-access.
  • Policy Enforcement
    Our internal governance framework includes continuous monitoring to ensure all data remains properly categorized and protected.

5. Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs
    Every employee or contractor must sign an NDA before accessing any client data.
  • Customized NDAs
    If you need additional confidentiality terms for PII, we can provide tailored agreements to meet specific regulatory or industry requirements.

6. Continuous Education & Updates

  • Evolving Regulations
    We closely follow changes in data protection laws (GDPR, HIPAA, etc.) and update our internal policies to remain compliant.
  • Proactive Improvements
    Our security and compliance teams review emerging threats, technologies, and best practices—adjusting protocols whenever necessary.

Disaster recovery & continuity

GoTranscript employs proactive measures to maintain service availability and swiftly recover from unexpected events—such as natural disasters, outages, or security incidents. Our multi-layered approach ensures minimal disruption to your workflow, even under the most challenging circumstances.


1. Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy

  • Distributed Infrastructure
    We host data across multiple AWS regions, reducing the risk of localized issues affecting the entire network.
  • Automatic Failover
    If one region encounters a major disruption, traffic and services can shift to another operational region, ensuring continued availability.

2. Regular Backups & Point-in-Time Recovery

  • Daily Backups
    We perform comprehensive daily backups of critical files and databases, retained for up to four weeks.
  • Granular Restoration
    These backups enable point-in-time recovery, minimizing data loss and accelerating return to normal operations.

3. Global Cloud Operations Staff

  • 24/7/365 Monitoring
    Our dedicated Cloud Operations team works around the clock, supervising system health in real time.
  • Rapid Incident Response
    Because our staff is geographically distributed, regional incidents have a limited impact on the overall service.

4. Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection

  • Multiple Internet Links
    We rely on redundant internet connections to mitigate single points of failure.
  • Advanced Threat Mitigation
    Specialized Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) protection helps protect service uptime against malicious attacks.

5. Robust Testing & Ongoing Improvements

  • Risk Assessments
    We evaluate potential vulnerabilities or points of failure, ensuring we can adapt before problems arise.
  • Regular Drills
    Disaster recovery exercises validate our strategies, enabling us to refine and improve our response plans.

Why This Matters

  • Service Reliability: Clients can confidently rely on GoTranscript for uninterrupted access to transcription, even during adverse conditions.
  • Data Integrity: Regular backups and failover solutions prevent catastrophic data loss.
  • Scalable Support: By balancing workloads globally, we maintain consistent performance for both small-scale and enterprise-level clients.

AI usage & confidentiality

GoTranscript firmly believes in safeguarding client content and maintaining strict privacy. We do not use any customer audio, video, or text for AI model training—nor do we sell, rent, or license client data to any external parties. Our policies and internal controls ensure that all client materials remain strictly confidential and are used only for the services requested.


Our “No AI Training” Policy

  1. Authorized Use Only
    • Client data (audio, video, text) is exclusively processed for the requested service—such as transcription, proofreading, or translation.
    • Agreements with our clients explicitly prohibit using content for AI training or data mining.
  2. Strict Internal Governance
    • Policy Enforcement: All GoTranscript employees and contractors receive clear directives on acceptable data handling practices.
    • Accountability Mechanisms: Regular audits and compliance reviews confirm adherence to our “No AI Training” policy.
  3. Data Isolation & Security
    • Logical Segmentation: Client content is kept separate within our infrastructure to prevent unauthorized use.
    • Access Control: Only authorized personnel—operating under non-disclosure agreements (NDAs)—can view or manage client files.
  4. No Data Resale or Third-Party Sharing
    • GoTranscript does not sell or license your transcripts or recordings to third parties, including AI developers or data brokers.
    • Subcontractor Oversight: When we involve specialized consultants, they also operate under binding agreements that reflect our “No AI Training” restrictions.
  5. Transparent Retention & Deletion
    • Secure Deletion: Once services are complete (or upon client request), we remove client data from our systems.
    • This ensures no future possibility of unauthorized usage or data mining.

Why It Matters

  • Client Confidentiality: You can trust that your intellectual property and sensitive information remain private.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Our approach aligns with data protection standards like GDPR and HIPAA, preventing unauthorized secondary use of data.
  • Peace of Mind: Knowing that your materials won’t be exploited for AI research or shared with third parties lets you focus on your core business needs.

Learn More

By choosing GoTranscript, you’re partnering with a securetrustworthy, and transparent service provider that prioritizes your data privacy—without exception.

NDAs & confidentiality

Yes. GoTranscript is fully prepared to meet your confidentiality requirements through NDAs. We understand the sensitivity of client data—from corporate strategies to intellectual property—and take every step to protect it.


1. Employee NDAs

  • Mandatory for All Staff
    Every GoTranscript employee and contractor signs an NDA prior to accessing any client data.
  • Legal & Professional Accountability
    Violations of these agreements result in strict disciplinary actions, ensuring high levels of responsibility.

2. Client-Specific NDAs

  • Customizable Agreements
    If you have additional clauses or heightened confidentiality stipulations, we can tailor our NDA to your unique requirements.
  • Regulatory Alignment
    Industry-specific needs (e.g., financial, legal, healthcare) can be accommodated within these customized NDAs.

3. Strict Compliance & Policy Enforcement

  • Ongoing Monitoring
    Our internal policies reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and continuous security training.
  • Zero-Tolerance Approach
    Any breach of NDA terms triggers an immediate investigation, keeping your data secure from unauthorized disclosures.

Why This Matters

  • Peace of Mind: You can trust us with sensitive information, knowing it remains strictly confidential.
  • Regulatory Compliance: Industry-specific NDAs help ensure compliance in heavily regulated sectors like financeor healthcare.
  • Confidence in Collaboration: A clear, documented commitment to privacy fosters deeper client relationships and smoother project workflows.

Learn More

Infrastructure hosting

GoTranscript hosts its language services platform on Amazon Web Services (AWS), a leading cloud provider renowned for robust securityhigh reliability, and global scalability. By leveraging AWS’s advanced infrastructure, GoTranscript offers clients a secure and high-performance environment for all transcription and content needs.


Key Benefits of AWS Hosting

  1. Industry-Recognized Certifications
    • AWS maintains ISO 27001CSA STAR, and SOC 1/2/3 certifications.
    • Ensures compliance with strict data protection standards, enhancing trust and reliability.
  2. Data Encryption & Constant Monitoring
    • AES-256 encryption for data at rest, SSL/TLS for in-transit data.
    • Round-the-clock threat detectionreal-time logging, and automated alerts help ensure rapid incident response.
  3. Global Redundancy & High Availability
    • Multiple availability zones and geographic regions safeguard against localized downtime.
    • Ensures your projects remain accessible and resilient, even under adverse conditions.
  4. Scalability & Performance
    • AWS’s robust architecture allows GoTranscript to scale resources on demand.
    • Delivers consistent performance for large or rapidly growing workloads.

Security threat response

GoTranscript employs a multi-layered security strategy that combines advanced monitoringreal-time analytics, and proactive threat detection. These measures enable us to quickly identify and neutralize potential risks to client data and system integrity.


1. Continuous Monitoring & Event Management

  • 24/7 Cloud Operations Center
    Our dedicated team monitors system health around the clock, leveraging real-time alerts to address unusual activity.
  • SIEM Integration
    We use Security Information and Event Management software to consolidate logs, analyze events, and identify signs of unauthorized activity across our infrastructure.

2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention

  • Multi-Tier Firewall Architecture
    GoTranscript deploys firewalls and intrusion detection/prevention systems (IDS/IPS) at critical network points. These tools inspect traffic for anomalies or known threats.
  • Endpoint Protection & XDR
    An Extended Detection and Response (XDR) framework continuously monitors endpoint devices for malware, suspicious behavior, or policy violations.

3. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics

  • Advanced Tooling
    We rely on industry-recommended solutions that combine predictive analytics with security configuration management, providing early visibility into emerging threats.
  • Automated Incident Response
    When specific threat patterns are detected, our systems can automatically trigger containment actions or raise alerts to the Cloud Operations team for immediate intervention.

4. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing

  • Automated Scans
    GoTranscript conducts routine vulnerability scans that target operating systems, applications, and the broader technology stack to detect potential weaknesses.
  • Penetration Testing
    We schedule penetration tests at least every 12 months—or before releasing major updates—to simulate real-world attack scenarios and refine our defenses.

5. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management

  • Structured Response
    Our approach follows IT Infrastructure Library (ITIL) guidelines, ensuring a methodical, documented process for handling any security incident.
  • Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    Proposed system changes undergo CAB review to minimize the risk of introducing new vulnerabilities.

Data protection practices

GoTranscript provides secure language services to thousands of clients worldwide—from Fortune 500 companies to top universities. Our security measures adapt to meet the specialized needs of diverse industries, including highly regulated sectors such as Finance and Healthcare. This overview explains how GoTranscript upholds data protection and privacy, detailing our secure cloud infrastructure, monitoring systems, compliance with laws like HIPAA and GDPR, and more.


1. Introduction

At GoTranscript, safeguarding client data is our top priority. We use industry-leading security measures aligned with strict regulatory frameworks (e.g., GDPR, HIPAA). By maintaining multi-tiered protocols, we ensure consistent service availability and rapid recovery when needed—vital for clients who depend on uninterrupted access to transcription, content, and language services.


2. Cloud Service Providers: AWS

Why AWS?

GoTranscript partners with Amazon Web Services (AWS) to host our language services platform. This partnership delivers high performance, reliability, and resilience across our product offerings.

AWS Security Certifications

AWS has earned multiple industry-recognized certifications, including ISO 27001CSA STARSSAE16 SOC 1/2/3. These reflect AWS’s dedication to:

  • Physical Security: Biometric authentication, 24/7 surveillance in data centers.
  • Encryption: Data encrypted at rest (AES-256) and in transit (SSL/TLS).
  • Constant Monitoring: Proactive threat detection, real-time logging, automated alerting.
  • Global Redundancy: Multiple availability zones ensure uptime and data continuity.

3. Identity and Access Management (IAM)

We safeguard our cloud infrastructure through a robust IAM framework:

  1. Multi-Factor Authentication (MFA)
    • Required for all administrative access to management consoles and tools.
  2. Access Controls & Least Privilege
    • Each user gets only the permissions required for their role.
    • Permissions are regularly reviewed to prevent unnecessary access.
  3. Comprehensive Monitoring & Logging
    • All actions within our consoles/tools are centrally logged.
    • Automated alerts trigger immediate investigation of anomalies.
  4. Centralized Security Framework
    • Clear policies for access control, authorization, and accountability.
    • Aggregated logs are continuously analyzed to detect potential risks.
  5. Security Intelligence & Response
    • Our security experts use advanced analytics for proactive threat intelligence and rapid response to evolving cyber threats.

4. Availability & Proactive Monitoring

To ensure continuous service availability:

  • 24/7/365 Cloud Operations Center: Real-time alerts let us address incidents immediately.
  • Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Patching: Automated scans for operating systems, dependencies, and applications keep our environment updated.
  • Redundant Connectivity & DDoS Protection: Multiple internet connections and specialized threat mitigationguard against cyberattacks.
  • Rapid Security Upgrades: Security patches are applied urgently, closing vulnerabilities before exploitation.

5. Data Security & Logical Protection

Our approach to data security focuses on isolation, encryption, and least privilege:

  1. Dedicated Cloud Operations
    • A specialized team, separate from corporate systems, manages our hosted environment—minimizing insider threats.
  2. Logical Segmentation & Encryption
    • Each customer’s data is isolated, preventing cross-access.
    • AES-256 encryption safeguards both live and backup data.
  3. Principle of Least Privilege
    • Only authorized staff with a defined need can view or manage client data.
    • Role-based security training and background checks align with local regulations.
  4. Regular Backups
    • Daily backups retained for up to four weeks, enabling point-in-time recovery.
    • Mitigates data loss from unforeseen events.
  5. Network Segmentation & Firewalls
    • Public-facing servers reside in a demilitarized zone (DMZ).
    • Multiple firewall layers reduce the attack surface while maximizing threat detection.

6. Business Continuity & Disaster Recovery

GoTranscript ensures uninterrupted service through:

  • Multiple Data Centers & Geographic Redundancy: We distribute workloads and backups across various AWS regions to guard against localized failures.
  • Global Cloud Operations Staff: Regional incidents have minimal impact on service management; staff are available 24/7/365.
  • High-Level Continuity: Even in major disasters, we can swiftly recover thanks to advanced replication and automated failover strategies.

7. HIPAA Compliance

For healthcare organizations handling Protected Health Information (PHI), GoTranscript offers HIPAA-compliant solutions:

  • Secure Infrastructure: PHI is encrypted (AES-256 at rest, TLS in transit).
  • Controlled Access: Strictly limited to authorized personnel with clearly defined roles.
  • Robust Administrative Controls: Staff undergo specialized HIPAA/security training, plus background checks.
  • Technical Safeguards: Audit logging, MFA for privileged accounts, secure data centers.
  • Continuous Compliance: Regular audits and incident response plans keep processes HIPAA-aligned.

8. PII Protection & NDAs

PII Protection

  • Specialized Training: Our staff learn DoD-level PII guidelines to identify and safeguard sensitive data.
  • Incident Response: Clear procedures for detecting, reporting, and mitigating PII breaches.
  • Continuous Education: Regular refresher courses to stay current with best practices and evolving regulations.

Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

  • Employee NDAs: All staff and contractors sign comprehensive NDAs before accessing client data.
  • Client-Specific NDAs: We tailor NDAs for regulated industries with stricter confidentiality needs.
  • Ongoing Monitoring: We reinforce NDA obligations through robust access controls and security training.

View NDA PoliciesGoTranscript NDA


9. Our “No AI Training” Policy

GoTranscript never uses client content—audio, video, or text—to train AI models or for other unauthorized purposes:

  • Contractual Assurance: All agreements prohibit using client data for AI training or data mining.
  • Strict Data Isolation: Content is logically separated, minimizing risk of unauthorized access.
  • No Third-Party Sharing: We don’t share or sell client data to external parties, including AI developers or data brokers.

Read MoreNo AI Training Agreement


10. Security Tools & Capabilities

GoTranscript invests in industry-leading security software for:

  1. Security Information & Event Management (SIEM)
    • Consolidates logs, monitors file integrity, and offers deep infrastructure visibility.
  2. Perimeter Firewalls & Intrusion Prevention
    • Prevents unauthorized access, blocks known malware, and detects suspicious activity in real time.
  3. 24/7 Monitoring & Event Management
    • Our Cloud Operations Center runs 24x7x365, ensuring immediate incident response.
  4. Threat Detection & Predictive Analytics
    • Advanced tooling identifies emerging threats, applying predictive analytics and automated incident response.
  5. System Hardening
    • Deploys configurations aligned with CIS (Center for Internet Security) guidelines to minimize vulnerabilities.
  6. Regular Vulnerability Scanning & Penetration Testing
    • Automated scans check for compliance with OWASP Top 10 and other standards.
    • Penetration tests occur at least once every 12 months (or with major new product releases).
  7. ITIL-Compliant Incident Management
    • A structured ticketing system handles incidents, service level agreements, and change management.
  8. Change Advisory Board (CAB)
    • Our security team reviews all proposed changes before deployment—preventing risky modifications.

11. Conclusion & Further Information

GoTranscript’s multi-layered security measures are designed for highly regulated industries such as Finance, Healthcare, and beyond. We stay ahead of evolving threats, maintain strict compliance with global standards, and continuously enhance our processes—ensuring data confidentialityintegrity, and availability for all our clients.

Ready to Connect with a Specialist?

Reach out to us for enterprise-level solutionsbulk discounts, or any custom security needs:

Supported file types

GoTranscript Captions Services accept a wide variety of video file formats, ensuring that you can upload your content without hassle. Users can either upload files directly or paste a URL for online media.


Tip: Even less common video formats may be supported. If you have a specialized format, contact our Support Team to confirm.


1. Supported Video Formats

GoTranscript supports popular video file types, including:

  • MP4 (MPEG-4)
  • AVI (Audio Video Interleave)
  • MOV (Apple QuickTime Movie)
  • WMV (Windows Media Video)
  • MKV (Matroska Video)
  • FLV (Flash Video)

3. URL Uploads

You can also paste a URL from platforms like YouTube, Dropbox, Google Drive, or any publicly accessible link. This option saves time by eliminating the need to download files first.

  1. Copy the direct link or the video’s shared URL.
  2. Paste it into the GoTranscript uploader.
  3. Let our system do the rest!

Ensuring transcription accuracy

GoTranscript Transcription Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists who use an in-house transcription system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Professional linguists handle the initial pass. Their background in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools may miss.
  2. Secondary Review
    • second team member reviews each transcript, checking for accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.
  3. Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)
    • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.

Tip: If you have special formatting or jargon needs, reach out to Enterprise Support to learn more about our customized review process.


2. In-House Transcription System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that helps transcribers and editors work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can quickly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: No external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your transcript, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard video files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced captioning techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for even better precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

Initial Captioning

  • Highly skilled captioners with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.

Quality Check

  • A dedicated editor reviews each set of captions for consistency and correctness.

Optional Extra Review

  • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping to tackle unclear audio or thick accents.
  • Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits:
    An additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations and higher accuracy.
  • Reduced Errors:
    Ideal for videos with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality:
    Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy in your captions.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?
Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The fee covers extra quality checks needed for challenging recordings.


Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?
GoTranscript works hard to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.


Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?
Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every captioned video. If you spot any issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.


Does this extra cost apply to all files?
No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the additional charge does not apply.


Bottom Line:
Whether you have standard or challenging audio, GoTranscript’s layered quality checks and optional Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent feature help you achieve reliable, high-accuracy captions—even under tough conditions.

Accuracy-improving features

GoTranscript consistently maintains an impressive 99.4% accuracy rate on standard audio files, thanks to multiple quality checks and advanced transcription techniques. However, for more challenging recordings—such as low-quality audio or heavy accents—clients can select an additional level of review during the order process for improved precision.

Updated: March 2025 – GoTranscript continuously refines its quality-control methods to support difficult files!


1. Multiple Review Layers

  1. Initial Transcription
    • Highly skilled transcribers with expertise in diverse accents and dialects.
  2. Quality Check
    • A dedicated editor reviews each transcript for consistency and correctness.
  3. Optional Extra Review
    • If you select Low-quality audio/Heavy accent on the Order Form, a secondary review team applies added scrutiny, helping combat unclear audio or thick accents.

Note: Choosing Low-quality audio/Heavy accent adds $0.30 per minute to cover the extra effort.


2. Why Select “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent”?

  • More Thorough Edits: Additional pass ensures minimal misinterpretations.
  • Reduced Errors: Ideal for files with background noise, technical jargon, or heavily accented speakers.
  • Consistent Quality: Even if the audio is challenging, GoTranscript strives to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Frequently Asked Questions

How much does the “Low-Quality Audio/Heavy Accent” option cost?

Selecting this feature adds $0.30 per audio/video minute. The extra fee covers additional quality checks needed for challenging recordings.

Do I still get 99.4% accuracy with poor-quality audio?

GoTranscript does its best to deliver the highest possible accuracy. Choosing the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option significantly improves outcomes for challenging files, though extremely distorted recordings may still have inherent limitations.

Can I request additional revisions if the audio is hard to understand?

Absolutely. GoTranscript offers a feedback loop for every transcript. If you spot issues, contact our Support Team for a complimentary revision.

Does this extra cost apply to all files?

No. Only select the Low-quality audio/Heavy accent option for files you believe need extra attention. If your audio is clear and standard, the extra charge does not apply.

Ensuring captioning accuracy

GoTranscript Captioning Services guarantee high-quality results through a double-layer quality control process. With over 20 years of experience in the industry, GoTranscript employs professional linguists and captioners who use an in-house captioning system—avoiding reliance on third-party tools and minimizing the risk of errors.


1. Multi-Step Quality Control

Initial Captioning

  • Professional linguists handle the first pass. Their expertise in multiple accents and dialects helps them capture context and nuances that automated tools often miss.

Secondary Review

  • second team member reviews each set of captions, checking for timing, accuracy, grammar, and formatting consistency.

Optional Third Layer (Enterprise Support)

  • Enterprise clients or users with specialized requirements can opt for an additional review layer, further boosting precision.
  • Tip: If you have special formatting or technical jargon, reach out to Enterprise Support for a customized reviewprocess.

2. In-House Captioning System

GoTranscript has developed a proprietary platform that allows captioners and editors to work seamlessly. Unlike companies relying on third-party tools, this in-house system:

  • Reduces Errors: Purpose-built features minimize slip-ups and typos.
  • Enhances Efficiency: Editors can swiftly flag and correct inconsistencies.
  • Protects Data: Fewer external integrations mean fewer security vulnerabilities.

3. Feedback & Continuous Improvement

  • Client Feedback Loop: Once you receive your caption files, you can request revisions if needed.
  • Ongoing Skill Development: We train our linguists and captioners on new industry terms and evolving language trends to maintain top-notch accuracy.

Bottom Line:
With GoTranscript’s multi-layer review and proprietary captioning system, you’re assured of consistently high-quality captions—no matter how challenging your audio or video content may be.

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized transcription solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  1. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency audio or video content.
  2. Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
  3. Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  4. Flexible Payment Options

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for custom setups.
    • Discuss your volumefile types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate transcription requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order transcripts in bulk?

Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.

Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?

Absolutely. The GoTranscript Transcription API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed transcripts automatically.

What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?

GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.

Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?

Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.

API key location

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use transcription API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Transcription Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Transcript Delivery
    • Once complete, transcripts are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive transcription projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. We can crowdsource tasks among professional linguists to ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network: Our pool of seasoned transcribers spans different time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent: We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized content.
  • Scalability: Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of audio/video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  1. Distributed Task Allocation
    • Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple transcribers in parallel.
  2. Consistent Quality Assurance
    • A combination of automated checks and human review ensures consistency across all sections of the final transcript.
  3. Flexible Turnaround Options
    • Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management
    • Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire transcription process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools
    • Transcribers and editors collaborate in real-time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure
    • The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?

Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.

What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?

We have specialized transcribers experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.

Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?

GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.

How do you maintain consistency across multiple transcribers?

We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.

Handling large volumes

GoTranscript is equipped to handle high-volume and time-sensitive captioning projects thanks to a 30,000-strong global workforce and a robust in-house system. By crowdsourcing tasks among professional linguists and captioners, we ensure timely delivery without compromising on quality.


1. Extensive Workforce of 30,000+ Professionals

  • Global Network:
    Our pool of seasoned captioners spans multiple time zones, ensuring around-the-clock availability.
  • Specialized Talent:
    We can quickly assemble teams with industry-specific knowledge (e.g., legal, medical, academic) for specialized video content.
  • Scalability:
    Having such a large workforce means we can easily ramp up to meet increased demand—whether you have hundreds or thousands of video hours.

2. Crowdsourcing for Special Orders

  • Distributed Task Allocation:
    Large projects can be broken into smaller tasks and assigned to multiple captioners simultaneously.
  • Consistent Quality Assurance:
    A mix of automated checks and human review ensures a high level of consistency across all sections of the final captions.
  • Flexible Turnaround Options:
    Even under tight deadlines, our crowd-based approach helps maintain speed and accuracy.

Tip: For custom solutions—like specialized terminology or formatting—contact our Enterprise Support to set up a tailor-made workflow.


3. Robust In-House System

  • Efficient Project Management:
    Our proprietary platform streamlines the entire captioning process—from file upload and assignment to final quality checks.
  • Advanced Collaboration Tools:
    Captioners and editors collaborate in real time, reducing bottlenecks and ensuring uniform standards.
  • Scalable Infrastructure:
    The system automatically balances workloads, so even massive uploads won’t overwhelm the pipeline.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can GoTranscript handle extremely tight deadlines for large projects?
Yes. Our extensive pool of 30,000+ linguists and captioners, combined with a crowdsourcing approach, allows us to manage urgent, large-scale orders quickly. Reach out to Enterprise Support for expedited options.


What if my project requires specific expertise or terminology?
We have specialized captioners experienced in various fields—legal, medical, academic, and more. You can also provide a glossary or reference materials to maintain accuracy.


Do I have to worry about data security for large file batches?
GoTranscript enforces strict Security protocols, including encryption and secure servers. We also offer NDAs for additional confidentiality.


How do you maintain consistency across multiple captioners?
We use a quality control system that involves editor reviewsstyle guidelines, and standardized processes. This ensures each portion of the project meets the same high-quality standards.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s large global workforcecrowdsourcing capabilities, and robust in-house systems enable us to scale up for massive captioning projects while delivering accurate results—on time, every time.

Bulk order discounts

Yes! GoTranscript provides bulk order discounts that help you save money as your total uploaded audio or video minutes increase. Whether you’re a regular customer or an enterprise with extensive transcription needs, we make it easier (and more affordable) to get all your transcripts done.


1. Bulk Discount Structure

We offer tiered discounts based on the total minutes in your GoTranscript account:

Tip: The more minutes you accumulate across your account, the higher your discount level becomes.


2. How the Discount Works

  1. Automatic Application
    • Once you surpass a discount threshold (e.g., 2,500 total minutes), your discount is automatically applied to eligible orders.
  2. Use on Current or Future Orders
    • Savings can apply immediately on your next purchase or remain valid for future uploads.
  3. Enterprise Plans

3. Benefits of Bulk Ordering

  • Cost Efficiency: Reduce per-minute costs, especially if you have consistent audio/video content to transcribe.
  • Simplified Budgeting: A predictable discount structure helps forecast and manage transcription expenses.
  • Priority Handling: Larger projects often qualify for dedicated support and faster turnaround options.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I track my total minutes?

Log in to your GoTranscript dashboard to see your cumulative minutes. As you upload more files, your total updates automatically.

Does the discount apply to all services (e.g., timestamps, heavy accents)?

Yes. The discount is a percentage off your total. Optional add-ons—like timestamps or low-quality audio adjustments—are also discounted accordingly.

Can I combine a bulk discount with other offers?

In most cases, bulk discounts can’t be stacked with other promotions. However, if you have special circumstances, contact our Support Team to discuss potential exceptions.

What if I need more than 10,000 minutes transcribed?

We recommend you Book a Meeting through our Enterprise Support page. We can create a custom plan with even larger discounts, flexible billing, and a dedicated account manager.

API key & order status

If you’re looking to integrate GoTranscript’s transcription services into your application or workflow, you’ll need your API key (sometimes called an API token). Below are the quick steps to locate it in your account dashboard:


1. Log In to Your Account

  1. Go to the GoTranscript website.
  2. Click Log In at the top-right corner.
  3. Enter your email and password.

2. Open the “Settings” Section

  1. Dashboard View: On the left-hand side, find and click Settings.
  2. Look for a tab labeled “API” in the top navigation (near NotificationsCredit Card, etc.).

3. Locate Your API Token

  1. Within the API tab, you’ll see a field labeled “Your API Token” or “Your API Key”.
  2. Click Copy to quickly copy it to your clipboard.
  3. Optionally set a Callback URL if you want to receive automatic updates upon transcription completion.

Tip: Keep your API key private—anyone with it can place orders or access your transcripts through the API.

API integration

GoTranscript provides an easy-to-use captioning API that seamlessly connects with your existing platform—be it a web app, mobile app, or proprietary software. If you’re looking to automate your audio/video uploads and quickly receive transcripts without manual intervention, our API is the ideal solution.


1. Why Use the GoTranscript API?

  • Automation: Eliminate repetitive tasks by having transcripts automatically processed.
  • Scalability: Handle high-volume uploads and retrieve completed transcripts on demand.
  • Customization: Adapt your transcription workflow to match unique project or industry requirements.

2. How It Works

  1. Enable API Access
    • Sign up for a GoTranscript account (if you haven’t already) and obtain your API credentials.
    • Our developers can help with free setup assistance, ensuring your system is correctly configured.
  2. Send Audio/Video Files from Your System
    • Your platform automatically submits files to GoTranscript via the API.
    • There’s no need to log into the GoTranscript dashboard to upload content.
  3. Automatic Captions Processing
    • GoTranscript’s professional linguists handle the files behind the scenes.
    • Any additional services (e.g., timestamps, speaker identification) are applied based on your chosen settings.
  4. Seamless Captions Delivery
    • Once complete, captions are sent back directly to your system through the API.
    • You can download, store, or display the transcripts without ever leaving your own platform.

Tip: To review all the technical details, check our API Documentation. If you need help setting things up, our developers are here to assist you free of charge.


3. How Our Developers Can Help—For Free

  • Initial Setup: Our team walks you through creating an API key, securing credentials, and configuring your account.
  • Integration Support: Stuck on a step? Just reach out, and we’ll guide you on connecting your platform to our servers.
  • Troubleshooting: Experiencing errors or unexpected results? Our dedicated support team can diagnose issues and offer personalized fixes.

Note: This complementary developer assistance is available to all GoTranscript clients, ensuring a smooth, stress-free integration process.


4. Benefits of Enterprise Support

For large-scale or custom integrations, consider Enterprise Support. You’ll gain:

  1. Dedicated Account Manager
    • A single point of contact for all your business and technical needs.
  2. Bulk Order Discounts
    • Reduced per-minute pricing for high-volume projects.
  3. Flexible Billing
    • Options like purchase orders (PO) or 30-day invoicing for seamless budget management.

Frequently Asked Questions

How do I get started with the API?

Sign up or log in to GoTranscript, then navigate to our Transcription API page for a quick overview. We’ll guide you from there, step by step.

Do I need technical expertise to integrate?

Basic knowledge helps, but if you’re not tech-savvy, our developers will handle the heavy lifting for you—at no extra cost.

Is the API suitable for large or complex projects?

Absolutely. High-volume users can explore Enterprise Support for custom solutions, including bulk discounts and additional integration features.

What if I need real-time support during integration?

We offer 24/7 assistance. Simply contact us, and our team will respond promptly to resolve any issues or queries.

Transcript download formats

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.

Enterprise services

Absolutely. GoTranscript provides specialized captioning solutions tailored to businesses and enterprises of all sizes. From bulk order discounts to a dedicated support team, GoTranscript ensures organizations can streamline their workflow with custom solutions and flexible payment options.


1. Key Benefits for Businesses & Enterprises

  • Bulk Order Discounts
    • Significant cost savings for large-volume captioning projects.
    • Ideal for companies handling high-frequency video content.
  • Custom Solutions & Flexible Integrations
    • Personalized packages to match your organization’s needs.
    • GoTranscript Captioning API for automated, seamless file submission and retrieval.
  • Dedicated Enterprise Support
    • Priority access to a dedicated account manager.
    • Specialized assistance for onboarding, billing, and troubleshooting.
  • Flexible Payment Options
    • Purchase orders (POs) and 30-day billing available.
    • Contact Enterprise Support to discuss tailored payment terms.

2. How It Works for Enterprise Clients

  1. Sign Up or Contact Enterprise Support
    • Reach out via Enterprise Support for a custom setup.
    • Discuss your volume, file types, and turnaround requirements.
  2. Bulk Upload & API Integration
    • Upload multiple files at once or integrate with our Enterprise API.
    • Automate caption requests to save time and reduce manual workload.
  3. Customized Review & Collaboration
    • Request additional quality checks for specialized industry terminology.
    • Collaborate with team members via a shared dashboard to track project progress.
  4. Dedicated Support & Billing
    • Enjoy 24/7 support with priority response times.
    • Opt for monthly or custom invoices to simplify accounting and budgeting.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I get a discount if I order captions in bulk?
Yes. GoTranscript offers bulk order discounts tailored to your volume. Contact our Enterprise Support to discuss volume-based pricing.


Can GoTranscript’s services integrate with our internal systems?
Absolutely. The GoTranscript Captioning API enables seamless integration. You can upload files programmatically and retrieve completed captions automatically.


What if my projects involve sensitive or confidential information?
GoTranscript follows stringent Security protocols, including data encryption and strict access controls. For enterprise clients, we can provide custom NDAs and specialized security measures.


Is dedicated support included in the enterprise package?
Yes. Our enterprise solutions come with dedicated account managers and priority support to ensure fast response times and personalized assistance.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s Enterprise Captioning Solutions offer scalable, customized services for businesses of every size. From bulk pricing to advanced integrations, we make it easy to get consistent, high-quality captions on your terms.

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Download transcript

GoTranscript offers multiple file format options so you can download and use your transcripts in the way that best fits your needs. After your transcription order is completed, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  1. .docx (Microsoft Word)
    • Ideal for modern word processors
    • Maintains styling and formatting consistency
  2. .doc (Legacy Microsoft Word)
    • Compatible with older versions of Microsoft Word
    • Ensures broad accessibility across platforms
  3. .pdf (Portable Document Format)
    • Preserves layout for easy sharing and printing
    • Universal readability on most devices
  4. .txt (Plain Text)
    • Lightweight format for simple editing and quick reference
    • Great for code snippets or integration into software tools
  5. .html (HyperText Markup Language)
    • Suitable for web-based display and easy embedding
    • Retains basic formatting when viewed in browsers
  6. .json (JavaScript Object Notation)
    • Machine-readable format for API integrations
    • Useful for developers who need structured data output

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Transcripts

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Visit the GoTranscript website and sign in with your account credentials.
  2. Navigate to My Orders or Team Orders
    • Find the completed file you wish to download.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .docx.doc.pdf.txt.html, or .json.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I change the format after I’ve already downloaded my transcript?

Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same transcript.

Will the text formatting be preserved in all file types?

Most formatting (headings, paragraphs, etc.) is preserved in .docx.doc, and .pdf. Plain-text (.txt) and JSON (.json) are more minimal, focusing on raw text and data structure.

Which format is best for sharing with others?

.pdf is usually the most universally accepted for easy sharing and viewing. However, .docx is also common if you expect collaborators to edit the document.

Do I need special software to open .json files?

To view or edit .json files, you can use any text editor or IDE that supports JSON. This format is particularly useful for developers looking to integrate transcripts into applications.

Editing transcriptions

GoTranscript provides an advanced interactive editor that makes transcription editing and review fast, accurate, and intuitive. From word-to-audio synchronization to built-in AI analysis, our editor is designed to streamline your workflow—whether you’re polishing a single transcript or managing a large project with multiple speakers.

View demo


1. Real-Time Audio-Text Synchronization

  1. Highlight & Play
    • Each word in the transcript is timed to the exact corresponding spot in the audio.
    • Click on any word, and the audio playback will jump directly to that point.
  2. Efficient Navigation
    • Easily locate and correct misheard words or phrases by listening to specific segments.
    • No more fumbling through entire recordings to make small edits.

2. Speaker Identification & Customization

  1. Change Speakers On the Fly
    • Within the editor, you can assign or modify speaker labels (e.g., Speaker 1, John, Dr. Smith).
    • This is especially helpful for interviews, focus groups, or multi-speaker conferences.
  2. Consistent Speaker Formatting
    • Maintain a clear dialogue structure by labeling each speaker turn.
    • Make transcripts more readable and professional for presentationsreports, or publishing.

3. Built-In AI Analysis

GoTranscript’s in-editor AI tools offer more than just transcription. You can quickly generate:

  1. Auto-Generated Summary
    • Get a concise overview of your transcript’s main points.
    • Perfect for executive summaries, meeting notes, or quick references.
  2. Suggested Title
    • The editor can propose a relevant, succinct title based on the content of your transcript.
  3. Keywords Extraction
    • Identify crucial words or phrases for SEOindexing, or topic clustering.
    • Save time on manual curation of tags or key concepts.
  4. Sentiment Analysis
    • Quickly gauge the emotional tone (positive, negative, neutral) of the discussion.
    • Ideal for market research, customer feedback, or social media content.
  5. Custom Queries
    • Enter your own search queries to reveal specific insights—like recurring themes, product mentions, or action items.

4. Easy Collaboration & Export Options

  1. Team Editing
    • Share transcripts with colleagues or team members and collaborate in real time.
    • Maintain version control and unify the editing process.
  2. Multiple Download Formats
    • Once finalized, export your transcript in .docx.pdf.txt.html.json, and more.
    • Match your workflow needs, from further editing in Word to storing data for development projects.

Frequently Asked Questions

Do I need any special software to use the interactive editor?

No. The editor is browser-based, so you can access it from any desktop or laptop without installing extra software or plugins.

Can I still use the AI analysis if I don’t want it to affect my transcript?

Absolutely. The AI features run in the background and produce separate summaries, titles, or keyword suggestions. You decide whether to include or ignore them.

Is my audio synced automatically if I make major edits?

Yes. The editor continuously updates the time stamps and synchronizes them to the corrected text. You won’t lose your place, even with substantial revisions.

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Workspaces & collaboration

GoTranscript Workspaces provide an efficient way to collaborate with your team on multiple projects. By creating dedicated spaces for files, folders, and team members, you’ll keep all your audio, video, and transcribed content well organized and secure. Below is a step-by-step guide on how to set up and manage Workspaces for maximum productivity.


1. Creating a New Workspace

  1. Log In to Your GoTranscript Account
    • Access your main Dashboard using your email and password.
  2. Navigate to Workspaces
    • Look for the “Workspaces” or “Team” section in your account menu.
  3. Click “Create Workspace”
    • Provide a name for the workspace (e.g., Marketing CampaignsClient A Files) and an optional description.

Tip: If you work with multiple departments or clients, create separate workspaces for each one. This keeps files neatly contained and easier to locate.


2. Adding Folders & Subfolders

  1. Open the Newly Created Workspace
    • Locate your workspace in the list and click to access it.
  2. Add New Folder
    • Click the “New Folder” button to create a primary folder (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
    • Subfolders can be added for finer organization (e.g., January MeetingsQ1 Transcripts).
  3. Drag & Drop
    • If you have multiple folders, drag them around to quickly reorganize. This helps maintain a clear folder hierarchy that mirrors your workflow.

3. Inviting Team Members

  1. Access Workspace Settings
    • Within your chosen workspace, find “Manage Users” or “Add Members.”
  2. Enter Email Addresses
    • Invite colleagues or external partners by entering their email addresses.
  3. Assign Roles
    • Viewer: Can view billing and transaction history, but not edit files.
    • User: Can place orders and share files; ideal for regular collaborators.
    • Manager: Can edit files, create folders, and manage workspace permissions.
    • Owner: Has full access, including adding and removing teammates and controlling billing.

Note: Tailoring these roles ensures each member only has the level of access they need—keeping your workspace both collaborative and secure.


4. Uploading & Sharing Files

  1. Select a Folder
    • Choose where you’d like to add your files (e.g., Meeting Recordings).
  2. Upload Files
    • Drag and drop audio/video files or click “Upload” to select from your device.
  3. Share with Team
    • Files within a shared workspace automatically become accessible to members based on their role permissions.

5. Organizing and Editing Files

  1. File Details & Comments
    • Open a file to see details, add comments, or track transcription status.
    • This centralizes communication so everyone sees important updates in one place.
  2. Interactive Editing
    • If you’re a Manager or Owner, you can edit the transcript directly in GoTranscript’s interactive editor—complete with word-to-audio synchronization and speaker labeling.
  3. Folder Maintenance
    • Need to reorganize files? Drag and drop them between folders or rename folders to keep your workspace tidy.

6. Tracking Billing & Transactions

  1. View Billing History
    • Managers and Owners can see order costs, invoices, or available credits in the Billing section.
  2. Transaction Details
    • Check the cost per transcription, date of purchase, and any applied discounts or promotions.

7. Best Practices for Using Workspaces

  • Define Clear Roles: Assign the Manager role to team leads who can organize files and oversee deadlines, while Users upload and process routine tasks.
  • Keep a Logical Folder Structure: Use short, descriptive folder names to avoid confusion when searching for files later.
  • Encourage Comments: Have team members leave notes on transcripts or projects to record feedback, revisions, or questions.
  • Regularly Review Permissions: Periodically ensure that only the right people have access to each workspace.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I create multiple workspaces for different clients?

Absolutely. You can create as many workspaces as you need to keep each client’s or department’s files separate and organized.

What if I want to remove a team member’s access?

Owners and Managers can remove users from a workspace at any time. This revokes their permission to view or edit files in that workspace.

Are there limits on file size or number of folders?

GoTranscript generally supports large file sizes and offers unlimited folder creation. However, if you’re working with extremely heavy volumes, contact Enterprise Support to discuss optimized solutions.

Does each workspace have its own billing?

No. Billing is typically managed at the account level. Workspace members with the Manager or Owner role can see and manage transactions for all orders placed within that account.

Caption download formats

GoTranscript offers numerous file format options so you can download and use your captions in the way that best fits your needs. Once your caption order is complete, simply choose your preferred format directly from your dashboard.


1. Available Download Formats

  • .srt (SubRip)
    • One of the most common formats for captions and subtitles.
    • Widely compatible with video players and editing software.
  • .vtt (WebVTT)
    • Ideal for HTML5 and web-based video players.
    • Supports metadata and advanced styling.
  • .txt (Plain Text)
    • Provides raw caption text without timestamps.
    • Great for quick reference or simple data integration.
  • .scc (Scenarist)
    • Used for broadcast and professional video editing environments.
    • Versions include 29.97 DF (Drop Frame) and 29.97 NDF (Non-Drop Frame).
  • .ass (Advanced SubStation Alpha)
    • Advanced styling options (color, font, positioning).
    • Popular among fansub communities and for anime or complex subtitles.
  • .stl (Spruce Subtitle File)
    • Frequently used in DVD authoring processes.
    • Preserves basic subtitle attributes.
  • .ttml (Timed Text Markup Language)
    • XML-based format suitable for certain broadcast and streaming platforms.
    • Allows detailed styling and structure.
  • .dfxp (Netflix-friendly Timed Text)
    • Often required by major streaming services.
    • Compatible with a variety of OTT platforms.
  • .smi (SAMI)
    • Used by Windows Media Player and certain accessibility platforms.
    • Allows style and color customization.
  • .csv (Comma-Separated Values)
    • Stores caption text and timestamps in a structured table.
    • Great for data manipulation or custom processing.
  • .sub, .sbv, .subviewer, etc.
    • Additional formats that cater to various video players and platforms.

Tip: If you need a format not listed here, contact our Support Team to discuss possible custom options.


2. How to Download Your Captions

  1. Log In to Your Dashboard
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and sign in with your credentials.
  2. Navigate to Completed Caption Orders
    • Look under My Orders or “Team Orders” to find the finished caption file you want.
  3. Select Download Format
    • Click the Download button and pick .srt.vtt.scc.ass.dfxp, or any other available format from the menu.
  4. Save the File
    • Your chosen format will automatically download to your device.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I switch file formats after I’ve already downloaded captions?
Yes. Simply return to your dashboard and select a different format under the Download options for the same set of captions.


Will my styling and timing be preserved in all file types?

  • .srt and .vtt retain basic timing and text.
  • .ass.dfxp, and .ttml support more advanced styling and formatting.
  • Plain text (.txt) omits timestamps and styling, focusing on raw text.

Which format is best for sharing captions with others?

  • .srt is the most universally accepted for most players and platforms.
  • .vtt is standard for HTML5 web video.
  • For broader accessibility (e.g., streaming services), .dfxp or .ttml might be required.

Do I need special software to open .ass or .scc files?
Yes. Some advanced subtitle editors and media players are designed to handle these formats. If you’re unsure, .srt and .vttare often the easiest to use across multiple platforms.


Bottom Line:
GoTranscript’s variety of downloadable caption formats ensures you can seamlessly integrate accurate subtitles into any workflow—whether it’s a simple text reference or an advanced, style-heavy broadcast production.

Usage & spending tracking

GoTranscript offers a Usage Statistics feature in its dashboard that allows you to monitor and analyze your transcription-related spending and activity. Whether you’re managing a single project or overseeing multiple team workspaces, this tool helps you stay on top of costs, identify trends, and make informed budget decisions.


1. Accessing the Usage Statistics Feature

  1. Log In
    • Sign into your GoTranscript account with your email and password.
  2. Navigate to the Dashboard
    • Find the tab or menu labeled “Usage”“Statistics,” or “Spending.”
  3. Select Your View
    • Depending on your needs, you can view spending by dateworkspaceuser, or other filters.

2. Viewing Spending Over Time

  1. Select a Time Frame
    • Use a date picker (e.g., 2025-01-01 to 2025-03-31) to define the period you want to analyze.
    • The chart or table automatically updates to display your spending in that window.
  2. Compare Two Time Frames
    • Choose two distinct date ranges (e.g., Q1 vs. Q2) to see side-by-side comparisons.
    • Observe spikes, dips, and overall trends in spending or usage.
  3. Visual Charts
    • Spend data is often displayed in a line graph or bar chart.
    • Hover over data points to see precise amounts and dates.

Sample:


3. Analyzing Spending by Workspace or User

  1. Workspace-Level Insights
    • Filter spending metrics by each workspace (e.g., Marketing vs. Research).
    • Great for allocating costs and setting budgets within different projects or departments.
  2. User-Level Breakdown
    • See how much each team member has spent or contributed to the account usage.
    • Helps you identify who is generating the most transcriptions or which sub-team is most active.
  3. Cost Control & Budgeting
    • Having a clear breakdown allows you to adjust roles, permissions, or future budgeting based on actual usage patterns.

4. Additional Reporting Options

  • Export Data: Download raw or summarized data as CSV or XLSX for further analysis or record-keeping.
  • Set Notifications: Some accounts may enable threshold alerts (e.g., receive an email when monthly spending hits $500).
  • Combine with Dashboards: Export these insights and incorporate them into your internal reporting or business intelligence tools.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I see spending for multiple workspaces at once?

Yes. The usage statistics feature typically allows you to select one or more workspaces for combined reporting, giving you a global overview or a workspace-specific breakdown.

How often is the usage data updated?

GoTranscript’s usage data is generally updated in real time or near real time, ensuring you can make timely decisionsbased on the latest information.

Can I compare different billing cycles side by side?

Absolutely. You can pick any date range for each comparison slot—making it easy to compare, for instance, last month vs. this month or Q1 vs. Q2 spending.

Do I need special permissions to view usage stats?

Yes. Typically, managers or owners have access to the full usage dashboard. Users or viewers may see more limited stats, depending on your workspace settings

Check order status

GoTranscript makes it simple to monitor your project’s progress. Whether you’re working individually or managing a team, our intuitive dashboard keeps you updated on each order’s status—from in progress to finished. You’ll also receive email notifications whenever an order’s status changes.


1. Accessing Your Dashboard

  1. Sign In
    • Go to the GoTranscript website and click Log In (top right corner).
    • Enter your email and password.
  2. My & Team Orders
    • Once logged in, navigate to your My Orders section for personal projects or Team Orders if you’re part of a shared workspace.

2. Order Statuses Explained

  • In Progress:
    Indicates the transcription is currently being worked on by our professional linguists.
  • Finished:
    Means your transcription is complete and ready for download.

Note: You’ll automatically receive an email notification when your transcription order moves from In Progress to Finished.


3. Email Notifications & Updates

  • Order Confirmation:
    You’ll get an email as soon as your order is placed.
  • Completion Alert:
    Once the transcript is ready, you’ll receive a finished notification with a download link.

Frequently Asked Questions

Can I view all my orders in one place?

Yes. The My Orders dashboard consolidates all individual projects. If you’re part of a team, check Team Orders to see collaborative projects and shared files.

What happens if my order shows “In Progress” for a long time?

Our estimated turnaround times vary by file length and selected TAT. If your order remains In Progress past the estimated time, feel free to contact our Support Team for an update.

Will I be notified if there’s a delay?

Yes. If unforeseen issues arise (e.g., extremely poor audio quality), we’ll send an email or contact you directly with updates and potential solutions.

Can I make changes or cancel an order that’s already in progress?

In many cases, yes. Contact our Support Team as soon as possible to request changes or cancellation. However, additional charges may apply depending on the work already completed.